Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout3601 Orlando Dr 25109 Plans new construction KFC5025 W. GRACE ST. TAM PA, FL 33607-3807 813/289-2955 FAX 813/289-2576 August 30, 1990 City of Sanford Building Dept. Sanford, Florida RE: Kentucky Fried Chicken Renovation 3601 Orlando Drive Sanford, Florida Dear Sirs: I, Jose' M. Reyes, President, hereby authorize Lawrence E. Eckley, Senior Project Manager, to obtain permits in my behalf, for the above referenced project, under my Florida State Certification #CGCA23928. This letter also authorizes the above named to pay all fees for any licenses, permits and has authority to sign for Jose' M. Reyes, Qualifier of state license. Thank you for your cooperation. Best regards, REYCO Construction -/Co., Inc. Jose' M. Reyes, fPresident JMR/-l-g-f—" Sworn toXand subqxbed before me this 30th day of August, 1990. -7 LAura G. Ffederick Notary Public Commission Expires: May 26, 1992 CONSTRUCTION AND RENOVATION PROFESSIONALS :,. STATE OF FLORIDA 06/21 f 89 AUDIT CONTROL NO. 05009990 k` il DEPARTMENT OF PROFESSIONAL REGULATION LICENSE NO. BATCH NO. FEE AMOUNT C6 C008468 A27Z8 $196_00 1 CONSTRUCTIOW INDUSTRY1LICENSIN6 BOARD Iy • CONSTRUCTION`NST Y'•LICENSING 8D VPOST OFFICE'BOX 2 .FJACK-FL= .I 2 1 0fi721 /$9 =-" CG-CO 0846$ .' 1272$ THE CERTIFIEDr''GENERAL r4ili`monar C1R NAMED BELOW ' IS I CERTI,F�ED " ���'"':^�. LICENSEE SI ATURE Lk UNDER =THE -PROVISIONS:fOFZ0HAPTE-R 489 F.S., FOR THE YEAR WALLET CARD FOLD HERE 1 EXPIRING J UtE';30� �592= =w --- — -- -- - - --- — --- — --- — -- �.. f =_� „..-94 � REYES► ,fSdElFl� �$ REYCO O"itSTittfC DN Cfl Iltfi > 49311� S ,�WESTSH4REE TAMPA 'P DISPLAY IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE STATE OF FLORIDA I DEPARTMENT OF PROFESSIONAL REGULATION i CONSTRUCTION INDUSTBY� �LICEAtSIN'%�BOAKD _ ° CERTIFIED fi+l:i�L CDNTRACTOR REYESo - 10SE " REYC0; CONST€t"U6- T6'l4-C'O= INC - - �iIN HAS PAID THE FEEµ REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 489 F.S., ` FOR THE YEAR EXPIRING J UN E - 30s ''-, 1992 ON EZ t I B�MtA�R L�IECRETA ONZ EZSECRETARY, D.P.R. ' G-RY, D.P.R. ` 4 -2 a -3 -3 -3 m DRAWING INDEX: KFC ",380-2.1 STANDARD STANDARD VARIATION DATE REVISION TYPE DATE: REVISION/ SHEET NO. TITLE DRAWING R4WING NO. COVER COVER 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL. 07/25/90 FR5478COV.SAN SI SITE LAYOUT 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL. -:FR5478SOI.SAN S2 SITE DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 17135478s02.'SAN` Al DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN & EXTERIOR ELEV. 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL. 07/25/90, FR5478AOI.SAN A2 NEW FLOOR PLAN 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL. 07/25/90 FR5478AO2.SAN' A3 TRUSS PLAN 04/30/90 SANFORD., FL. 07/25/90 FR54718AO3.SAN A4 NEW EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AO4.SAN A5 NEW EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AO5.'SAk A6 WALL SECTIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AO6.SAN, A7 POOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE & DETAILS 04/27/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AO7.SAN AB SEATING PLAN, NOTES & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD FL 07/25/90 FR5478AO8.SAN A9 CORE DRILL PLAN & SKYLIGHT DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AO9.SAN,, AID SERVICE COUNTER PLAN & DECOR DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AIO.SAN All CONDIMENT COUNTER & DECOR DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478AII.SAN EOI KITCHEN ELEVATIONS & PLAN 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478EQI.SAN- E02 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE & NOTES 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478EO2.SAN PI PLUMBING PLAN & PIPING DIAGRAMS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL FR5478POI.SAN P2 PLUMBING LEGEND & DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL FR5478PO2.S'AN MI HVAC PLAN, SECTIONS & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL 07/25/90 FR5478MOI.SAN M2 HVAC ROOF PLAN, SCHEDULES & DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478MO2.SAN El LOWER LEVEL PLAN & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478EOI.SAN E2 UPPER LEVEL PLAN & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 07/25/90 FR5478EO2.SAN E3 LEGEND, MAIN DISTRIBUTION PLAN & DETAILS 04/310/90 SANFORD,FL FR5478EO3.SAN SPI SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL 'FR5478SPI.SAN SP2 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL FR5478SP2..SAN SP3 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL FR5478SP3.SAN SP4 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL FR5478SP4.SAN SP5 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD,FL FR5478SP5.SAN SP6 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL FR5478SP6.SAN "V La > Z or uj 6 I #A <=> Inc =Go �-,STANDARD DAWN BY. QA0b CHECKED BY DATE MARCH 3, 1989 REVISIONS I DESCRIPTION Z03/15/90 GENERAL REVISIONS • by 4 -5 -j -3 -j 3 4 a '3 , r F' G s GENERA N4T jr 5 . -.- - CONC. PAD (SEE SITE PLAN) -, 0 R B 0 6 CONC, CU I a X cr- W 4 Z W LL W u . Z w (4) I' X 36' X 3' ANCHOR c BOLTS THREADED 41/' MIN. ' BOLT TO EXTEND 4�q' OUT OF — 0 TOP OF FOUNDATION. (2) V 12— HEX NUTS AND (2) Is FLAT %p 8'-6' _ a D T I $ ES PREVAIL. R DE A L L C E : RE STANDARD, D OCA O ..THES A S N . L O r, T P -Y SIT 2. LL_ DETAILS SHOwN QN, HIS SHEET MAY, NOT A PL _SEE _20 PLAN FOR APPLICAB ' DETAILS. 07/26/90 MISC. X B 'P ANCHOR TO E Ln WA SHERS PER N FURNISHED BY `KFC & i INSTALLED BY G.C. _---- goll I -V A Di1 I IruTIKIr R A CC'DI ATE' .----. - ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE (PSF) DEPTH 8,000 OR GREATER 4' 2,500 TO 8,000 7� i,500 TO 2.500 10' X x x Q N V N w a z w J l.i W z ,L ' w wz LL_ LI a a x ti <s � M O, N- N t+ 1 N N N N W 4 Z L LI LL_ VLLLI LLLI LL- Z CC H ODIt O O Z Ld LL_ L LJ 0 M Q rn a cn a (7) a I U t3t KtMUVtU IJ I U bt ULtANtU ANU t'Ktt'AKLU I U AUUtF I NtW ILL. 1 __j H _ L_JI�------=J1=== -I,�_J t / '- - - - 8. EXISTING CEILING TILE AND CEILING GRID ARE TO REMOVED THROUGH -OUT FACILITY. .N EXISTING WALK IN OLER/FREEZER , 6 `Z 9. EXISTING BULKHEADS ARE TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED. REWORK ADJACENT WALLS TO REMAIN I '" c AS REQUIRED. FRONT ELEVATION l0. EXISTING FRONT COUNTER TO 8E REMOVED. CAP,(FLUSH WITH TOP OF SLAB), ALL EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN a I DEMO BRICK AND SHEATHING PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL LINES THAT ARE NOT TO BE REUSED DURING THE REMODEL. PREPARE THE EXPOSED SLAB AND CAPS AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR TILE. a tl TO EPOSE STUDS ------------- 11. REMOVE ALL EXISTING DECOR ELEMENTS (SEATING, CONDIMENT BAR, TRASH UNITS, i L - - - w - - - - '� I C !n` ETC...). PATCH ANY EXPOSED HOLES IN THE SLAB AND PREPARE THOSE AREAS TO<=> ,_,_„1 I ACCEPT NEW FLOOR TILE 8 i " �I , Z �A 12. ALL EXISTING WALL COVERINGS AND TRIM ARE TO BE REMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE I I 1 l5 NOTED. PREPARE THE EXPOSED SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 7 ��--- 13. EXISTING RESTROOM FINISHES, FIXTURES AND PARTITIONS ARE TO BE CLEANED AND t L I Li REPAIRED AS REQUIRED. -'\ 14. REMOVE THE EXISTING SLAB IN THE PORTICO TO ALLOW FOR THE ADDITION ON A NEW f/ O �/ 5 ''`' ---- --- - - --- '- - - - I- \ - - - - - - - - - - SIDEWALK. REFER TO SHEET S-1 FOR THE LOCATION OF SIDEWALK. ______________________________I �� �_ 15. EXISTING PILASTERS TO BE REMOVED. 16. EXISTING SIGNAGE IS TO BE REMOVED. PATCH ALL HOLES AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE o , ' 17 ; WATER -TIGHTNESS. ,� _ -IL REMOVE THE EXISTING DOOR ' I 17. EXISTING GABLE ROOF AND CUPOLA TO BE REMOVED. , 15 ' 18. REMOVE EXISTING SHINGLES, ROOFING FELT, AND DECKING. �\ 7 18 12 r I� GENERAL REVISION 1 1 03/15/90 17 % y y ' EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN I I iv 15 „ LJ ,..l---- m=-- -aT! _ o ., a __ __ -�.a_ _ -- ---'--- -------- �. __ _.-- __ ��___ ----- --__�_._.. - ----- ----- _ ------ ---- --------------- - ------- ' - _ - a e-- - - - ,. - s- - , �^\ I I 1 II r I I r II 11 I I I I I I I,I► JIi ► I I I II r ' I I ' Il II ' I , I I ' 1 r ' I I �; i i � uL-:► 11 I I 1 ' II r ' 1 ► II U 1 I I 1 ' r r 1 I 11 I I I p I' I I' II II ' I I I' r r 1 1 ► � � / �^; JI_ _L _ I 1 I I I 1 �A_ _ l0 r a= I I 1 F F i I I I I F - i 11� �� ► I I I- ----1 1 1 r - - --' I 1 I I I VARIATION r--- - - -__---------- - - - - -- I 1 I I 1 I r DRAWN BY 1 5 6 1 I 1 I CHECKED BY B.D. 5 i i i i 15 DATE 07/26%9Q RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION %�' I t I ( � REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ' :' i L - - - - - - - 07/26/90 RNL` t� REMOVE PILASTER, ---------------- - r------------------- FLOOR TILE' & 'GABLE - --- -- 'N---..-, EXISTING BULKHEAD, TO BE REMOVED _- - - >________________-_---_-__------------------------ z - ---- -I- - EXPOSE EXIST - - - - - - - - - ^ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- - - - - - r \ i I I , ST>YEl_ 13EAM --------------------------------------------------------------------- - _ -- ---_ ------------------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------- I ---- -------- ------ ----------------------------------------------- ^---------------- ^------------------------------------ = 00 , L I , ; --------------------------------------- -------------_-* _=- -- -- _-- I ❑ i 9 ; ; REMOVE EXISTING STUD SOFFIT AND PREPARE 1 , II �, ADJACENT WALLS TO ACCEPT NEW WALL. \ EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN II REAR ELEVATION Y$'=1'-Q' 1I ^ V 11 tl `I -_-_- ->' I I STANDARD IE -I O DRAWN BY CADD . „ CHECKED BY \ 4- s -- DATE MARCH 3, 1989 . y i / ` �•� y' 5 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION i r x X v N N Q N N N N rri . v LC1 N N N N N N N Ln N = N '� - . N N N N Fj Fj- LLI Q z w LL_ LL Li m � � W of W !Y t> LL (? LL C� L, L)Z a CV LL' 0 O Ll.l LLLJ a _Z Q ��ooQc> m m m rn < w < < < X x X X X a V" 4 N N N r4 Ln <V N a N N N N N Ld z Ld Lli cr CV LL- LL EE �0 0003 LLI o"f rn m cr rr 0 L� LL Q ¢ Q Q mm a 4 ROOF TRUSSES `r - = - r REMOVE THE EXISTING FRP AND; pRYWALL TO \ 1 =_I CLOSEST EXISTING FRP JOINT GREATER THAN f 13 8'-5' FROM THE EXISTING FRONT ; WALL. 1E15 rl t , 1 13 EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED ENTIRELY. REMOVE DOOR FOR DEMO DEMO INTERIOR FINISHES `\ `\ TO EXPOSE STUDS ����`.� k.` \;------- ---_ LL--- (8��� \�•�15 ;� ^, I' / / -�1r � r----�SHEET � 15 TITLE ------ - - --- _ _ _ _ _ _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DEMO. FLOOR PLAN AN --_ -- - - - - -- .i_- ----- ----_ ----------- - _- EXTERIOR. ELEV. _________________ _______ _______ --- I 1 ---- - ------------------------ ------------ -------- - ----------------- ---..- I I / r / � f I 15 IdATRIX Aa -E--------}------__^__-------__S_-------------------J-----------------I- - I 3 1 I I I 1 I li UI 2-3%2' 1 ' „t/1111 24'-01�2'; ' 4'-7% " 61-4' I If i 4 11 III 5• i If I1 , i I\Z_ GENERATION 'f =9" I ill I I DEMO BRICK AND SHEATHING 380241 1 1 1 II 111 1 III- I I TO EPOSE STUDS VARIATION 1 III FLORIDA �I STRUCTURAL FRAMING ELEVATION 2 s 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 X X x � N Q N "v N LeJ Q Z LJ J E.0 Lit ' U LL uJ � W N Z � L.L Q X a c- a z N N N N � N N nNl ui Z LiJ J ui U LL L iJ lL UJ Li Z CC 1� ti l W cc LL.9 c W O 00 O Z -3: Lll n O-) O, 4 Q Q X x M N N � N • N N Q N N N N Lrj Ln N N N oi N N N � N N Ln N r N N N N N N W �L Z W J t, UJ Li � U- u W" � 6 � ILL U w a O E U.J O LU- W uJ LLJ Q Q LL- W x00oam mv)a, m 4 a Q X X X X x F-- Q V v N N N J Lf 1 N N Q N N N N N GJ Q Z W J LL U-cc ` 4t1 W 0 � CC' LLI Q� W L+J CY U Li1 LL K? v iti - W J. H le. O O a U- O LL 00 L.L LLQv'Qmmm Q a 00 Li.. Q `i Q w <c a .. .. y - OPERATOR DATE - EXTERIOR" FINISH' S: NEDU E EC h =BUILDiNG ITEMS,.DESCRIPTIQN .. o. ,... `:w META :'TRIM CAP & C POLA L U PREFINISHED. FACTORY- V ,. y ODARR TOWER FRAMING APPLIED, STAN WHITE :. ;., 2 O METAL TRIM CAP REVEAL FIELD APPLIED:.: a: a P; . SHERWIN WILLIAMS ;, `' o 'SAFETY RED` s� 3 ILLUMINATED AWNINGS. ED AWNING ;SYSTEM, INCLURING_ Lj �t SOLID- RED AND RED/WHITE LIGHTFIXTURES WITHIN' AWNING, FURNISHED BY =KFC, STRIPED AS INDICATED ON DRAWING �Q INSTALLED BY G.C.': RED TRANSLUSCENT 4 TRANSOM PANELS; SEE DETAIL-14/A7 ,. REMOVABLE PANEL I RECTAL DESIGN { 9 SIM. 2 O A6 3 EL. I i7`-0' 5 STUCCO (BODY), DOWNSPOUTS, COUNTER FLASHING HOLLOW METAL SHERWIN WILLIAMS 'COLONY _ .._ BUFF' N0. SV12207 k TOP OF PARAPET DOOR BASE T R RRAMES,STUCCO PILASTER REVEAL,WALL COLLECTOR OF REAR PARAPET WALL, _ >; & HVAC UNITS =` NW ACCENT BAND (ABOVE, .& SHERWIN WILLIAMS AWNING 1 3 STUCCO BODY(J) 2'+ -AWNING BEHORIZONTAL OW L STUCCO TRIM 4WHITERSW2123 CLEARANCE CAP 0 REAR, PILASTER (ABOVE a 91-101+ ACCENT BAND) SECURITY LAMP OVER DOOR - ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOWS, CLEAR ANODIZED, NATURAL W, STUCCO RAISED ACCENT BAND O AND ENTRYDOORS, ALUM. FINISH. REFER TO t�7 .,•� STUCCO BODY SPECIFICATION.. d p LAC \J EL. �_ II. BOTTOM OF AWNING $ ,.. CITC ITC►JC nrrnnin rnt,� ` O EL.100'-0' TOP OF SLAB REAR ELEVATION 1/4'=1'-0' EL. 125`-3�/2' TOP OF CUP KFC LOGO METAL TRI METAL TRI EL. 118'-OI/2' TOP OF TRIM EL, 117'-0' TOP OF PAR eIn, � oky ��e�i hicke� ,,�� Kenn cky FY�le_d v ckrn ®�■. EXISTING DRIV THRU WINDOW EL.100'r0' TOP OF SLAB FRONT ELEVATION uvuu"" uvvll t f , SOLID 6EDILLUMINATED AWNING 1Y2'*—� 35'-2' TRANSOM PANEL 4 EL. 108'—I I' o i 0 - J TYP. 5 SITE ITEMS DESCRIPTION =' SECURITY LAMP OVER DOOR 9 BOLLARD, METAL RAIL, FIELD APPLIED: SHERWIN RAIN DIVERTER DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE WILLIAMS 'COLONY BUFF' (SUPPLIED BY NO. SW2207 ' AWNING SUPPLIER) { IU ! LOT LIGHTS (POLES & FIXTURES) CICIJACC' /PAI GC Q. r'AKICI PREFINI$HED MFG. STD. nni no nrinr s X_ 4 W 4 Z LLJ J LL- W V z JiJ Ol L,j LT L.Ll JZ X X x 4 J Q Lw a z w J J.l.. U- W w 0r u Z W W = W — lL LLJ Q !z -3 s -2 -j -2 -2 -2 F, MINION Iloilo • x I x x lix N 'T LC) CV ro " N N —,q� N N c\; -;j� Lr� c,; vi F� N N NF� N U- UJ LL W U- UL UJ L, W U- w LL- w Cn F- I-- F- w oaoaoo0 Lit wwwww 0000000 .<F-CFZUaRlaI< x xlxl I x Al LO - IV NC\i Lr) LO rya 0 CV to to ci -J -J N__C\j _C\j NN LL LLJ C� LL- LLJ LL w Li- LL ED LL w LL. LLJ CE L'i m cc or- C� ,i Lri n F- .,J )-- w LLJ i- w LLJ w 0 0 w 0 0 0 I�Ialaa 0 0 0 aaa Q a "v \ �--SUSPENDED CEILING ALL DECOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND SKYLIGHT LENSES AND T-GRID ARE SUPPLIED BY KFC AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO PROVIDE /8' CLEARANCE SHEET E2 FOR SPECIFICATIONS. ALL OTHER DINING AND SERVICE AREA ITEMS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. INCLUDING SERVICE AND DRIVE-THRU %2' PLYWOOD WITH LI-UP COUNTERS, TRIMWORK, DOOR AND WINDOW CASINGS, OFICE DESK TOPS AND SHELF, ETC. M APPROVED SUPPLIERS FOR SEATING ARE: AIR SYSTEMS, CUSTOM SEATING, FALCON PRODUCTS, PALMER INDUSTRIES & SAI INC. Tifl ACCESSORIES V2' PLYWOOD WITH SCHEDULE L4-UP _ 1�2' SYM OTY DESCRIPTION FRN.INST �----- — /2' PLYWOOD WITH 7 2 URN WITH SILK FLOWERS 7 3 MIRRO KFC GC L2-UP R, 1 -9 x3 -6 WITH BRASS FRAME & SECURITY MOUNTING CLIPS I UP -WI MENU BOARD BULKHEAD BEYOND UP -WI UP -WI -1 rrr rrr rrr TTr rTr UP-L3 UP-L3 Q97w 1 POSTER: IMPIGLIA 'DAY AT THE RACES' 26' x 30', BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 75' A.F.F. KFC GC ELEVATION 7 I POSTER: McKNIGHT 'LAKESHORE DRIVE' 31' x 271, BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 77' A.F.F. KFC GC ELEVATION - KFC GC t/q -I0 2 978 1 COLONEL'S PHOTO,'EASTER' 24'x3O', WITH CHROME & BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 77' A.F.F..,, KFC KFC KFC GC GC SECTION 7 i POSTER: MCKNIGHT PUERTO VALLERTA 27 x 27, BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 75' A.F.F. 80 i POSTER: ALVAREZ 'PLUMAS' 38` x 4$', BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 79' AFF3'=1'-0' GC 81 I POSTER: SCHRUTT 'SITE 212' 26' x 36, BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 75' A.F.F. ROOM FINISH NOTES ' t 8' 3 1'-p' FLOORING — UP-LI — %24 GYP. BD. PAINTED FIA FLOOR TILE: FURNISHED BY KFC, TO BE SHERWIN WILLIAMS I ADD I' SL AT. FIB INTERAMIGS CORP. 'GRANITTON', COLOR: MAUVE MIX, STYLE: STUDDED, FIA AND NON -STUDDED, FIB 8'x8'x%6' WITH MATCHING COVE 4° UP-L4 PURE WHITE SWI004 I BLINDS. (COL OR BASE, GRAY GROUT. TO BE PUTTY) NOTE: KFC TO SUPPLY TILE 13 , SETTING BED & GROUT, G.C. TO INSTALL FOR KITCHEN AREAS. _ F2-UP FLOOR TILE. DAL DURAFLOR DFL 1917 'GRAYSTONE' WITH 5% CORRUNDUM 0 90 GRIT; 8' x 8' WITH MATCHING COVE BASE. UP-L2 - - - - I I t GROUT COLOR: H.B. FULLER -LIGHT PEWTER 927; L & M -SILVER GRAY, STEPPED PILASTER t .4 NOTE: G.C. TO SUPPLY & INSTALL TILE & GROUT FOR DINING SERVICE ETC. AREAS (EXCEPT KITCHEN.) gp , 7g ALL TREATMENT WI F.R.P. BOARD: KAL WALL 'KALITE' .090' THICK WHITE, OR MARLITE BRAND F.R.P. BOARD BY MASONITE CORP..090' THICK WHITE. i , W2 GYPSUM BOARD PAINTING: REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS. COLOR: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004. /2 4%2' 2' , W3-UP CERAMIC WALL TILE: DAL -TILE *D-100 WHITE 4l/' ' q x4/q WITH MATCHING GROUT. • - 6 2 21 2 ' N PLUM OVER ONE ROW OF *D-1427 (SCORED) CREME. ACCENT STRIPE ONE ROW OF D 1497 (SCARED) 2 2�' -U L WALL COVERING KOROSEAL `SANDSTONE'COLOR: CREAM/SMOKE W/ TEDLAR COATING. FLAME SPREAD NOT GREATER THAN UP-L5 -T - TWENTY. DIST.: SINGER WALLCOVERINGS, 3143 WESTERN ROW RD., KINGS ISLAND, OH 45034 (513)398-1611, (800)543-0412. ELEVATION (RECESSED %2') --- - _ _ ; CEILING 5 SECTION --- ----- -- - -__ -_ - - -- ----- ------------ ---- -- _____ n � 6 21 20 NCLOSE THE EXISTING COLUMN - Cl-UP SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING: ARMSTRONG CORK COMPANY 'CORTEGA COLQRTONE', 24'x24'x%' TEGULAR 'WHITE` WITH PLYWOOD AND FINISH WITH STANDARD l ; NEW WALL COVERING COLOR; WITH MATCHING LOW GLOSS GRID; FLAME SPREAD RATING 0-25, CLASS A. - TRIM DETAIL AT SERVICE COUNTER - ALTERNATE: U.S. GYPSUM COMPANY 'AURATONE OMNI', 24'x24'x SHADOWLINE EDGE; "WHITE' COLOR; WITH MATCHING �tzawrt BY CA LOW GLOSS GRID; FLAME SPREAD RATING 0-25, CLASS A, SEATING FOR " 76 M 5'-0' H C2 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING: ACOUSTIFLEX CORP. CAPAUL 'VINYL ROCK', *1140, WASHABLE NON -PERFORATED 24'x48' -°t C ECKED BY x%2'; WHITE COLOR; WHITE ENAMEL SUSPENSION GRID; FLAME DATE ALTERNATE: U.S. GYPSUM CO. FIRECODE 'C` PANEL w3270-2-MILSWH TEDVIINYL1, 24NG °x48 xy2,; W A.— %2'7 WHITE ENAMEL SUSPENSION GRID; REVISIONS DESCRIPTION FLAME SPREAD. -RATING 0-25, CLASS A. 7 C3 CEILING: /2' GYPSUM BOARD OVER 2x4 BLOCKING BETWEEN TRUSSES o 24' Q.C. PAINT (REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS) 43 40 OLO : SHERWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004. I' 20 7 C4 CEILING. /2 GYPSUM BOARD OVER t o ' t /2 PLYWOOD ATTACHED TO 2'x4' FRAMING. PAINT (REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS) 4' ; COLOR: 5HERWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004. 8' I'-�� 8 21' 01 p 3; PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSHIREBLUE 2 - 2,- o` 0 V2_0;)°{ LI-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: NEVAMAR 5-3-38T (TEXTURED FINISH) i� 2 L2-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: FORMICA 11843 CLARET L3-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: FORMICA °664 NEO PAPERCRAFT UP-L5 , 21 PLASTIC LAMINATE: WILSONART wD393-6 CLAY PINK iRECESSED , L4-UP , L5-UP METAL STRIP: FORMICA METAL STRIPS 4611 POLISHED BRASS — t UP-LI UP-L2 UP-LI 00 901 MISCELLANEOUS — L MI -UP WOOD TRIM: RED OAK (AWI CUSTOM GRADE) ONE COAT SEALER, UP-L4 UP-L4 20 0 2 TWO COATS OF POLYDIENE.Fl- M3-UP- - M2-UP CERAMIC TILE- LATCO IINA2 BLUE, 2t 'x2t u Q /8 /8 . JOINT FILLER: H.B. FULLER 914 SHELL WITH LATEX ADDITIVE. �,- _ _ _ ^ _ _ _ _ CERAMIC TILE: LATCO "NA17 ROSE, 2%8'x2%8'. JOINT FILLER: H.B.FULLER 0914 SHELL WITH LATEX ADDITIVE. , 0 M4-UP CERAMIC TILE: LATCO aFSN 35 BEIGE, %2'x2%8'. JOINT FILLER: H.B. FULLER 11914 SHELL WITH LATEX ADDITIVE. 41 VARIATION:. ; MS -UP METAL RAIL: BRASS SMITH INC. 2' DIA. CHROME PLATED TUBING 11700CH-2', END :CAP 4740CH-28, BRASS CHANNEL #800t/q. DRAWN BY RDW ' CHECKED BY B.B F2_0) ROOM FINISH S CHEDULEDATE APRIL 27 I90 / 90l RM' I ROOM NAME FLOOR/BASE WALLS CEILING CLG. - _ - - // 23 18 REdtSIoNS DESCRIPTION 0' REMARKS / 2 AI2 07/26/90 of HGT. / MISC, 02 DRIVE-THRU TILE EXIST. F.R P EXIST ACOUSTICAL C2 , . 9�-Os SEE NOTE L AC-1 / ' TILE � , UP -WI 03 LOBBY TILE EXIST. VINYL WALL W4_UP ACOUSTICAL COVERING TILE CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTES 3, 4 & 5, I 04 DINING TILE EXIST. VINYL WALL W4_UP ACOUSTICAL �� / CI -UP COVERING TILE 9'-0' SEE NOTES 3,4 & 5. Ia,� Q, ,, / 7 I VINYL WALL ACOUSTICAL 1 / 7 05 PASSAGE TILE EXIST. W4-UP CI -UP 9,-0' SEE NOTE 4. I a COVERING TILE / 0 06 MEN TILE EXIST. CERAMIC TILE W3-UP ACOUSTICAL TILE C!-UP 9�-Q' SEE NOTE 1. °'m / 07 WOMEN TILE EXIST. CERAMIC TILE yY3-UP ACOUSTICAL// 20 2 00 TILE CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTE I. j t /EL I 08 SERVICE TILE EXIST. VINYL WALL W4-UP ACOUSTICAL %' PARTICLE t //Ad COVERING TILE CI -UP 9`-0' SEE NOTE 4. BOARD WITH t ► / 01 09 KITCHEN TILECOUSTICAL SEE SHEET EQI FOR SPECIFIC LAMINATE/� 79 SHEET TITLE EXIST. F.R.P.FRPEXIST. C2 TILE 9 O LOCATION. SEE NOTE 2. UP-L2 _ // WOMEN 10 OFFICE TILE EXIST. GYPSUM BOARD W2 ACOUSTICAL 20 SEATING PLAN 19 wet k-tti rnni CD Tu TILE C2 9'-0' SEE NOTE I. c �n1 -3 -3 -3 a -3 a -2 -2 -3 a m1 r U _ 0 F LLE R , TA .., _ .. S MAC _ . , N 00, , NOT j 0 S, _ Q' , iD ig is ig i5 ig t, ig ca O cr) EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CODE J QTY.DESCRIPTION T_MFG. AND MODEL NO, ELECTRIC G­ASj WATER F-SEWER. DIMENSIONS REMARKS I FRN.JINST. CODE J QTY. 1 DESCRIPTION 'MFG. AND MODEL NO. I ELECTRIC IGAS I WATER SEWER DIMENSIONS REMARKS I FRN.JINST THRU-PUT (PACK TABLE SERVING COUNTER - DRIVE-THRU) PREPARATION 100 400 101 3 SODA SYSTEM UNITED BEVERAGE TGI-6-122 120V/9.8A/I.IKW Y2 Y4J INDIR. 15-W 22-D 16Y2'H KFC GC/V 401 1 BISCUIT TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS 066-107 65"W 31Y2&D 602H KFC GC 102 402 1 MIXER TABLE - FALCON FABIRCATORS 066-174 20'W 244D 22'H KFC GC Z.tt 103 403 1 FOOD CUTTER BRICKER PRODUCTS #B-12-45 II5V/I0/IHp 211W 30'D 252H KFC GC 104 1 9 CUP DISPENSER HETCO LG 61/4' DIA X-LG 7-DIA 23%5D (6)LG. (3)X-LG. KFC GC 404 1 MIXER BLAKESLEE #B-20T 115V/60A/10/Y2HP 15%AW 18%4D 30Y2'H W1 P KNIFE, 2 BOWLS & WHIP KFC GC 105 1 2 COFFEE CUP DISPENSER (D.T. HETCO 61/4A DIA 13mD WALL MOUNT KFC GC 405 1 MIXER TIMER FAST MT. 200 120V/1.2KW/ 1/3 51/4aW 101/4*H MOUNT 36' A.F.F. KFC GC 106 fflL El CASH REGISTER (SLAVE) NCR 12OV/10 146W 26Y22D 14'H _- OIG-2310. SEE SHEET El FOR KFC GC/V 406 1 MARINATOR QUALITY OMM-4 115V/4.6A/10 37Y2W 26D 36H KFC GC KFC GC/V 407 2 BREADER W/ SIFTER AYR-KING 115V/10/ 1/6 HP 306W 481D 365'1­1 KFC GC 106A I I CASH REGISTER (MASTER) NCR 120V/10 14'W 26/24D 14'H LOCATION. 107 WE s sEE 8. I CASH DRAWER NCR 194W 15'D 4H KFC GC/v 408 1 ADD -A -SHELF BRICKER BAAS-14S5 14'W 301D ATTACHED TO 9410 KFC GC R-4 V) 108 COUNTER TOP SALAD DISPLAY PROGRESSIVE ODC-303 120V/5.5A 30OW 272D 28Y41H KFC GC 410 1 WORK TABLE W/ BACKSPLASH FALCON FABRICATORS 966-206 60'W 30AD 341H KFC GC 109 412 1 WORKTABLE W/O BACKSPLASH FALCON FABRICATORS 066-202 48'W 30'D 341H KFC GC wt> Ito 112 WASHING AND CLEANING 113A 0 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY UNIT KOLPAK SPECIAL IISCS-315 120V/6.8A/ 1/3 HP 482W 31%'D 38&H 2' RISER GRAY LAMINATE BASE PANEL KFC GC 500 2 HANDSINK SEE REMARKS WASSERSTROM H Y2 a & C 1I/4' DIRECT 17 V2'W 14Y21D 12-H RECESS IN COUNTER KFC GC 114 2 HEATED DRAWER TOASTMASTER 31384A 120V/8.5A 2911/16 'W 2012,D 22y4mH KFC IGC 501 1 3 COMPARTMENT SINK FALCON FABRICATORS 066-320 H & C 2' DIRECT 108'W 35'D 4112'H WITH PRERINSE KFC GC 115 1 CONDIMENT HOLDER (D.T.) TRENDCO 12y2'W 13yg'D 121/2-H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 502 3 TRASH CONTAINER CONTINENTAL MFG. TRENDCO 20'DIA 31'H 32 GAL. CAPACITY, IN SMALLWARES KFC 'GC 116 117 STORAGE 118 2 COFFEE SERVER TRENDCO KFC GC 600 4 WALL SHELF 18 X 48 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 48'W 182D MOUNT BOTT. OF SHELF c 6'-0IAFF KFC GC 119 3 LID HOLDERS W/STRAW TRENDCO 7Y42W 5 Yr, AD 4 Y8'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 601 12 SHELVING UNIT 18 X 60 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 604W 18'D 848H KFC CC 120 1 MENU BOARD AMERICAN SIGN 120V/2.5A/.23KW 120Y2'W 295/8NH SEE NOTE 9. KFC CC 602 8 CHICKEN DOLLY LOU. MILL SUPPLY #KFCPE84065 141/46W 221/4 AD 8'H KFC GC 121 1 60' PACK TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS 960 BU-HD-I 60'W 52V2D 361/21H 604 2 MARINATED CHICKEN DOLLY W/ LUGS UNARCO #EAK 154 181/4W 26Y-?'D 44H LUGS BY HUBER-4 REQUIRED KFC GC C= c= 122 2 ACCESSORY EAR MUFF FALCON FABRICATORS #66-334 1 18-W 13V2'D 81/2-H 605 2 SALAD DOLLY S/S FALCON FAB. 66-145 22W 27'D 42'H KFC GC > cx__) 1 123 2 242 ADD -ON UNIT FALCON FABRICATORS 1124HC 120V/13.7A 240W 52!/2'D 36V2'H (L JB 18' A.F.F. KFC GC 607 1 MODULAR BAG -IN -BOX RACK 2 71/4'W 141/41 D 48mH SUPPLIED &INSTALLED BY SODA SUPPLIER KFC GC/V I C" 124 1 AUX. MENU BOARD AMERICAN SIGN SEE NOTE 9. KFC GC 608 2 BUN STOR. DOLLY & TRAYS TRENDCO 11184318 25YA-W 211 lD 41/22H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 2am. CL C::c 125 1 5' HEATED DISPLAY UNIT HENNY PENNY #HCW-5 208V/4.5KW NOTE 4 INDIR. 60sW 29Y42D 323/4mH TWO TIER KFC GC 609 1 DUNNAGE RACK/ SHORTENING NEW AGE #KFC 24AW 24'D 12"H KFC GC _j <=> 126 1 COFFEE BREWER BUNN-O-MATIC VPRN OR EQUAL 120V/15A/10 16'W 8'D 204H LEASE FROM LOCAL SUPPLIER V V 610 4 WALL SHELVING 18 X 36 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 360W 18'D BOT.OF SHELF-01 A.F.F. a 6' KFC GC 127 1 SPEAKER/CRADLE 3M 78-8016-9810-70SM 131/4-W 9y4'D 10%'H BEIGE COLOR, SWIVEL & TILT CRADLE KFC GC 612 3 SHELVING UNIT 12 X 42 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 42'W 12'D 842H KFC GC 128 1 SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL 3M 78-9020-1007-GOSM RECESS JB IN BULKHEAD KFC 613 3 SHELVING UNIT 18 X 42 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 42'W IBAD 84'H KFC GC 129 2 WARMING CABINET HENNY PENNY HC-900 / HETCO 115/2KW 24y4'W 31-y4'D 711/4-H KFC GC 614 2 SHELVING UNIT 24 X 72 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 72'W 24'D 84"H KFC GC 130 2 CONDIMENT HOLDER W/CLIPS TRENDCO 22'W IO'D 6"H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 616 0 SHELVING UNIT 12 X 42 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 42*W 124D 84H KFC GC 131 3- ICE. TEA DISPENSER CECILWARE #S-3 TRENDCO 94W 151/2AD 17y2sH 3 GAL. CAP., IN SMALL WARES KIT KFC GC 617 0 WALL SHELF 18 X 36 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 36"W 18'D MOUNT BOTT.OF SHELF a 6'-0OAFF KFC GC 2 _90 -9 132 1 PRODUCT HOLDING TIMER FASTRON MODEL 800 AXFD-KFC 120V/.5A 8-W 4-D 5y2'H KFC GC 618 1 SHORTENING SHUTTLE WORCHESTER IND.PROD. #PE88024-FP 15V26W 9%2D 48%H WITH S/S SHROUD KFC • GC 133 1 SANDWICH ASSEMBLY TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS 918 44VB'W 31'D 594H (;C 10 FABRICATE & ft>IALL STATRMS7- PANEL. SEE DETAIL 41 SHFFT,EOI, KFC GC 621 0 WALL SHELF 18 X 60 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 60"W 184D MOUNT BOTT. OF SHELF 0 6'-O"AFF KFC GC 134 1 FRIES DISPLAY TABLE 017 FALCON FABRICATORS 017 20Y2'W 40Y4'D 37-H KFC GC 625 1 SHELVING UNIT 24 X 60 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 60'W 24'D 84'H WITH SHROUD KFC 10C 135 1 PATTIE WARMER HATCO vHS2-785 120V/8.OA 12-W 22y2'D 17'H KFC GC 626 o SHELVING UNIT 36 X 60 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 60'W 36D 84'H KFC GC 136 1 HEAT LAMP FOR FRIES DISPLAY HATCO HS2-837 115V/8A 20Y2*W 18'D 16y2'H KFC GC 627 1 DUNNAGE RACK/SYRUP STORAGE INTERMETRO (PLATED) HP31C 242W l8sD 14!/24H KFC GC 137 628 0 SHELVING UNIT 24 X 36 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 362W 24'D 84'H KFC GC 138 2 SANDWICH EARMUFF W/ CHUTES HATCO #HS2-782 120V/3.3A 17AW 188D 12'H KFC GC 139 1 MAYO DISPENSER PACKAGE TRENDCO 5y4'W 111/4"D 4.-y4'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC MISCELLANEOUS / 14 140 1 TEA CROCK LOUISVILLE STONEWARE 17AW 15'D 21'H UNSWEETENED `KFC GC 700 1 SAFE (HI SECURITY) CINCY SAFE CO. #2820 120V/10 20'W 16'D 282H KFC GC/V 141 1 MICROWAVE OVEN AMANA RFS8-SE 120V/175OW/14.6 21%"W 17VGmD 14Y42H KFC GC 701 1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER ABC ANSUL 32871ABC 7y2mDIA 23*H KFC GC 142 701A I FIRE EXTINGUISHER BC ANSUL 32929 BC 7V24DIA 23'H KFC GC 143 2 24' MOUNTING BRACKET FALCON FABRICATORS #66-268 24'W 181D 13'H KFC GC 702 1 144 703 1 FILE CABINET (2 DRAWER) HON #WA312CPT 18-W 26Y2'D 28-H KFC jGC 145 704 1 FILE CABINET (2 DRAWER) HON uWA252PT 151W 18'D 29AH GC 146 2 BACKLIT COUNTER SIGN SILVER & ASSOCIATES 120V/10 I8%`W 6mD 91/41H MTD. TO FRONT COUNTER KFC GC 705 2 STOOLS LOU. MILL SUPPLY 01702 18'H _KFC KFC GC 147 706 2 OFFICE CHAIR LOU. MILL SUPPLY KFC GC 148 707 1 IVIDEO TRAINING UNIT #5815 TRAINING 120V/1 0 /62 WA 15%*W 13%D I 1%'H BW �Aj C&R�NST CVDUR3liY6'AS�HFtFL'�!V'�ADPESS KFC GC 150 708 12 LOCKERS (2 SECT. a 6 HIJ LOU MILL 5362-2 12"W 18'D 72*H KFC GC 709 1 BULLETIN BOARD TRENDCO #38650 24W 36H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 151 710 1 CALCULATOR TRENDCO IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 152 711 153 712 2 5 TIER HORIZ. TRAYS TRENDCO 096018 15"W 8Y2vD 12*H LEGAL SIZEJN SMALLWARES KIT KFC STANDARD 154 155 713 1 2 4 TIER HORIZ. TRAYS TRENDCO 996017 15"W 81/2 A D 9AH LEGAL SIZE,IN SMALLWARES KIT IGC KFC GC DRAWN B I Y CADD 714 156 715 CHECKED BY 160 724 DATE MARCH 3,1989 725 GC REVISIONS DESCRIPTION COOKING 727 1 EXTERIOR TRASH' RECEPTACLE WAUSAU TILE 14ya' 14%' 29y8'H 24 GALLON CAPACITY KFC GC 200 1 1 CORN COOKER A.J. ANTU"NES MODEL CCC-20KFC 120V/14.6A/1.75KW 13'W 2 3'D 13'H KFC GC 201 1 CONVECTION OVEN BLODGETT CTBR-I 208V/30/60HZ 301/4'W 25Y8'D 25Yir,,'H GC TO MAKE ELEC CONNECTION KFC GC 202 1 OVEN COMPUTER FASTRON #821AJFQ-KFC 115V/.5A 8/4@W 4Y22D 8"H GC TO PROVIDE ELEC CONN 60' AFF KFC GC BUILDING ITEMS 203 800 1 DRIVE-THRU WINDOW 0 1 SERV lIFM-1 120V/3AI0 241W 14'D 38Y22H CLEAR ANODIZED KFC GC 204 205 801 2 184 NEON LOGO LETTERS CUMMINGS/ZIMMERMAN 120V/12A 19'-O'W 15Y22D 24'H N/A FOR ILLUMINATED AWNING EXTERIOR KFC GC 802 1 D/T MENUBOARD & SPEAKER POST AMERICAM SIGN 120V/4.23A H a-H �pEEJKpR0ApR00S_f %W,1.1�1)3�6-/ SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATION KFC GC 206 1 2 BURNER RANGE U.S. RANGE #1836-7M-3 W/ STAND N 17-W 381/4-D 26-H 60,000 BTU/HR KFC GC 803 6 LOGO PANEL CUMMINGS/ ZIMMERMAN 32'W Vii'D 98H SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHT. AIO FOR SPECS. KFC GC 207 2 OPEN FRYER W/COMPUTER PITCO 18WKS & FAST COMPUTER 115V/5A/10 .7 Y4 205/32 AW 381Y32 AD 48H 150000 BTUHR EACHTG&2NPT INTEGRAL FASTRON CUMPUTER TIME KFC GC 804 1 CUPOLA TOWER CUMMINGS/ ZIMMERMAN 120V/8A 70Y2'W 70Y2Ab IIIY4'H KFC I GC 208 1 DUMP/FILTER TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS #65-877 120V/7.2A EA/10 241/4-W 35Y2'D 36-H RECPT18'AFF ONE PR LEGS FOR EA KFC GC 805 3 EXTERIOR ENTRY LIGHT RUEFF/ SPECIFIED LIGHTING 120V/10 SEE SHEET E2 FOR SPECIFICATIONS KFC JGC 209 1 DRAIN BAFFLE FALCON FABRICATORS 466-219 MAW 8/48D 5Y40H KFC GC 806 0 UP/DOWN LIGHTING HUBBELL/NUART 120V/10 SEE SHEET E2 FOR SPECIFICATIONS KFC GC 210 1 EXHAUST HOOD EXISTING HOOD 12'-O'W KFC GC 807 1 YARD LIGHT HUBBELL/NUART 120V/10 N/A FOR ILLUMINATED AWNINQ EXTERIOR SEE SITE PLAN FOR TYPE & OTY. KFC GC VARIATION 211 1 EXHAUST HOOD VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS 12'-O'W KFC GC 808 1 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE CUMMINGS/ZIMMERMAN 120V/10 SEE SITE PLAN FOR TYPE & QTY. KFC GC/V 212 809 1 D.T. SPEAKER SYSTEM 3M D-15 120V/10 KFC GC DRAWN BY RDW 213 2 SPLIT VAT FRYER VULCAN HART CCFD-2-KFC & FAST GVG822 115V AC/60HZ/L5A + FILTERY2, I5V24W 27%5D 46Y22H 85000 BTU/HR FRY.& COMP. TIMER KFC GC 810 0 TRANSOM PANEL PACKAGE PALMER SEE SHT. AIO FOR TYPE & QUANTITY KFC GC CHECKED 13Y B.B. 214 1 LOADING TABLE, MOBILE TRENDCO 19V22W 28Y2D 368H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 811 0 TANKLESS WATER HEATER EEMAX SP4208K 208V/19.7A V24 C 51/4'W 2Ya'D 9Y4'H KFC GC 215 1 SHORTENING FILTER WINSTON MODEL #302AOIE21 120V/15A/10 20Y2"W 331/4-D 20Ya'H KFC GC 812 DATE 04/30/90 12rvir'ONSI DESCRIPTION 216 813 0 KITCHEN TILE PACKAGE INTERAMICS KFC GC 217 814 1 HVAC/LIGHT CONTROL PANEL TROPICOOL/ LDI 120V/10 151W 4*D 34'W/ 2' FLANGE SEE'NOTE 5 KFC Gc 07/26/90 218 1 COLLECTRAMATIC CART W/ STANE WINSTON PS1682 21Y4'W 261/'D 362H 4 KFC GC 815 1 SMOKE ALARM PANEL TROPICOOL/ SIMPLEX 12OV/IJD 161/42W 41/44D 13Y2'H E.C. TO INSTALL. SEE NOTE 6. KFC MISC. 219 816 1 WATER HEATER EXISTING Y4' EXISTING EXISTING CC 220 3 6 HEAD COLLECTRAMATIC WINSTON MODEL #FCR62010ISJ 208V/30/29.2A/10.5KW 208W 32Y4D 43Y42H EACH KFC GC 817 0 TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHILLER HARDWARE SEE SHEET A5. KFC 818 0 SWITCH GEAR PACKAGE SOUTHLAND ELECTRIC 208V/30/600A SEE SPEC.DIV.1600 FOR SIZES MOUNT TO REAR EXTERIOR WALL -CC KFC GC 819 0 HEAR SIGHT COMM. MODULE TRENDCO 2Y2'W 2Y2'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 820 1 ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEM SILENT WATCHMAN 120V/10 KFC GC/V 821 VARIES PENDANT LIGHT RUEFF/SPECIFIED LIGHTING SEE .SHT. El FOR TYPE & QUANTITY KFC GC 822 VARIES WALL LIGHT RUEFF/SPECIFIED LIGHTING SEE SHT. El FOR TYPE & QUANTITY KFC GC 823 1 SKYLIGHT (LENS & GRID ONLY RUEFF/SPECIFIED LIGHTING SEE SHT. El FOR SPECIFICATIONS KFC GC REFRIGERATION 824 1 ILLUMINATED AWNING VARIOUSMANUFACTURERS FOR ILLUMINATED AWNING EXTERIORONLYKFC GC/V 300 1 ONE DOOR FREEZER (SPLIT DOOR) DELFIELD #6125S j115V/9.5A/60HZ/I/3HP 251/22W 321/42D 79Y2'H DUTCH DOOR, W/ RACK STAND KFC GC 825 1 1 1BACKGROUND MUSIC SYSTEM VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS 1120V/16 ILEASE OR PURCHASE OPTION 301 1 - ONE DOOR REFG. (SPLIT DOOR DELFIELD #6025-S II5V/6.5A/6OHZ/I/4HP 25Y24W 321/42D 79Y2'H KFC GC MOMENT 302 1 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR DELFIELD 406-CA 115V/4A/60HZ/1/4HP 27'W 27/4,D 332H WITH CASTERS KFC GC EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT NOTES SCHEDULE & NOTE-5 303 304 0 WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER INTERNATIONAL COLD STORAGE 208V/30/IV2 & 2HP 20'-0g X 8'-0' FOR COLOR SEE SCHEDULE ON A6 KFC GC/V --REFERENCE ALL 1. ALL EQUIPMENT NOTED AS 'INSTALLED BY G.C.'SHALL HAVE ALL UTILITIES, CONNECTIONS, LEVELING ADJUSTMENTS, AND FINAL INSTALLATION EXECUTED BY G.C.,INCLUDING INITIAL START-UP. MATRIX MANITOWOC AC. ICE CUBER 305 1 ICE MACHINE 208V/13.3A/10 NOTE 4 Y4' INDIR 421W 30/2"D 65Y2'H KFC GC COORDINATE INITIAL START-UP WITH KFC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR. MODEL GY-0649N W/REMOTE CONDENSER MODEL AC.0895A. ICE BIN MODEL C-700S 101 2. PVC CONDUIT FOR SYRUP LINES TO BE SEALED AT EACH END WITH DAP 'BUTYL -FLEX, WHITE SEALANT OR EQUAL -AFTER LINES ARE IN PLACE. GENERATION 3802.1 305 ALTERNATE ICE MACHINE MANITOWOC MODEL GY-0605W SELF-CONTAINED WATER-COOLED 208V/13.3A/10 NOT 4 Y4' INDIR 42-W 3IY2'D 65Y2'H I KFC GC 304 3. KFC TO PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF WALK-IN COOLER. THIS IS TO INCLUDE UNLOADING, SET-UP. ASSEMBLY & LEVELING. ICE CUBER W/ ICE BIN C-700S HOOK-UP OF ELECTRICAL IS ALL WORK NECESSARY - NO REFRIG. - NO WIRE UP. NO HVAC WORK IS NECESSARY. COOLER WILL BE WELDED TO SLAB ANCHORS BY THE G.C. VARIATION 125,305 4. V2` COLD WATER AT FLOOR. 1/4' FLARED COPPER TO UNIT. 5. KFC WILL FURNISH A HVAC/LIGHT CONTROL PANEL (INCLUDING THERMOSTATS AND LIGHT SENSOR). GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO MOUNT ALL DEVICES AND WIRE CONVERSION 814 DRAWING NUMBER FR547BE02.SAN COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIAGRAMS ON SHEET E4. 815 6. SMOKE ALARM TO INCLUDE 2 SMOKE DETECTORS AND ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. SHEET NUMBER 818 7. SWITCH GEAR PACKAGE TO INCLUDE ONE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD, 4 BRANCH PANEL BOARDS, 3 STARTERS FOR FANS, AND HVAC DISCONNECTS. 106 8. FOR THE NUMBER OF CASH REGISTERS REQUIRED, REFER TO RESTAURANT PROFILE & SIZING GUIDELINES. it 120 9. COLOR OF MENU BOARD PANELS: TEMPO. UPTOWN 'BLUE'. UPTOWN 'TEAL', HORIZON I- ROSE: HORIZON [I- GRAY I" PLUMBING LEGEND DESIGNATION ITEM DESIGNATION ITEM W W WASTE LINE C. WATER CLOSET — — — — V— — — — V VENT LINE ABOVE SLAB U. URINAL ' C G.W. COLD WATER LINE ABOVE SLAB L. LAVATORY - - - - C - - - - C.W. COLD WATER LINE UNDER SLAB M.S. MOP SINK H H.W. HOT WATER LINE F.D. FLOOR DRAIN G G GAS -LINE H.D. HUB DRAIN 00 UP LINE UP (END OF RUN) M.S. MOP SINK E-) DN. LINE DOWN (END OF RUN) 0 C.O. CLEANOUT (FLOOR) LINE UP (IN PIPE RUN) I-_ C.O. CLEANOUT (WALL) LINE DOWN (IN PIPE RUN) R. & C. ROUGH AND CONNECT ' GATE VALVE V.T.R. VENT THRU ROOF G GAS VALVE C.I. CAST IRON - - - - D- - - - CONDENSATE DRAIN ABOVE SLAB C.P.H.B. CHROME PLATED HOSE BIB F.P.H.B. FROST PROOF HOSE BIB PVC UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FOR SYRUP AND REGISTER CABLES W.H. WATER HEATER s s s a GENERAL NOTES 1. PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK ON THIS PROJECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION, INVERT, SIZE AND CONDITION OF EXISTING UTILITIES. SHOULD CONDITIONS EXIST OTHER THAN THOSE INDICATED AND WHICH COULD ALTER THE DESIGN INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY K.F.C.IMMED►ATELY FOR A DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT AGENCIES AND PAY ALL CHARGES FOR CONNECTIONS TO UTILITES. 3. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL ROUGH -IN PLUMBING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLAN SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLAN AND SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION AND TYPE OF EQUIPMENT TO DETERMINE PIPE SIZES AND TYPES OF CONNECTIONS. 5. SEE PLOT AND/OR SITE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITIES AND SERVICE CONNECTIONS. 6. PITCH ALL WASTE AND DRAIN LINES A MINIMUM OF 1/8' PER FOOT, 7. PROVIDE A LEVER HANDLE GAS COCK IN BRANCH PIPING OF EACH GAS APPLIANCE. ALSO FOR EACH APPLIANCE, INSTALL QUICK DISCONNECT. FLEXIBLE PIPE AND RESTRAINING DEVICE FURNISHED BY K.F.C. FOR (&P 13 16 8. INSTALLATION OF COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL PLUMBING CODE. 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL AND EQUIPMENT SHEETS. CAP EACH END OF P.V.C. CONDUIT WITH P.V.C. CAP. FIELD DRILL CAP OPENINGS FOR SYRUP LINES. CAULK FULLY AROUND SYRUP LINES. - QUARRY TILE FLOOR -- 7 CONCRETE SLAB �, ' t. z `_ti C' ALL JOINTS IN P.V.C. PIPE SHALL ' BE ASSEMBLED WITH HEAVY DUTY "' P.V.C. CEMENT MEETING ASTM-D2564 --_ LONG SWEEP ELL —4' P.V.C. PIPE s SYRUP/REGISTER CONDUIT DETAIL Gn, qLL Igo_ DI,I.t u� LI+� 3M� Z I 41 F I a2 FT TC G r i/2 1 4�' 3r U \ 31' 'f q `t' I � J-j G PIPE HANGER -SCHEDULE NOMINAL SIZE SPACING INCH 5 FEET - INCH 6_ FEET I INCH 7 FEET- 1t/2 INCH 9 FEET_ _ ? INCH AND ABOVE 'O�FEET - `p r• STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE - • :11 ; DRAWN BY �— CHECKED BY B.B. DATE 04/30/90 REVISIONS I DESCRIPTION SHEET TITLE PLUMBING PLAN tOW LEVEL MATRIX LT GENERATION 3602.1 VARIATION SANFORD DRAWING I'AMBER FED"-4a9•PQI.SAN SHEET NLWER y. l.. S a a ig a s s 21� yM F u n�,y I VA„ �-� 121 �r c� 2i�. oiA�eAr� Cct° I U Fl I� 3A� �tctt 11 , �50©A1��/ l cl `' ~1 ' 1" Le cJ r -�, w0i wAIW- ={ 32vL - w u 144' wit �' Fxts~nt� w t►� /"-.CONNECT INTO )UTPUT OSTER �w 11�! 11�M �b 1l. �e r STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE REVISIDNS DESCRIPTION VARIATION DRAWN BY RDWI CHECKED BY B.B. DATE 04/30/90 SHEET TITLE PLUMBING PLAN UPPER LEVEL MATRIX 3802.1 VARIATION SANFORD DRAWING NUMBER FR5-`f 12TCLSAN SHEET NUMBER I" ' 's 6 ;s ;s s ��l X x v N N N IL ti N Z S Q ,r c M N N N CV M N N N nl LLr �� W N co o o z' Q x � cn ,r ,s d a d X X Q lM Cj N N 1.17) N N N N i N N N N N In N M V N N N N � N N rJ N N N T ww LL crc��wit � .L' LL I.,_. U U L) Z Z O !+J W d CRooo�rn �m�U,MQ d <L Q d d SECTION /� N.T.S. RTU -z 1TRll�j ADAPTOF� HEATING AND COOLING UNIT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR NEOPRENE GASKET BY 14 GAUGE CURB BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR- \ MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 2' x 4' TREATED WOOD NAILER BY COUNTER FLASHING ROOFING CONTRACTOR //-BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR ROOF MOUNTING CURB FURNISHED /-PIPE THRU CURB WALL BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND ><" G INSTALLED BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR / PLYWOOD DECK TO BE - (3) LAYERS OF FLASHING UP SIDES Li INSTALLED CONTINUOUS UNDER f,-��OF CURB BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR UNIT EXCEPT AT DUCT ROOF INSULATION AND FIBER CANT PENETRATIONS --- N STRIP BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR 2 , I { i 1 — RCAF CUPt3 I I 2x 6 6LOCKIW< - 14-"x z z„ UP Iz�z" x 35iz" UP KIr_t l n-;UF% - Ic?"A16"<2-�"LOJJG F'PL Y AIK ,PLEN L?" 24" x 48" x (" DEEP VI TRUSS OR 2'x6' BLKG.I UNDER ALL CURBS NOTE: TOP OF CURBS SHALL BE LEVEL AND BUILT TO FIT SLOPE OF ROOF SECTION SECTION N.T.S. N.T.S. C3) HVAC LEGEND NEW EXHAUST FAN REF-6 REF-6 REF-5 NEW EXHAUST FAN ITEM DESCRIPTION REF-5 ROOF DECK A DIFFUSER, GRILLE DESIGNATION \io—o/ WITH CFM NOTED I MINERAL NOOL INSULATION / cD ND 22 GA. WRAP 70 tvl J THERMOSTAT X x ROTECT COMBUSTIBLE _v t° ONSTRUC ION, MINIMUM CLEARING. NEW ROOF FRAMING SUPPLY AIR ( 4 WAY 8x23 DIFFUSER SHOWN ) CLEANOUT DOOR SUSPENDED CEILING 8x23 DUCT COLLAR 12x24 DUCT COLLAR EXISTING HOOD TO REMAIN v RETURN AIR OR EXHAUST AIR VAPOR PROOF INCAN. LIGHT FIXTURE BY HOOD MFG. VERTICAL TAKE -OFF WITH -__-__ �o MANUAL VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER 6, AIRSPACE STAINLESS STEEL BACK , ZD PANEL WITH 6' STANDOFF , STAINLESS STEEL SIDE PANELS '„---------- ,T' yN MANUAL VOLUME — CONTROL DAMPER SECTION A GRILLE9 REGISTER & DIFFUSER SCHEDULE AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM SUPPLY RETURN OUATRSIDE EXHAUST DIFFERENCE A EXISTING 24'X244, 3-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS RE -USE IN PLACE OR RELOCATE AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN. RTU-1 6800 5100 1700 --- +1700 B EXISTING 24"X24''.2-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS RE -USE WHERE SHOWN RELOCATED. RTU-2 3350 2350 1000 --- +1000 B-I NEW (TWO) 24'X24, 2-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS TO MATCH EXISTING. LOCATE IN SERVICE AREA. AHU-1 ABANDON C EXISTING 240X24', 2-WAY CORNER CEILING DIFFUSER. REMOVE. DO NOT RE -USE. AHU-2 ABANDON D EXISTING 12'X6' SIDEWALL DIFFUSERS. REUSE IN PLACE AS SHOWN. E EXISTING 24'X48' RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLE. REMOVE. DO NOT RE -USE. AHU-3 ABANDON E_1 EXISTING 24X24' RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLES. REUSE TWO (2) WHERE SHOWN AHU-4 3120 --- 3120 --- +3120 RELOCATED IN THE DINING ROOM. REMOVE THE OTHER AND DO NOT RE -USE. REF-1 ABANDON F EXISTING 10'X6' CEILING EXHAUST REGISTERS TO REMAIN. H EXISTING 24'X24', 4-WAY CEILING DIFFUSER. RE -USE, IN PLACE AS SHOWN. REF-2 ABANDON J EXISTING 24X24' I -WAY CEILING DIFFUSER. RE -USE ONE (1) IN PASSAGE AS SHOWN. REMOVE TWO (2) REF-3 ABANDON OTHERS AND DO NOT RE -USE. M EXISTING 12'X121, 3-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS. RE -USE ONE (1) IN STORAGE AS SHOWN. REF-4 ABANDON RELOCATE ONE (I) FROM DRIVE-THRU AND RE -USE IN MECHANICAL ROOM AS SHOWN. N EXISTING 24'X24' RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLE. REMOVE. DO NOT RE -USE. REF-5 --- --- --- 3150 -3150 P EXISTING 24'X24', 2-WAY CORNER DIFFUSERS. REMOVE. DO NOT REUSE. REF-6 --- _ --- - --- 2050 -2050 0 EXISTING 241X24% RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLE. REMOVE -DO NOT RE -USE. REF-7 - �--- 400 -400 R NEW (SIX) 24'X24' 4-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS TO MATCH EXISTING. LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. -- _- S NEW (TWO) 24'X48' RETURN AIR FILTER GRILLES. LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. I 1 1 i t I I I r_L --- 1----I----I----L---t----I t 1 M; � 1 i 1 I I 100 1 I I I I -> - -- i - - -- ' ; 1 6' DIA, `? 48'X48'X12' DEEP R.A. PLENUM ' I , I 1 I 1 - f-----1---! I --L--- ' -- -r--- r-- DIA; -__ I it M 1 55 , i i , i ' ' 100 i I I' 4' DIA, 1 I I f I I S ' 1 I 1 i I I 1 --- ' ----''----'----I - -- i 55 - I t 1 1- - I----i -- - -f - -- i --- I , t i Emi (4'DIA.-------11 70 ` 1 �14' DIA. i 14' DIA. 18OX182UP TO 1 ' ' ' I 112'DIAL f , , , , , , -r--------I-- NEW AHU-4 ` L---- t x 1 t I i I t 1 f I I t I ---+-------1----� --- --- i I ` 14' D�A r 60'X36'X16' DEEP,X 1 �� -� R.A. PLENUM11 , NJ I 1 I t f 1 1 r 0o $'DIA: I 1 r I -'--------a-- ' I 1 t I 1 I I 1 -I-_R ___ _L--- L--_1_ -,----,----T-------, __-,------T- , 1 i i I D 0 I-- 30'XI4` , f --- -----1- _1 _ F ---� -'- T -- ----� -- --� 1-- I I I I l 1 1 I I i i I i I I 1 I , t r I RTU-� 12 DI I I 12 (I 1 I __ I 1' I i I ,---------,----,----�---T----,----,----F---T----1----,--_ �___r r R ' I 1 I ' R I - -- - 50 ' f 1 I i 65 i I I I I r I' ' A -,----i ---�-- 1---I---- I----r-' -T- �r , ' ' I t I 50 I I f 1 I I t EXISTING 12'HOOD ' , r--- -- --� f f I -� ;< i----;----r--- ' '--'--------'----! ---'----1---- RELOCATED I jy 12' DIA. I i i i ' , i i - - - i 10'DIA., 8' DIA' r ! E - I ' 1 I I 1 I I i f I r 14'X14' UP TO 1 I 10'DIA. I I I f -i '----rr---- 1 ' ----I ---- �---j----T--- I ------- NEW REF-6 ' I r f ' i ' � f 1 -�--- r---i10'DIA. I 12'DIA. I f I I ,----� --- t----t----r---- I---- r---t- --1----1----r----T---I----I----I- I 1 I 112' �A+J', i ! ,----i---- t --- =--- +------i----=----1----I----� -- _ _---1----'- o 16'X16' UP TO `�' ' ; ' f , i i i �10'DIA. , , ; --- { -1---- - , NEW REF-5 L---! '--------L---z---J----'----! -------'__--'- Ir-------- NEW 12' HOOD ' 0 I I 70 i c 1 1 i i i i ! A 50 1 i ' I 1 I 1 --- `----'----I---T--- '----'----'-----------------' 1 I i 1•---T I I i I f 1 t i , , r _ _ _ -,- _ _ ,- _ 48'X24'X6IDEEP I I I--r--------r . I r I I- 1 f 1 t R.AL PLENUM 1 1 I I I I I t 1 12 DIA., , i t f -- W t—- — —T -- t----I----r----r----1----r----r---T--- I----,----r- 1 I i r12 DIA.i 35 co f-I----1----I---4-----+----1----�---- --'- � � i I I I t r I qI5 i II ° I I 35,2X12Y2t R.A. UP 1--LOJNEW- RILL-2-t_---J_ J----'----1----� --- 1----i- 1 I R ' t 1 ; I ' ,''"•.. ,� O'DIA: 1 ` EI SI � I ,---- I 1 I 381' 'X15' ''UP T--- I ----,----I ---� --- i----�----� I t I f I 'DIA. ' ' _ � 'ti 00,' ' ' � - , I i TRESS AgAPTOR�IN -t--- ,----I-----------� -- -�-+-- I T ROOF CURB. _ L_ ' i ' f / / — I— / . 0 � ' %� i /,'�� / / / �� /, 12 DIA. �. 10°DIA. L-.1----'-- ----i---J----'----I--- - -'-- ' X�\ '•i i, �/ , �/, 1 , 1 5 I t I 10 X6 , _r f r I I I I10'M iiOF'-- 1 1 -+- - t- -I-- 10 DIA.I , ' , , ' ' ' I TO NEW REF47 '. '12'DIA, 1 I I 1 00----'----�-- i FF] i i t IO'DIA. F , EXISTING RESTROOM EXHAUST DUCT TO REMAIN R I F R 450 22 J HVAC PLAN TOTALS 13,270 7450 5820 5600 +220 STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE MARCH 3, 1989 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION A03/15/90 GENERAL REVISION VARIATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY B.B. DATE 07/26/90 REVISION51 DESCRIPTION SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL CEILING PLAN MATRIX f GENERATION 3802.1 VARIATION FLORIDA DRAWING NUMBER FR5478MOI.SAN " SHEET NUMBER m I s s iu 's x X x rs � d N N w a z w u_ m W L� 4< - �a x 4 M N N h, N M N N N P4 LLt w t-I.- w W � U_ u z W r: c w p O l m 1-J 0) a m <S 4 <L X N v N N ::5i In N J r!j Q N Lo N Lit 4 Z u.! u u LL_ + t>~ GC N a;4t1 w ' !tpi Q L)C W 1 W Z m Q Q a ul <r a, a 4 x TT x X x t--- a � N N ! —M Ln(VrO N w a 2 w J L+- u.. w Lo w w W ir a: Ir � o LL G? u- O 0 F- O 1 d m mul x al 0 00 U- <tQ Q 4Q w tY EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION RTU-1 EXISTING 18 TON ROOFTOP HEAT PU REVISE SUPPLY AND AIR DUCTS AIS SDOWN. REPLACE FILTERS. REUSE CFM. THE ADJUST UNIT. OUTSIDE AIR TO 1700 CFM. NEW 10 TON ROOFTOP ELEC. COOLING GAS HEATING UNIT. CARRIER 48DJ012. 3350 CFM SUPPLY AIR. 1000 CFM OUTSIDE RTU-2 AIR. MOTORIZED MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER. SYSTEM WITH ELECTRIC HEAT. ABANDON. REMOVE UNIT, ALL DUCTS, PIPING AND WIRING. AHU-I EXISTING 3 TON SPLIT AHU-2 EXISTING HOOD SUPPLY AIR FAN. ABANDON. REMOVE EQUIPMENT, DUCTS AND WIRING. AHU-3 EXISTING 2 TON SPLIT SYSTEM WITH ELECTRIC HEAT. ABANDON. REMOVE UNIT, ALL DUCTS, PIPING AND WIRING. AHU-4 NEW HOOD MAKE-UP AIR UNIT. 3120 CFM @ 0.30' SP WITH FILTERS. GREENHECK RSF-120, I HP, 208V, 3 PH. REF-1 EXISTING HOOD EXHAUST FAN ON BACK ROOF. ABANDON. REMOVE EQUIPMENT, DUCTS AND WIRING. G.C. TO PATCH ROOF. REF-2 EXISTING DISHWASHER HOOD EXHAUST FAN. ABANDON. REMOVE FAN, ALL DUCTS AND WIRING. G.C. TO PATCH ROOF. ACK ROOF. ABANDON. REMOVE EQUIPMENT, DUCTS AND WIRING. G.C. TO PATCH ROOF. REF-3 EXISTING TOILET FAN ON B REF-4 EXISTING ATTIC FAN. ABANDON. REMOVE FAN, THERMOSTAT AND WIRING. REF-5 NEW HOOD EXHAUST FAN, 3150 CFM Q 0.70 SP,l4HP, 208V 3PH. GREENHECK CUBE 18-7WITH PREFAB ROOF CURB. NEW EXHAUST FAN FOR EXISTING HOOD, 2050 CFM 0 0.80, SP,3f4HP, 208V, 3PH. GREENHECK 18-7 WITH PREFAB ROOF CURB. REF-6 (NOTE: MOTOR IS PURPOSELY OVERSIZED.) . P, 1/20 HP, 120V, IPH. GREENHECK G85D WITH PREFAB ROOF CURB. REF-7 NEW TOILET EXHAUST FAN, 400 CFM e 0.25'S `Y,t' COND. DRAIN (96 -3t9' HEAVIEST CORNER) HVAC ROOF PLAN N.T.S. e DOTTED LINES REPRESENT Wl K (EQUIP . I1I� , - t- - -f-A ' DUCTS. DIFFUSERS. ETCJ TO BE REMOVED `-� AND REUSED OR ABANDONED AS DIRECTED. 1 I 1 I \ I i\rI 1 , t , 1 1 t , L_ J t , t ' ' 1 I I I 1 i { - - - - - - - - - L1------------ -i' \ I 1ep� (f\ J \ I 1 l I I ,_lam - \ �\ �') 1 I I I t 1 1 T_� 1 1 I Le ' �� / RELOCATE I r- - - I--( _ �----------�T--------------� - L -{ J-1' -r3I I I I I -�--, An 'I I RjMdVE AIR HANDLING UNIT ' 1, Ic ! J 1 t I ► 1 AND TALL ASSOCIATED 1 I FWGERANT PIPING. COMENSAT P. DUCTS AND WIRING. I r 1_ J----- I ® I I ®,ICJ' 1 1 RELOCATE sl I I ii � I II a_O 1 14--� �� t 1 ,I - - - --. t t ORELOCATE -- ------- _ , n ` '- t '-- - -I Y )t O nN L J I 1-++---- -- -----, I I I t- -ri------BLS--- -- - - -- LE L------I \ ` 1-----mL. _J �TPI- \ F I I 1 1 1 ANU-3 l I, L I F I 1 1 I REMOVE AS HANDLING UNIT IJ. ' , I AND ALL ASSOCIATED I - d { , REFRIGERANT PtPPiG, COi�EHSATE 1 , ((} } /-e"� , I PPM. DUCTS AND WIRING. L_ -� v li 0-W W.J EE N 3- u.q F- w'o <x 0 �m of f 1 0 w wi a11AM� AN g STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE MARCH 3, 1989 A03/15/90 GENERAL REVISION VARIATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY B.B. DATE 07/26/90 SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL CEILING PLAN MATRIX GENERATION 3802.1 VARIATION FLORIDA DRAWING NUMBER FR5478M02.SAN SHEET NUMBER 9 AS-BUILT/DEMOLITION HVAC PLAN PERATOR DATE 5 's 6 s s . ��au�r�r-t�ia-ir �aaR=r�� sc>HEr�uL_E E{XJIPtyENY IDENTIFICAYION WIRING CONNECTIONS 101 SODA SYSTEM FLUSH MOUNT DUPLEX IN REAR WALL OF CA8INET WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 106A CASH REGISTER MASTER FLUSH MOUNT SINGLE TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE IN WALL BELOW COUNTER TOP WITH CENTER --LINE 2'-1" AFF. 106 CASH REGISTER SLAVE FLUSH MOUNT SINGLE TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLE IN WALL BELOW COUNTER TOP WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1" AFF. 108 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY FLUSH MOUNT DUPLEX IN REAR WAIL OF CABINET WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 114 HEATED DRAWER PROVIDE 4" SQUARE JUNCTION BOX BELOW UNIT AND CONNECT BOX TO MIT USING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. 116 DRIVE-THRU WINDOW EXTEND 1/2" CONDUIT FROM RECEPTACLE THRU MULLION AND CONNECT TO OPERATOR ABOVE WINDOW. 123 30' ADD -ON UNIT PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX BELOW UNIT WITH CENTER -LINE 18" AFF. CONNECT UNIT TO JUNCTION BOX WITH FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. 125 HEATED.DISPLAY UNIT EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING UP THRU OPENING IN BASE CABINET AND CONNECT TO TERMINAL COMPARTMENT. 126 COFFEE BREWER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 10" ABOVE COUNTER TOP. 129 WARMING, CABINET PROVIDE FLUSH 4" SQUARE BOX WITH TWO HUBBELL 2620A TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLES AND TWO HANG PLATE WITH CENTER -LINE 78' AFF. 132 PRODUCT HOLDING TIMER SHARES DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH 135. 135 PATTIE WARMER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL AND EQUIP WITH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. , 136 HEAT LAMP FOR FRIES PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BELOW COUNTER DISPLAY TOP AND WITH CENTER -LINE 18" AFF. 141 MICROWAVE OVEN FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. 200 CORN COOKER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL. 201 CONVECTION OVEN FLUSH JUNCTION BOX IN WALL WITH CENTER- LINE 42' AFF AND CONNECT UNIT TO JUNCTION BOX COVER PLATE USING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. 202 OVEN COMPUTER -FLUSH DUPL.EX.RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 72" AFF. 207 OPEN FRYER W/COMPUTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER -LINE IS" AFF. 208 DUMP/FILTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER -LINE IS' AFF. 1 213 SPLIT VAT FRYER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER -LINE 18" AFF. 220 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC FLUSH HUBBELL 8450 RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH ( CENTER -LINE 18" AFF . 300 1-DOOR FREEZER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 18'AFF. 302 UNDER COUNTER REFRIG- FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE INTO WALL WITH ERATOR. CENTER-•LXNE 32' AFF. 305 ICE MACHINE PROVIDE FLUSH OUTLET AT "" AFF. EQUIP 1 WITH EXTENSION RING & BLANK COVER PLATE. CONNECT POWER WIRING TO UNIT USING FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. 403 FOOD CUTTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 42' AFF. EQUIP WITH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. 1 404 MIXER PLUGS INTO TIMER 405. 405 MIXER TIMER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE INTO WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 48" AFF. 406 MARINATOR FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER LINE 18' AFF. 407 HAND BREADER W/SIFTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 1S" AFF. 700 SAFE FLUSH RECEPTACLE INTO WALL BELOW COUNTER TOP AND WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1" AFF. 707 VIDEO TRAINING UNIT FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 36" AFF. 710 BACKGROUND MUSIC FLUSH DUX BOX INTO WALLWITHECENTEER- R-LINED78 ATE FINISHED FLOOR. 711 ELECTRONIC SECURITY FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND TELE SYSTEM OUTLET IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 104'AFF. K !mot C3-r F_= 1B JUNCTItN: BOX I , Uv-'TVOoil 4�!�S' �% Q� CAU}d'l�c�tsj' .- i ►� �'i '" � �T �� 3 JUNCTION BOX IN WINDOW MULLION FOR FOOT SWITCH. EXTEND WIRING UP IN MULLION TO WINDOW OPERATOR. 4 4-11/16" Sm ARE SURFACE MOUNTED BOX WITH BLANK COVER FOR FOOT SWITCH JACK. 5 STUB 2-l' CONDUITS FROM PANEL TO CEILING SPACE FOR FUTURE USE. 6 FLUSH JUNCTION BOX WITH EXTENSION RING AND BLANK COVER. SURFACE MOUNT CONDUIT BETWEEN EXTENSION RING AND DISCONNECT SWITCH. 7 EXTEND TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO LOCATION DIRECTED BY TELEPHONE COMPAW e Q LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN f � ^y W i Sii U XI 4 W NR STANDARD DRAWN BY CARD CHECKED BY DATE REVISIONS DESCRIPTION a y =s VARIATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE REVISIONS DESCRIPTION I, SHEET TITLE LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN MATRIX GENERATION VARIATION D A IP V14UMBER PQ_L t M SHEET NUMBER 4 s z X s EC]US PMEtVT WX F21tVG !SGHEDUL_E EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WIRING CONNECTIONS 120 HEM BOARD FLUSH OUTLET IN WALL OF BULKHEAD AND WITH CENTER -LINE 7'-6- AFF. WIRE THRU BUSHED COVER PLATE AND CONNECT COMPLETE. 138 HEATED EARMUFFS FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN BULKHEAD WITH CENTER -LINE 7'-6-AFF. 211 TIMERS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH IN CEILING. MOUNT TIMER ON'FACE OF H00D. 215 - PORTABLE FILTER PROVIDE BELL COMPANY CAST BOX WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND SURFACE MOUNT ON FACE OF HOOD WITH CENTER -LINE 72'AFF. 8 55 SMOKE ALARM PANEL SIMPLEX 4001-9403. RECESS IN WALL WITH TOP 5'-6- AFF_ FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. Ka`fhJC7TE-=3 1 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES TO REMAIN. 2 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE OVER OUTLET BOXES, QCONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT LI-1 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING TYPE -D2' FIXTURES. O CONNECT NEW NEON SIGNS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L1-2 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING -D3' FIXTURE. OCONNECT -NEW NEON SIGNS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L1-5 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING �\ -D3- FIXTURE. ( 6 } CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L2-.6 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING -S- FIXTURES AT �J ENTRANCE 7 CCNNECT NEW CUPOLA LIGHTS TO SPARE CIRCUIT IN PANEL L1. 8 COfiNECT LIGHTING IN WALK-IN BOXES TO PRESENT L2-2 CIRCUIT. 9 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER L2_ PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING ABOVE LOAD CENTER AND TERMINATE EXISTING HOME RUNS IN JUNCTION BOX AliD THEN EXTEND HOME RUNS TO NEW PANELBOARD LD. RENUfi8ER CIRCUITS AS SHOWN ON PANELBOARD SCHEDULE LD. 10 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER LH. 11 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER LK. 12 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER LF. 13 SMOKE DETECTORS; SIMPLEX 2098-9639; LOCATE ON SIDE OF SUPPLY DUCT WITH 12- SAMPLING TUBE INTO DUCT. EXTEND 2-CONDUCTORS TO FAN STARTER FOR FAN SHUT DOWN AND 2-CONDUCTORS TO THE SMOKE ALARM PANEL. TU- PROVIDE 60/35A, 3P, WP DISCONNECT SWITCH ON SIDE OF ROOF TOP UNIT AND CONNECT TO LINE SIDE OF UNIT CONTROLLER_ DH- PROVIDE 30A, 3P, NON -FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH ABOVE CEILING AT AHU-3 AND CONNECT TO HEATER TERMINALS. PROVIDE COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCH IN WEATHER-PROOF HOUSING AT UNIT ON ROOF. WIRE THRU SUPPLY STARTER AND EXHAUST STARTER TO TERMINALS OF EACH MOTOR- - INCLUDED WITH AHU-4 ABOVE. l__1 PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BOX WITHE RAISED COVER FLUSH IN WALL AND CONNECT TO TANKLESS WATER HEATER FURNISHED BY KFC. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION REMARKS A EXISTING 2 X 4 LAY -IN FIXTURE. Al EXISTING 2 X 2 LAY -IN FIXTURE, A2 EXISTING 1 X 4 FIXTURE. A3 LITHONIA 2GT44OAl2-120ES 2X4 W/4- FURNISHED BY KFC. F40Tl2CWRS/EWII LAMPS. RECESS IN INSTALLED BY EC. T-BAR CEILING. A4 LITHONIA 2GT24OAl2-120ES 2X4 W/2- FURNISHED BY KFC. F40T12CWRS/EWII LAMPS. RECESS IN INSTALLED BY EC. T-BAR CEILING. B EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE. B1 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE. B3 LITHONIA SPF240PClS/120ES/EL 1X4 FURNISHED BY KFC. W/2-F4OT12CWRS/EWII LAMPS. RECESS IN INSTALLED BY EC. T-BAR CEILING. C EXISTING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. D2 EXISTING FIXTURE ` '- D3 EXISTING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. D5 EXISTING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. E EXISTING EXIT SIGNS TO REMAIN. RELOCATE AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED. G EXISTING EXIT LIGHTING UNIT TO RELOCATE AS INDICATED REMAIN. OR AS REQUIRED. H EXISTING SECURITY LIGHT TO REMAIN. J UP -TOWN PENDANT (CUSTOM) WITH 60 WATT FURNISHED BY KFC. A19 CLEAR LAMP. SUSPEND BOTTOM 66" INSTALLED BY EC. AFF. , M UPTOWN WALL SCONCE (CUSTOM) WITH 60 FURNISHED BY KFC. WATT A19 CLEAR LAMP. MOUNT CENTER- INSTALLED BY EC. LINE OF OUTLET BOX 69" AFF. N NEW LITHONIA C-140-120ES STRIP FURNISHED BY KFC. W/1440512 CW RS/EWII LAMP. MOUNT INSTLALLED BY GC. ABOVE CEILING AS DETAILED. Wi LOUISVILLE LAMP COMPANY LA296HODL FURNISHED AND DAMP LABEL FIXTURE WITH 2-F96T12DH0 INSTALLED BY AWNING HIGH OUTPUT RAPID START LAMPS. WALL CONTRACTOR. MOUNTED. - W2 LOUISVILLE LAMP COMPANY LA248HODL FURNISHED AND WITH 2-F48Tl2WW/H0 LAMPS. INSTALLED BY AWNING CONTRACTOR. CONNECTIONS BY EC. W4 LOUISVILLE LAMP COMPANY LA272HODL FURNISHED AND DAMP LABEE FIXTURE WITH 2-F72T12DFI0 INSTALLED BY AWNING HIGH OUTPUT RAPID START LAMPS. WALL CONTRACTOR. MOUNTED. E' 8 i 1 1 � 1 , t ' A4 A4 i 1 � , L B. L C. L A' A - B I i "IQ L D LD 2 LC ----- A --�--- ---- A4 -- -- - --- --- --- ----- D2 I - - AHU4 I 1 LD I RECONNECT WIRING ' FROM EXISTING , 8 8 8 8 TO NEW AHU-4 ;S , 10 10- J J 10 A3 --I ' A3 A3 A4 A4 f ----- 4 ------\:J-------- $ --- ---- /8 I2j8 ----I � LI q ----I 10 LD - - - - -- - - -- 2 I /'�A A2 A2 LD W2 I - - 10 63---- --- -� 3-- U C I k -- I- - - ---------------------3---------8--3 - W4 W4 LBi - LC G (RELO) ,-, PA 2 w2----- 2 --- ----- - -- - -- - s, ----- ------ ----- - - - - --JE 2 I 4 30 30 4 Q',---_D 2 J I v i J '- �- - A4 I A4 I A4 J I -----------------------------1 , A3 I A3 I ---- - - 30- - -- M 3 RT2 -- I ii 30---- t------- - - D3--------------------'------------------ ------ ---- —tr REF , I 1 I �3 M D2 REF I ^� 2130 I Ii ' I ----------I Wil 11 2 --- ;---- 2-- A4 I A4 I A4 I I� -- -----T -- -3 - -- ;;D3 I --------------- 4 I I 4 3' PA , I I WI '' ( J I I 21 J _ 1 I I 30 D----�----------,' ---'-------------------------------------- - -- ;E; - I HOOD LI LI TS I W4 i T I2 / ------ _ 2 - ---- J A3 � 4 38 W4 ------- - -�� ---- 4---------- ----- - - �\i 13 ; -2' J 2 - -- - - �T - T J I 4 A3��� LI I----- ----- ,--- - --- I - ��� A3 N ',' ---- -- ---; A4 11 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -3- - - - I L, I A4 I WI ---- - - - - -- - - -- - -- I I -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - ---------3 -M - i'D3 II I 3 I 11 I 3 - II I A4 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _-_ _ _ - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �� WI ,S 'p` S, :c, i L� I ---- 4 2 4 l 22/,' 2 ` I I I J '� , 4 D3 A4 J I I � ' J l 3 I A3 , , A3 -, p� l}� 3 �� 3 1 i - - - - - GE �+ ,' P' ID3 / 6' E - I 3 I I ��.� I _ G 13 C; G W2 ��`--`/ AI 3A & 2Ai FIXTURES 2 2 ; , A4 - - _ -____ CiR LD7 - - 4 D, Dl c' S - ---- - - - - I • 2 815 1 4 A3 FA -- i I D G - _A! A3 LJ E ; A I WI 2 J A4- 4 A3 : 3 - D, • ! WI A } --- - �� I i _ � I I I # �,_ I t 3 3 6 6' 6 6• 4 4 w2 W4 I 6 WI D2 wl - - - --------- - - - - -- WI D4 Wq i w2 wl I 5 2 ------------- RFFLFCTFD CEILING PLAN i -ii t Q. z a' T 2 H ' a o- o yr uz u w 1-^ U x w, U Y'. W J � J- w u G; x G fD O 'ate -4w .... �.. A STANDARD CARD GAT; MARCH Fr7s ^ :- 03/15/90 \ GENERAL REVISION VARIATION RDW B. B. 4. 07/2o/90 ELECTRICAL CEILING PLAN F,!, r . j 3802.1 FLORIDA FR5478E02.SAN • r.;Mi s s tf s x z a X Tl X a w Mi Q z Lu uj w � sr C) w Z -j uj 1= Let a LL LLJ "Z ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION fM PANELBOARDS- SURFACE AND FLUSH MOUNTED RESPECTIVELY. SEE RISER FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. A FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE APPROXIMATELY TO SCALE. UPPER CASE LETTER REFERS TO FIXTURE TYPE IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE. LO DISCONNECT SWITCH `o COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH MOTOR OUTLET U JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX EXPOSED JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX FLUSHED IN WALL OR CEILING WALL AND CEILING OUTLET, RESPECTIVELY. UPPER CASE LETTER REFERS TO TYPE �J oJI LISTED IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 50A, 4P, 30 RECEPTACLE (� 60A, 4P, 30, 5 WIRE RECEPTACLE SINGLE 20A, 125 VOLT RECEPTACLE DUPLEX 20A, 125 VOLT RECEPTACLE (18'AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) LIGHT SENSOR -ON ROOF ® REMOTE LIGHT FIXTURE BALLAST, MOUNT ON WALL ABOVE LIFT OUT CEILING. Q NUMBER IN SYMBOL REFERS TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE OF EQi. NUMBER INSIDE CIRCLE REFERS TO NOTE THAT APPLIES ONLY TO THE DRAWING ON WHICH THE SYMBOL APPEARS. COMBINATION EXIT SIGN & EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT. $2T SINGLE POLE, TWO POLE AND THERMAL SWITCHES, RESPECTIVELY. WP WEATHERPROOF A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NF NON -FUSED GFI DUPLEX GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE INDICATES CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING. CROSS -HATCH MARKS INDICATE WIRES (EXCEPT GROUND). LONG HATCH LINES INDICATE PHASE CONDUCTORS. SHORT LINES INDICATE NEUTRAL. GROUND WIRES ARE NOT SHOWN. WIRE SIZE IS NO.12 AWG UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. CONDUIT CONCEALED IN FLOOR OR UNDERGROUND, OTHERWISE SAME AS ABOVE. / INDICATES CONNECTION TO FIXTURE. /-° INDICATES CONDUIT TURNED UP. -� INDICATES CONDUIT TURNED DOWN. WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET ® SMOKE DETECTOR 120V MICRO SNAP SWITCHES IN SUPPRESSION SYSTEM RELEASE MECHANISM ENCLOSURE TO SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR PANEL LB IN MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL N0. MANUAL RESET RESET RELAY NC. S_ KI a - rr KI b KI RESET RELAY WITH PILOT LIGHT AND MANUAL RESET FURNISHED BY ANSUL B. RELAY ALLEN BRADLEY 0700-N201Al FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PILOT LIGHT PL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM RELA (2-POLE) FOR STARTERS 2-HOOD SYSTEMS FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC NO SCALE - 2t)$V TO CIR 81 N.C. START STOP MICRO SNAP SWITCHES IN IN FACE OF SUPPRESSION � MI EF STARTER - SYSTEM RELEASE MECHANISM ENCLOSURE R MI SYSTEM I 70 OA DAMPER RTI �- Ml.r 7 MI AUX. CONTACTS IN STARTERS 70 OA DAMPER RT2 M2z�7 M2 SYSTEM 2 EXHAUST FAN STARTER OL-I OL-2 SUPPLY FAN STARTER 4-#I/0 - 2°C*'_� TO GROUND ROD 4'� 500 MCM ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM, fi" �UU MI.M /''� 4-�4 AND I-'�$G - II/a"C 3/a' #2/0 TO C.W. LINE ESTIMATED LOADS CONNECTED 843 AMPERES DEMAND 687 AMPERES LARGEST MOTOR ggRLA i_ 4- STUB ABOVE CEILING FOR VOLUME CONTROL. MONITOR -C- -I SPEAKER AT PACK TABLE I AND WIRELESS SYSTEM I ANTENNAS LINE OF CEILING I I 1 I I i I I I ( 4r% ' S0. BOX RECESSED /_ 4- I FOR WIRELESS DUPLEX OUTLET FOR I �COMMUNICATION PLUG-IN TRANSFORMER I r 1 SYSTEM--6'-0' A.F.F. DUPLEX OUTLET FOR I � DIGITAL LOOP DETECTOR I I RECEPTACLE FOR ( ( OPTIONAL WIRELESS I I�-I' CONDUIT COMMUNICATION rr DIGITAL LOOP I i ETECTOR I I ALL -MOUNTED I LINE OF CABINET TOP i I I PLUG o 06 - � I PLUG-IN - TRANSFORMER o off,/ - 11 I -BROWN -YELLOW PR pi RECEPTACLE � 12' A.F.F. & I -RED -ORANGE PR I FOR CABONATOR & POST LINE OF SLAB - �I- � MIX INTERCOM CORD Yq' CONDUIT - -" -" �• - `�FOR FOOT SWITCH - EXTEND TO OUTLET ABOVE q1% ' S0. BOX SURFACE 1 - .- 4 (2) DUPLEX OUTLETS COUNTER FOR 26 MOUNTED WITH BLANK 20A/125V/3P FLUSH COVER AND JACK FOR RECEPTACLES (CIRCUIT tt10 ) FOO7SWITCH �'4'C TO VEHICLE NOTE; DETECTOR AND MENU OUTLETS ARE SHOWN AS IF BOARD SPEAKER CABINET FRONT WERE REMOVED. DRIVE-THRU COUNTER & WINDOW ELEVATION � NO. NO. sooA .2oanzaV - PANEL "PA" SCHEDULE (ESCIST•� MODIFY AS INDICATED LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION `.WIRE TRIP CIR.. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD .DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS AMPS SIZE A B C I qp0/3 EXIST. PANEL LB CHANGE CB TO T186_1 129 PANEL LC (EXIST.) EXIST. 225/ 2 3 SHUNT TRIP 171 127 4 5 181 117 6 7 RTUt (EXIST.) EXIST. EXIST.. 8 256 10 9 12 t3 150 /3 I/O NEW PANEL LE 146 60 LOAD CENTER LEI (EXIST.) EXIST. EXIST. -Iq 115 16 15 I$ 17 103 60 19 EXIST. EXIST. COMPRESSOR RACKtEXISTJ 20 55 NEW PANEL LD 2 (t)0/�. 20 52 22 21 23 20 55 - 24 25 60/3 6 NEWHVAC-2 4$ -' ---- 26 q $ 28 27 30 29 Y F �v n y n 20V 3PH qW (EXISTING) PANEL "LB" SCHEDULE (EXIST.A�l F -4- y < 11 ) CHANGE LBRANCHES PER THIS SCHEDULE T740/3 WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. SIZE A g C SIZE AMPS N0. $ 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 8 40-3P 2 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2 � 8 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 29.2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 $ 40-3P 8 29.2 29.2 29.2 29:2 13 30/3 10 CONVECTION OVEN pl 24 14.6 MICROWAVE OVEN 4t 12 20 14 15 12 9 SPARE r 20 16 17 1 15 9 SPARE - 20 I$ ig 20 12 (2)SPLIT VAT FRYERS 13 10.5 4.6 MARINATOR 406 12 20 20 21 20 12 SHORTENING FILTER 15 6.6 8.8 (2) BREADER 40 12 20 22 23 2p 12 DUMP/FILTER p 7.2 16 FOOD CUTTER 40 12 20 24 25 20 12 (2)OPEN FRYERS 0 I 14.6 CORN COOKER p 12 20 26 27 20 L12 IE WARMER & TIMER 352 $9.8 MIXER&IR20 28 2920 HEATED DRAWER 14 $.5 9 HOOD LIGHTS & TIMERS 12 20 30 a d1h no 7 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLa 20$/120v 3PH 4w, CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD 1N AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS NO. i EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-q & REF-5 5.3 7.7 4 5 5.3 7. 6 7 5.3 19 COND-3 10 30/2 t3 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. 9 19 f 10 0 20 - SPARE 9 9 DISC. Sw. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST, EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 9 9 14 15 20 - SPARE 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE 9 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 11 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 li HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 f 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 � RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING 2 9 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST pUPLEX RECEPTS EXI57 OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS. AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 20 12 STARTER 6.2 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS EXIST. EXIST. 38 39 20 STARTER 6.2 9 SPARE 20 4O 41 20 STARTERSPARE 20 q2 DRAWN BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS sooA .2oanzaV - PANEL "PA" SCHEDULE (ESCIST•� MODIFY AS INDICATED LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION `.WIRE TRIP CIR.. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD .DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS AMPS SIZE A B C I qp0/3 EXIST. PANEL LB CHANGE CB TO T186_1 129 PANEL LC (EXIST.) EXIST. 225/ 2 3 SHUNT TRIP 171 127 4 5 181 117 6 7 RTUt (EXIST.) EXIST. EXIST.. 8 256 10 9 12 t3 150 /3 I/O NEW PANEL LE 146 60 LOAD CENTER LEI (EXIST.) EXIST. EXIST. -Iq 115 16 15 I$ 17 103 60 19 EXIST. EXIST. COMPRESSOR RACKtEXISTJ 20 55 NEW PANEL LD 2 (t)0/�. 20 52 22 21 23 20 55 - 24 25 60/3 6 NEWHVAC-2 4$ -' ---- 26 q $ 28 27 30 29 Y F �v n y n 20V 3PH qW (EXISTING) PANEL "LB" SCHEDULE (EXIST.A�l F -4- y < 11 ) CHANGE LBRANCHES PER THIS SCHEDULE T740/3 WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. SIZE A g C SIZE AMPS N0. $ 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 8 40-3P 2 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2 � 8 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 29.2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 $ 40-3P 8 29.2 29.2 29.2 29:2 13 30/3 10 CONVECTION OVEN pl 24 14.6 MICROWAVE OVEN 4t 12 20 14 15 12 9 SPARE r 20 16 17 1 15 9 SPARE - 20 I$ ig 20 12 (2)SPLIT VAT FRYERS 13 10.5 4.6 MARINATOR 406 12 20 20 21 20 12 SHORTENING FILTER 15 6.6 8.8 (2) BREADER 40 12 20 22 23 2p 12 DUMP/FILTER p 7.2 16 FOOD CUTTER 40 12 20 24 25 20 12 (2)OPEN FRYERS 0 I 14.6 CORN COOKER p 12 20 26 27 20 L12 IE WARMER & TIMER 352 $9.8 MIXER&IR20 28 2920 HEATED DRAWER 14 $.5 9 HOOD LIGHTS & TIMERS 12 20 30 a d1h no 7 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLa 20$/120v 3PH 4w, CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD 1N AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS NO. i EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-q & REF-5 5.3 7.7 4 5 5.3 7. 6 7 5.3 19 COND-3 10 30/2 t3 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. 9 19 f 10 0 20 - SPARE 9 9 DISC. Sw. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST, EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 9 9 14 15 20 - SPARE 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE 9 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 11 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 li HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 f 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 � RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING 2 9 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST pUPLEX RECEPTS EXI57 OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS. AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 20 12 STARTER 6.2 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS EXIST. EXIST. 38 39 20 STARTER 6.2 9 SPARE 20 4O 41 20 STARTERSPARE 20 q2 DRAWN BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS F �v n y n 20V 3PH qW (EXISTING) PANEL "LB" SCHEDULE (EXIST.A�l F -4- y < 11 ) CHANGE LBRANCHES PER THIS SCHEDULE T740/3 WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. SIZE A g C SIZE AMPS N0. $ 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 8 40-3P 2 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2 � 8 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 29.2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 $ 40-3P 8 29.2 29.2 29.2 29:2 13 30/3 10 CONVECTION OVEN pl 24 14.6 MICROWAVE OVEN 4t 12 20 14 15 12 9 SPARE r 20 16 17 1 15 9 SPARE - 20 I$ ig 20 12 (2)SPLIT VAT FRYERS 13 10.5 4.6 MARINATOR 406 12 20 20 21 20 12 SHORTENING FILTER 15 6.6 8.8 (2) BREADER 40 12 20 22 23 2p 12 DUMP/FILTER p 7.2 16 FOOD CUTTER 40 12 20 24 25 20 12 (2)OPEN FRYERS 0 I 14.6 CORN COOKER p 12 20 26 27 20 L12 IE WARMER & TIMER 352 $9.8 MIXER&IR20 28 2920 HEATED DRAWER 14 $.5 9 HOOD LIGHTS & TIMERS 12 20 30 a d1h no 7 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLa 20$/120v 3PH 4w, CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD 1N AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS NO. i EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-q & REF-5 5.3 7.7 4 5 5.3 7. 6 7 5.3 19 COND-3 10 30/2 t3 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. 9 19 f 10 0 20 - SPARE 9 9 DISC. Sw. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST, EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 9 9 14 15 20 - SPARE 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE 9 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 11 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 li HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 f 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 � RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING 2 9 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST pUPLEX RECEPTS EXI57 OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS. AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 20 12 STARTER 6.2 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS EXIST. EXIST. 38 39 20 STARTER 6.2 9 SPARE 20 4O 41 20 STARTERSPARE 20 q2 DRAWN BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS 20V 3PH qW (EXISTING) PANEL "LB" SCHEDULE (EXIST.A�l F -4- y < 11 ) CHANGE LBRANCHES PER THIS SCHEDULE T740/3 WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. SIZE A g C SIZE AMPS N0. $ 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 8 40-3P 2 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.2 � 8 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 29.2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 $ 40-3P 8 29.2 29.2 29.2 29:2 13 30/3 10 CONVECTION OVEN pl 24 14.6 MICROWAVE OVEN 4t 12 20 14 15 12 9 SPARE r 20 16 17 1 15 9 SPARE - 20 I$ ig 20 12 (2)SPLIT VAT FRYERS 13 10.5 4.6 MARINATOR 406 12 20 20 21 20 12 SHORTENING FILTER 15 6.6 8.8 (2) BREADER 40 12 20 22 23 2p 12 DUMP/FILTER p 7.2 16 FOOD CUTTER 40 12 20 24 25 20 12 (2)OPEN FRYERS 0 I 14.6 CORN COOKER p 12 20 26 27 20 L12 IE WARMER & TIMER 352 $9.8 MIXER&IR20 28 2920 HEATED DRAWER 14 $.5 9 HOOD LIGHTS & TIMERS 12 20 30 a d1h no 7 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLa 20$/120v 3PH 4w, CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD 1N AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS NO. i EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-q & REF-5 5.3 7.7 4 5 5.3 7. 6 7 5.3 19 COND-3 10 30/2 t3 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. 9 19 f 10 0 20 - SPARE 9 9 DISC. Sw. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST, EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 9 9 14 15 20 - SPARE 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE 9 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 11 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 li HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 f 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 � RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING 2 9 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST pUPLEX RECEPTS EXI57 OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS. AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 20 12 STARTER 6.2 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS EXIST. EXIST. 38 39 20 STARTER 6.2 9 SPARE 20 4O 41 20 STARTERSPARE 20 q2 DRAWN BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS a d1h no 7 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLa 20$/120v 3PH 4w, CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD 1N AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS NO. i EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-q & REF-5 5.3 7.7 4 5 5.3 7. 6 7 5.3 19 COND-3 10 30/2 t3 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. 9 19 f 10 0 20 - SPARE 9 9 DISC. Sw. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST, EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 9 9 14 15 20 - SPARE 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE 9 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 11 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 li HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 f 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 � RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING 2 9 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST pUPLEX RECEPTS EXI57 OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS. AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 20 12 STARTER 6.2 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS EXIST. EXIST. 38 39 20 STARTER 6.2 9 SPARE 20 4O 41 20 STARTERSPARE 20 q2 DRAWN BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS 7 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLa 20$/120v 3PH 4w, CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD 1N AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS NO. i EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-q & REF-5 5.3 7.7 4 5 5.3 7. 6 7 5.3 19 COND-3 10 30/2 t3 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. 9 19 f 10 0 20 - SPARE 9 9 DISC. Sw. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST, EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 9 9 14 15 20 - SPARE 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE 9 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 11 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 li HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 f 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 � RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING 2 9 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST pUPLEX RECEPTS EXI57 OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS. AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 20 12 STARTER 6.2 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS EXIST. EXIST. 38 39 20 STARTER 6.2 9 SPARE 20 4O 41 20 STARTERSPARE 20 q2 DRAWN BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS BY- CADD PANEL °LD° SCHEDULE (NEW) 1pOA MLO 208/12OV 3PH 4w CHECKED BY CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. DATE N0. AMPS SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C SIZE AMPS N0. I 20 12 12A4 9.6 12.8 FFICE LGT 12 2p 2 16(/2A3) KIT..SERV., pT & OREVtS10N5 DESCRIPTION 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M 10.8 11.2 ig(l 2A3) Kt7.,SERV.,D7 &OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 � 5 12 8 PI RAISED IN DR 12.8 4 3(1f2 A3) +IA + 1B 12 20 6 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS 20 7 20 12 3A + 2A1 TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 8 4(I/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.211 4 5t1/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 lQ WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -' 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE -" 20 18 PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS PANEL "LE" SCHEDULE (NEW) 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. CIR. TRIP WIRE LOAD DESCRIPTION SIZE AMPS N0. N0. AMPS SIZE A B C I 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.8 SODA SYSTEM Ot 12 20 2 VARIATION 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 0 9.5 a 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 01 t2 20 4 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR Of 6.5 5.5 )COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE 0$ 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEf'A OI 9.8 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 2p 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 9 20 12 DRIVE 7NRU WINDOW VO 31.5SAFE012 20 10 DATE II20 12 COFFEE SERVER ;7_7773 4 UG REF. & OVEN -COMP. 0 0 12 ZO 12 REVIs16Ns oFscRl11 PT1oN 2 2 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 14 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET 29 t6.7 13.7 24' ADD ON 23 12 20 16 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER 26 14 8.5 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 Ig 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET NEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 20 8 9 SPARE -" 24 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 IZ 20 24 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 12.51113 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 27 12 12.5 13.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 29 12 12.5 13.3 1 12 20/2 30 31 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 33 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE 34 35 20 - SPARE 9 9 SPARE -- 20 36 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT. SCHEDULE GENERATION f. VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER • aK5451E03.sAN SHEET NUMBER I E3 s CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY $� EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS tTYP. FOR TWO SYSTEMS s s ig 6 REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Bidders shall carefully examine the documents and the construction site to obtain first hand knowledge of existing conditions. Contractors will not be given extra payments for conditions which can be determined by examining the site and documents. 2. Bidders shall carefully examine the drawings and specifications for compliance with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations. Non-compliance must be reported immediately in writing ,to KFC. Contractors will not be given extra payments for deviation$ not so reported prior to contract award. 3. If the Owner of the building is other than KFC Corporation, all references in the Contract Documents to KFC, KFC National Management Company, or KFC Corporation shall be interpreted as "The Owner'. Abbreviations on M, P, and E Drawings that indicate by E.C., M.C., P.C., denote trade responsibilities. 4. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond Bonds --Performance bonds, labor and material payment bonds shall be supplied to the Owner by the General Contractor prior to start of work, each in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract Price, in the form of AIA Document A305, latest edition. Premium for bonds shall be included in Contractor's Bid. `). Bidders shall carefully examine the drawings and specifications for any conflict, error or omission and report such immediately in writing to KFC.prior to contract award. Failing such notice the Contractor shall be liable for all expenses, resulting from such conflict, error or omission. 6. It is not the intent of these specifications to restrict unduly the selection of materials and equipment, but to provide a standard of workmanship and performance. Where a particular system, product or material is specified by name, it shall be considered as best suited because of its quality, appearance or function in the work. Other products considered equivalent to the specified item, by the Contractor may be used providing the Contractor shall get in writing the consent of the Owner, KFC National Management Co., to make such substitutions. If not approved, the Contractor shall furnish the specified type. 7. Change in Work - The Owner, without invalidating the contract, may order changes in the work within the general scope of the contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the contract sum and contract time being adjusted accordingly. All changes in the scope of work must be discussed with and agreed by the KFC Construction Manager prior to the Contractor proceeding with those modifications. All KFC work Authorization Forms will be provided to the Contractor and serve as the official document authorizing the change in the work. The subsequent KFC Change Order Form G-70 t will be submitted by the Contractor, with all appropriate substantiating documentation, so that the Contract Sum might be modified. BIDDING FORM AND INSTRUCTIONS Bid form and specific bidding instruction may be obtained from KFC National Management Company. CONTRACT FORMS CONTRACT 1. The Contract shall be the 'Construction Contract" as issued by KFC. 2. Contractor shall secure certification of inspections and occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction, and deliver -them to the Owner upon completion of the work. Contractor and subcontractors shall pay all required fees, obtain and pay for all permits required in connection with the execution of their work. SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01001 - SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 The work in the contract consists of the construction -and completion of a restaurant building, including all its appurtenances, site work, landscaping and any off site improvement required or necessary, shown on the drawings; all in accordance with these specifications and the accompanying drawings, excepting only those items specifically shown, noted or specified as not in contract. SECTION 01011 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.0 Work by Others: (a) Freestanding Sign: Refer to Site Plan. Responsibility for furnishing erection of the freestanding sign shown on the drawings will be with the sign company, as will be engineering requirements relative to sign and footing. Sign company will be responsible for construction of footing and electrical connection of the sign on the property. Contractor to provide conduit and wiring to sign location. (b) Building Signs: Shall be supplied and installed by the sign company paid by KFC. (c) Site Signs: See Site Plan. Where drive-thru window signs are required, Contractor shall provide conduit and wiring. The base shall be provided by sign company. Sign company will furnish and install signs. (d) Equipment: Refer to Equipment Plan (Sheet EQ1) (1) All equipment noted as furnished by KFC will be purchased and shipped by KFC. This equipment shall be unloaded, assembled and set in place by the Contractor. (2) All equipment noted as furnished by KFC and installed by Contractor shall have all utility connections, leveling, adjustments, and final installation executed by Contractor unless noted otherwise. (3) Receipt of Equipment - During the course of the construction, some deliveries of equipment and miscellaneous items will be made to the job site by common carrier. If during the receipt of those items by the Contractor's representative any missing or damaged items are observed, the receiving person shall, a. Make a notation of the discrepancy on the delivery ticket. b. Call the delivery carrier and advise him of the problem. c. Call KFC Co -Op (502) 896-5900 and advise them of the problem. (4) Walk in Cooler is to be furnished by KFC and installed by the Contractor. The Ccntractor shall install all equipment related to cooler as designated on the drawings. (e) Contact KFC representative regarding questions about installation of equipment. Various equipment by others will be installed, provided and/or furnished to complete the Project. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to fully acquaint himself with the exact extent of all work and/or equipment which will be included within the completed Project. (f) Interior Signage. Furnished by KFC and shall be inst.alleul by the Contractor. SECTION 01501 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to erect and maintain temporary facilities and perform temporary work required in the performance of the Contract and as described below: 2.0 SANITARY FACILITIES 2.1 The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain ample, temporary sanitary facilities for the workmen. Permanent toilets installed on the Project shall not be used during construction of project. Clean fresh drinking water shall be furnished by the Contractor. All such facilities and services shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing governing health regulations. 3.0 HEAL 3.1 Contractor shall provide all temporary heat required during the period of the construction. All costs of heat shall be borne by Contractor until Owner receives beneficial occupancy of the building, then the Owner will share heat cost on a pro -rats basis for areas occupied until Final Acceptance. 4.0 ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND LIGHTING 4.1 Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary electric service and lighting as required for construction and any equipment or fixture installation during construction by the Owner and his separate contractors, necessary for substantial completion of the work. Contractor shall pay cost of temporary electrical service provided. 5.0 TRAILER STORAGE 5.1 The Contractor shall provide a separate 25' long enclosed and secured trailer to the job site for receipt and securing various drop -ship items supplied by KFC and other vendors. 6.0 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE 6.1 The Contractor shall provide a temporary telephone on the site for construction use. 7.0 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES 7.1 The Contractor shall remove temporary facilities upon completion of the project at no additional expense to the Owner. 8.0 CLEANING UP 8.1 Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish caused by hi$ operations. At the completion of the work, he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the job as well as his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 9.0 PROJECT SIGNS 9.1 No signs may be erected on the job site unless approved by KFC. DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02051 - DEMOLITION 1.0 Demolish existing structures necessary for the completion of the work, except as noted to remain. Notify all utility companies and arrange for cut off of all facilities and protect all remaining facilities. Remove all demolished material from site unless otherwise stated in the contract. 1.1 All structures shall be removed to 1'-6' below existing or proposed grade or to a depth which will provide proper soil bearing for footings, whichever is greatest. 1.2 All existing underground utilities shown are approximate and are to be verified by Contractor. KFC does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy of the location of existing utilities indicated on the Drawings. Verify location of existing utilities and exercise every precaution when working on or near these areas to avoid damage to those existing facilities. Utility lines may be encountered in excavation that were not known or shown to exist, so caution should be taken in all excavations. Active or Inactive utilities encountered by the Contractor shall be handled in accordance with the requirements of the utility companies. SECTION 02111 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1.0 CLEARING 1.1 Remove all trash, rubbish, shrubs, trees and stumps from entire lot unless noted otherwise on plot plan. 1.2 Protect against damage any lawns, shrubs, trees, roads, walks, and other work that is to remain in place. 1.3 Topsoil to be removed to its entire depth from areas to be occupied by buildings, roads, parking areas and walks and legally disposed of, except that which is to be placed in landscaped areas. 2.0 GRUBBING 2.1 Remove stumps, roots, larger than l' diameter, boulders, and existing construction not suitable for bearing to the following levels. 2.2 In areas to be occupied by improvements to not less than 18' below subgrade, stumps shall be entirely removed. 2.3 In other areas, not less than 6' below finish grade. SECTION 02211 - SITE GRADING 1.0 BENCH MARKS 1.1 Contractor shall establish two bench marks off site prior to excavation. Elevation of bench marks shall be coordinated with bench mark established by licensed surveyor paid by KFC and shown on site plan. 2.0 GRADING 2.1 Rough grade entire areas of property to reasonably true and even surfaces. Slope ground away from building walls to facilitate drainage. 2.2 Rough grade areas outside building to the following levels. 2.2.1 To underside of paving, walks and other surfaced areas. 2.2.2 Planting areas to 8' below finish grade. 2.2.3 Lawn areas to 4' below finish grade. 2.3 Finish grading - Spread stockpiled and/or new topsoil evenly over lawn and planting arv4,+ Bring to finish grades allowing for settlement. SECTION 02221 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1.0 Excavate for buildings, structures and adjacent areas to grades and levels as indicated or required fcr foundation on plans. 1.1 include miscellaneous excavation as indicated on drawings or in specifications for footings, steps, ramps, retaining walls, light poles, post holes, drywells, area drains, etc, excavation for pile caps if same is required due to soil conditions. 1.2 Materials to be excavated are assumed to be earth or other materials that can be removed by power shovel or other normal excavating equipment, but not requiring the use of explosives or drills. If other is encountered within the limits of the excavation, notify KFC immediately. 1.3 Maintain temporary barricades, fences and bridges around excavated areas, with warning signs and/or lights as required by code, to protect public and workmen from injury during work carried out under this contract. 1.4 Suitable bearing for foundations - All wall footings and column footings shall rest on soil having a minimum soil bearing capacity of 1600 lbs. per sq. ft. Soils with less than 1600 psf bearing capacity should be carefully reviewed for other problems of excessive settlements, etc. Refer to soils report for specific recommendations. Provide compaction of existing subgrade soil and new fill in compliance with AASHTO T-99, Method D, also known as ASTM D698, Method D. Fill material shall be at optimum moisture content for compaction. 1.4.1 Cohesive Subgrade: 95% compaction. 1.4.2 Cohesion less Subgrades: 100% compaction. 1.4.3 If suitable bearing is not encountered at the depth indicated on drawings for foundations, the Contractor shall immediately notify KFC. Do not proceed further until instructions are given by authorized representative of KFC. 1.5 Fill under paved areas and slabs on grade shall be compacted to 95% standard proctor. Deposit fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 4' in depth and compact each layer with a mechanical tamper. 1.6 Fill for unpaved areas shall be clean earth, free of all objectionable foreign objects. 1.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying KFC immediately of any special soil or water conditions that are present on a particular site. Do not proceed with further work until so authorized. 1.8 Contractor shall provide Owner with soil tests by Independent laboratory approved by KFC on all compacted fill as follows: One Standard Proctor on fill material. Six density tests on compacted fill at locations directed by Owner. 1.9 All site preparation data found in the drawings and/or specifications is intended to be minimum acceptable site standards, except situations as outlined below. The soils report is based upon the subsurface conditions at the actual building site. If the soils report lists an allowable soil bearing capacity of the site soil that is less than the required capacity of paragraph 1.4, KFC shall be notified immediately. If the soils report outlines a more rigorous method of subsurface preparation, than is herein outlined, the requirements of the soils report shall govern. 1.0 Contractor sha-t-1--pro. 'de a concentrate mixture of A--a•ppfoved toxic chemical mixture to 5'-0" outside d-i-n im�`Y-- 1.1 Contractor sha prate e a one year warranty of-ter-mi.te treatment by an �pl lead r approved by KFC. -. SECTION 02501 - PAVING OF RF.U?UjRrv) 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Refer to soils report to determine most stringent requirement. 1.2 Pave as specified, paint striping arrows, etc. as shown on site plan. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Subgrade shall be free of extraneous materials, proofroll soil subgrade with heavy, pneumatic -tired equipment immediately prior to placing stone base. Any soft or unstable zones detected thereby should be undercut to firm soil and backfilled with engineered earth fill compacted as specified in Section 02221. The subgrade for all pavements shall be uniformly stable before any stone base is installed. No base material shall be placed if the subgrade indicates pumping. 2.2 Base shall consist of 6' thickness of water bonded lime stone, crushed rock or DGA. 2.3 2' thickness bituminous concrete hot plant mix binder course and 1-1/2' thickness asphalt topping plant mix shall be applied over base. Minimum temperature at time of placement shall be 225 F. 2.3.1 Coarse aggregate (retained on the No. 8 sieve): ASTM C-131 (latest ed.) No more than 40% wear. 2.3.2 Slag: Air cooled, blast furnace slab, with compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds, ASTM C-29 (latest ed.) 2.3.3 Fine Aggregate: ASTM D-424 (latest ed.) with a plasticity index of not more than 6. 2.3.4 Filler: ASTM D-242 (latest ed.) 2.3.5 Bituminous Material. Type and Grade Specifications Mixing Temperature Asphalt Cement AASHTO M 20 or 275 - 325 85-100 pen. ASTM D-946 (latest ed.) 2.4 Paint for pavement marking shall be white non -reflective paint conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P115c, 'Paint, Traffic, Highway, White.' Paint shall be applied in accordance with the material manufacturer's recommendations. Width of lines shall be four (4) inches unless otherwise indicated. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Surface preparation, spreading and laying, compacting and rolling operations shall conform with Asphalt Institute recommended specifications. 3.2 Inspect area Lv oe paveo ano insure that all subgrade conditions are sufficiently carried out to insure a good paving job. A finished surface shall not vary more than 1/8' in 10 feet when tested with a straight edge applied parallel with, or at right angles, to centerline of asphalt surface, humps or depressions which exceed specified tolerances or which retain water shall be immediately corrected by removing the defective work and replacing it with new material, at the Contractor's expense. Lot core samples shall be taken at locations determined by the KFC representative to determine compliance with these specifications. SECTION 02721 - SITE DRAINAGE 1.0 Storm Sewers: Where a storm water drainage system is required the Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the system as required by lccal code, or as shown on the drawings. 1.1 Surfaces Drainage: Contractor shall finish surfaces to slopes indicated on the site plan to obtain positive drainage of the surface water. 1.2 Silt and Erosion: Contractor shall be responsible for preventing silt from the site being carried by surface runoff and deposited on adjacent properties and drainage courses. Settling ponds and/or hay bales arranged to filter out silt shall be constructed as required by local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. Barricades are to be constructed prior to any construction, maintained during construction, and not to be removed until after paving and landscaping are completed. not, to 02801 - SITE UTILITIES 1.0 Gas, water, sewer, telephone and electric service shall be connected to existing utilities by Contractor as required by utility companies. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03301 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 All concrete work shall conform to all requirements of American Concrete Institute AC1 301. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 All concrete shall be in transit mixed concrete, air -entrained 4% < 1% and shall attain a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. in twenty-eight (28) days. 2.2 All concrete shall comply to applicable sections of ASTM C-94 (latest ed.) for Ready Mixed Concrete. 2.3 All concrete shall contain not less than five bags of cement per cubic yard. 2.4 Slump: Maximum allowable slump will be five (5) inches. 2.5 Portland Cement: Grey Portland Cement, ASTM C-150 (latest ed.) Type 1. 2.6 Aggregates: ASTM C-33 (latest ed.) Maximum size 3/4'. 2.7 Admixture: Air -entraining type to meet ASTM C-260 (latest ed.). 2.8 Curing Compound: 'Horncure' No. 30D & X, as manufactured by A. C. Horn Company. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT TO BE USED ON THE INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB WITHIN THE BUILDING. 2.9 Moisture Barrier: (Optional) 6 mil polyethylene. Tape all joints. 2.10 Grout under steel plates shall be 'Embecco' (Non -shrink Grout). 2.11 Sand: Hard, durable, clean, sharp, natural sand free from clay, loam, dust or organic matter. 2.12 Water: Clean, potable, free from oil, acids, alkali, organic matter and other deleterious substances. 2.13 Reinforcing Steel: Shall conform to ASTM A165 (latest ed.) Grade 60. 2.14 Steel Fabric Reinforcing: Conform to ASTM A185 (latest ed.) 2.15 Metal Accessories: In accordance with ACI 315 or as shown on drawings. All accessories shall have plastic coated legs. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Slabs: Compact and screed uniformly to grade. Push aggregate below surfaces with a screen tamper and screed. Follow screeding with a bull float. Wood float and steel trowel to a uniform finish free from trowel marks, pinholes or blemishes. The surface plane tolerance for floor slab shall not exceed 1/8' in 10 feet when tested with straight edge. NO INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB SHALL RECEIVE A CURING COMPOUND UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. 3.2 Walks: Sidewalks shall be laid over crushed stone subgrade or sand cushion fill. Walks shall be 4' thick reinforced by 6 x 6 WI.4/WI.4 W.F. and shall be broom finished. Walks shall have sawed or tooled joints 5'-0' maximum with tooled radius edges. Install 3/8' expansion joints at intervals of not over 25'-0' and similar joints at walls, curbs, etc. Clean and seal joints with sealant. 3.3 Curbs: Install 3/8' expansion joints, with non -extruding type bituminous premolded filler strips filled with sealant. 20' o.c. (max.) 3.4 All above grade concrete surfaces and slabs shall be cured with curing compound sprayed on in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. 3.5 Concrete Reinforcement 3.5.1 Reinforcement shall be uncoated and free from excessive rust, mill scale, oil, grease and other deleterious matter. 3.5.2 Reinforcement shall be accurately positioned and secured. Supported by concrete, metal chairs, by spacers or by metal hangers. Reinforcing bars shall lap 40 diameters at splices 3.6 Weather Requirements: 3.6.1 Hot 'Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strenght of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 3.6.1.1 No concrete shall be placed when the air temperature is greater than S'. F unless the following special procedures have been included in the Contract anc reviewed by the Architect. Temperature of the concrete when placed shall not be greater than 90 F. Procedures for cooling, retarding and protecting in -place concrete during hot weather shall be in accordance with ACI 305. Provide specia- procedures required to control concrete temperature and to protect surfaces from drying out. 3.6.1.2 Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at ti:- c` placement below 90 F (32 C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopper ice may be used to control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calcuiate� to total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 3.6.2 Cold Weather Placing: Do not mix or place when atmospheric temperature will fall below 40 F, or when conditions indicate temperature will fall beloo 41V F within 72 hours. Concrete deposited shall have temperature not less tear 60 F. Reinforcement, forms, and ground which concrete will contact shall be co-;Ietely free of frost. Keep concrete and form work at a temperature not less tnan 50 F for not less than 72 hours after pouring. Comply with Requirement of A_: 3 5 (latest ed.) for cold weather protection. 3.7 Concrete Tests shall be authorized by the owner on an as needed basis. 9 Qhz V f o� F.Q r , r. 0 STANDARD CADD -T ( Jr ��-- MARCH 3. 1989 03/15/90 GENERAL REVS '_'. VARIATION ` :.Ap.� a. SQ�;,E=jCAT10�,� w'- t ALL 38-02.1 ST � -AN DA.R FR,ct &1 - IPI.aft N. �I s s D s ;s ig ;s Y_ PZ a a 4 ' f 4.0 FABRICATION SECTION 07500 - ILLUMINATED AWNINGS DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY 4.1 All wood trusses shall be fabricated under strict rules of an independent I.0 GENERAL o SECTION 04201 - UNIT MASONRY (C M.U. ONLY) SECTION 06101 - ROUGH CARPENTRY inspection agency and the manufacturing plant must have an in-house quality 2.0 MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL control program in place with all of the quality control records readily available for inspection by the Owner. Each truss to bear the quality stamp with 1.1 Illuminated awnings are prefabricated component assemblies as shown on the name of the manufacturing plant clearly visible. drawings. g 2.1 Concrete Unit Masonry 1.1 Lumber shall conform to the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS20-70 and the National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber. 4.2 Inhouse Quality control program shall conform with requirements as set forth in 1.2 Field measurements shall be supplied by the G.C. i;a the awning vendor/KFC a 2.1.1 Concrete be "QUALITY construction engineer for fabrication of these items. masonry units shall composed of a mixture of cement and a lightweight the following publications: STANDARDS for METAL CONNECTED WOOD expanded shale aggregate, and shall conform to ASTM Specification C-90, ( latest 1.2 Preservative treatments where specified shall be treated in accordance with the TRUSSES", (QST '86), published by Truss Plate Institute; and "IN PLANT QUALITY 2.0 MATERIALS Y ed.) Type 1, shall be Grade N. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) and dried to the original moisture CONTROL PROCEDURES for METAL CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES", published by Wood Truss,2 U 2.1.2 Furnish all masonry units in the sizes and shapes as shown on the drawings or as content specified for rough lumber. Council of America, or their latest revision. 2.1 Illuminated Awnings shall be furnished by an approved vendor/manufacturer/ fabricator. This is KFC required to complete the work. 1.3 Lumber shall be seasoned to a moisture content (mc) not exceeding nineteen 4.3 All truss members shall be accurately cut to length, angle and be true to line to a supplied item. y �5 2.2 Mortar percent (19%). Mark lumber 'S-DRY'. Refer to drawings for wood members kiln g dried (KD) 15� M.C. requirements. assure tight joints for finished truss. 2.2 These fabricated items contain a structural framet , all mounting hardware o ' "-1 4.4 All truss members and connector plates shall be properly placed in special jigs install with erection instructions for a complete job. Q Y o 2.2.1 Mortar shall conform to ASTM Designation C-270 latest ed. T e S. g ( ) Type 1.4 Plywood shall bear the rode, g trademark and panel identification system of the and the members tightly clamped in place, remaining in that position until the connector plates have been pressed into the lumber simultaneously on both sides 2.3 Units shall include fluorescent light fixtures, pre -wired to be field connected x 2.2.2 Mortar color shall be gray and joints tooled concave where exposed to view. American Plywood Association and shall conform to the requirementsofProduct Standard PSI for Construction and Industrial Plywood. Plywood which has of the joints. to roughed -in circuit by the E.C. 4 o p 2 2.3 Masonry Reinforcement any edge or surface permanently exposed to the weather shall be exterior grade, regardless 4.5 Camber shall be built into the trusses, by properly positioning the members in 3.0 INSTALLATION of appearance grade specified. the fabricating jig. 2.3.1 'Dur-O-Wal' truss type design, standard weight, lapped and installed in strict 1.5 Lumber in contact with masonry, concrete, tile setting beds, grouts, etc., shall 5.0 HANDLING AND ERECTION 3.1 Installation may be b G.C. or vendor. Refer to specific Y Y p project criteria noted on exterior elevation view of building. accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Install reinforcement at 16 receive a non -leaching wood preservative treatment meeting the requirements of inch intervals or closer if called for by the drawings. Reinforcement shall meet ASTM the American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) for Classification CCA Type B. 5 1 Fabricated trusses shall be handled with care so that they are not subject to 3.2 If installation is by G.C. follow all awning supplier erection sequences and AI53, Class B2. When cut on the job, edges shall receive two coats of preservative, brushed on. damage. If the trusses are to be stockpiled or stored prior to erection, they recommended practices for a neat, workmanlike installation. 3.0 INSTALLATION 2.0 MATERIALS shall be set in vertical positions, resting upon temporary bearing supports and braces so that they will be subjected to no unusual bending or tipping over. Any 3.3 Tolerances are noted on elevation views to allow for minor adjustments. If field =1 3.1 La masonry in running band, with full head and bed aims. Y Y 9 (See drawings for 2.1 Rough Framing Lumber 9 g trusses damaged during handling or erection shall be removed from the job site conditions exceed, then contact KFC construction engineer or architect at once. 1 special coursing and details.) Lay out so that not less than 1/3 of a unit is l and new replacement trusses shall be fabricated. - 3.4 Coordinate the erection sequence with other trades including, but not limited - exposed at corners, offsets, bucks and windows. All joints shall be of uniform width and thickness be Where general framing lumber is shown from two (2) to four (4) inches thick and 5.2 Prover erection bracing see BWT 76, or latest revision shall be installed to g ( ) to: mason, , plasterer, sheet metal painting and electrical trades. and shall tooled with a round iron after moderate setting where exposed to view. from two (2) to six (6) inches wide, the lumber shall be one of the species and hold the trusses true and plumb and in safe condition until permanent truss ,� 0Z grades specified on Sheet A2. bracing and bridging can be solidly nailed in place to form a structurally sound 3.2 Clean all work thoroughly from the top downward using fiber brushes. Remove 2.2 Plywood roof framing system. A11 erection and permanent bracing shall be installed and s= mortar stains with cleaning compound, rinsing thoroughly with water. All all components permanently fastened before the application of any loads. c finished surfaces shall be left unmarred. 2.2.1 Plywood for flat roof decks and tower platforms shall be A.P.A Rated Structural 5.3 Warning -_-Do Not Cut Trusses - Do Not Use Damaged Trusses. No. 2 Sheathing, span rated 40/20, Exposure 1, 5/8' thick. Use 2 (two) 'H" clips DIVISION 5 - METALS - between main trusses as shown on Sheet A2. 5.4 During Installation trusses require proper handling and adequate bracing before LJ 2.2.2 Plywood for mansard roof sheathing, parapet sheathing, and wall sheathing, shall any loads are applied. Retain a registered professional architect or engineer SECTION 05991 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS be 1/2' or 15/32 in. A.P.A. span rated 32/16 plywood, Exposure 1. Mansard roof for repair instructions if trusses are cut or damaged and for advice on proper sheathing on spans greater than 2'-0" shall have ply clips installed (Simpson sheathing bracing of the trusses and the roof system. Submit his report to the Owner. Any 1.0 GENERAL party who cuts or damages a truss shall be responsible for the safe performance, the engineering design and for the cost of required repair of said truss. 1.1 All miscellaneous metal shall conform to the following codes and standards: 2.3 Fasteners Guidelines for lateral, temporary, and permanent bracing are contained in Bracing a. AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural 2.3.1 General use framing nails shall be hot -dipped galvanized medium diamond point, Wood,Trusses (BWT 76) or latest edition commentary and recommendations published Steel for Buildings.' flat head common nails. by W.T.C.A. (Wood Truss Council of America). b. AWS "Code to Welding in Building Construction.' 2.3.2 Framing anchors shall be of the type specified herein or shown on plans, of zinc Permanent bracing tags and bearing location tags must be attached to trusses to coated steel by Simpson Strong Tie, KANT-SAG, TECO or Heckman Building Products. facilitate field erection. 2.0 MATERIALS Special fasteners required noted on plans. � 6.0 ENGINEERING AND SHOP DRAWINGS 2.1 Rolled steel shapes, plat -es and bars shall conform to ASTM Designation A36 2.3.3 Fasteners for wood grounds, blocking, furring, etc. shall be metal hardened steel (latest ed.) (36,000 p.s.i.) nails, expansion screws, toggle bolts, etc. Wood plugs are not acceptable. 6.1 All truss designs shall bear the name, seal, registration number and state of registry of a licensed Professional Engineer, signifying that he has personally 2.2 Standard bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A 307, (latest ed.) Grade A 3.0 INSTALLATION accepted said truss designs as being suitable and pertinent to this project. hexagonal head. �$ 3.1 Provide blocking or furring for anchoring light fixtures, outlets, equipment 6.2 Engineering and shop drawings shall contain the following data for each truss` 2.3 Anchor bolts for securing wood plates to masonry bond beams shall be galvanized supports, mechanical openings, etc. type: steel 'J' bolt similar to Heckman Building Products. Sizes and spaces as detailed on drawings. Provide hexagonal head nut and 2' diameter plate washer. 3.2 Install plywood roof deck and mansard sheathing with face grain across supports, 6.3 Design and Fabrication Data using panels, continuous over 2 or more spans, unless shown otherwise on the 2.4 Anchor bolts for securing wood plates to masonry walls shall be 1/2' diameter drawings. Allow 1/16' space at panel ends and 1/8' space at panel edges, in Metal Connectors: Nominal sizes and locations of connectors at all joints. plate bolts similar to Heckman Building Products No. 169 sized and spaced as accordance with APA specifications. Use 'H' clip spacers as indicated on Lumber Specifications: Pitch, span, spacing of trusses. shown on drawings. Provide hexagonal head nut and 2" diameter plate washer. drawings. Set nail heads flush with panel surface. Species and stress grades of lumber to be used as members. Design loading of trusses and allowable stress increase. 2.5 Corner guard shall be Inryco-Milcor Type. Material shall be 16 gauge stainless SECTION 06171 - WOOD TRUSSES Force analysis or bar forces in each member. STANDARD steel, No. 4 satin finish. Truss bearing supports: Sizes and location. 1.0 GENERAL Camber. DRaNN By CADD 2.6 Galvanizing Permanent bracing and/or bridging: as required to prevent compression CHECKED BY -rrp / 1.1 This Section includes the furnishing of all material, equipment and labor buckling of individual truss members only. DATE MARCH 3,1989 2.6.1 Galvanize ferrous metal exposed to exterior and as noted on the drawings g necessary for the prefabrication, delivery and permanent setting of the wood Handling and erection instructions. (HET 80, or latest revision). specified. All units galvanized shall be fabricated into the largest practicable trusses in the building. Include all the miscellaneous parts, including REVISIONS DESCR!p'C /� 03/15/90 section before galvanizing. bridging, temporary and permanent bracing, and all related items of hardware, 6.4 Submit seven (7) copies of the truss designs and shop drawings to the Owner for metal hangers, anchors and special metal shapes deemed by the Architect or the approval prior to the fabrication of any components. GENERAL REVISV4 2.6.2 Structural steel shapes, plates, bars and other minor assemblies shall be hot dip Truss Design Engineer to be necessary for the proper prefabrication, erection, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, (latest ed.) assembly, supporting and anchoring of the wood trusses. 6.5 A Truss type configuration if shown on the drawings describe spans, slopes and general conditions only and do not relieve the fabricator of the responsibility 2.6.3 Small structural steel, sheet articles and rough hardware such as bolts, nuts and 1.2 Prefabricated wood trusses shall be factory fabricated to the dimensions and of providing proper engineering and members of appropriate size to resist all washers shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386 (latest ed.) for configurations shown on the drawings, shall be designed to support the design imposed loads and stresses. assembled steel products. loads specified, and shall use lumber species and grades which meet or exceed 2.7 Shop Priming those specified on Sheet A2. The extent of the trusses are basically shown in the Drawings. It is the responsibility of the truss manufacturer to detail adequate truss configurations 2.7.1 Shop coat ferrous metal with 1.3 All wood trusses shall be designed to carry all dead loads plus live loads as and design load requirements into said design. Submit shop drawings as stated in primer. noted on plans. Trusses shall be as designed and manufactured by an experienced the above. 2.7.2 Overall application of brush or spray coat of red lead primer shall be per manufacturer approved by the Owner prior to bidding. SECTION 06201 - FINISHED CARPENTRY Federal Specification TT-P-86. 2.0 DESIGN LOAD 2.7.3 Apply one field coat of primer on all abraded parts of built-in ferrous metals 2 . Dead load shall include but not be limited to the weight of the wood joist, roof 1.0 GENERAL VARIATION after installation. deck, roofing system, ceiling system, lighting system and mechanical distribution 1.1 The work required by this section consists of but is not limited to the DRA"NBr1 system. following: CHECKED BY 2.2 Concentrated load shall include but not be limited to all roof mounted or a. Interior Trim D°;E suspended equipment indicated on drawings. Verify equipment loads with supplier b. Front Counter REvS9tS "vESCa=�-. of same. C. Manager's desk 2.3 Live load shall be a minimum live load in accordance to the prevailing codes and d• Condiment Stand ordinances. 1.2 Cabinetry work shall conform to the Custom Grade Standards of the American 2.4 Maximum deflection shall be L/480 or less of the span under total design load. Woodworking Institute. 2.5 The truss manufacturer shall design all truss accessories, including permanent 1.3 Submit cabinetry shop drawings to KFC for approval. bridging and bracing. Contractor shall provide and install all temporary bracing 1.4 Field verify all dimensions before fabrication. during erection and install all permanent bridging required, and as shown on drawings. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.6 Each truss shall be anchored to supporting structures as shown on the drawings. Metal anchors shall be by Simpson Strong Tie, TECO, Heckman Building Products, or 2.1 Interior wood trim shall be species indicated on drawings 10'-0" or loner 9 approved equal, shall be supplied by Truss Manufacturer. length. Grade: Stock to be square edged - Clear one side, two edges (C1S2E), surfaced four sides (S4S) to 3/4" x 3- ' or dimensions required. 2.7 The truss manufacturer shall submit, for review and approval, all truss design data, calculations and fabrication drawings prior to fabrication of the trusses. 2.2 Counter and cabinets surfaces to be covered with plastic laminate shall be 3/4' SPECIFIC ATIO�JS The data shall specify the lumber species, grade and size for each truss member, thick plywood with waterproof glue. and design loading. 2.3 Plastic laminate for general use shall be H-5 General Purpose Grade in MA•P,4 color and pattern as shown on drawings. Plastic laminate for interior of cabinet V-3 s shall be Z14, Z24 3.0 MATERIALS vertical grade, in beige color. 3.1 The design and fabrication criteria of all wood trusses shall be with "National DIVISION 7 --THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION CENEP4•.;;t. - Design Specifications for Stress -Grade Lumber and Fastenings" by National Forest 3802.1 Products Association (latest revision); 'Timber Construction' (latest revision); SECTION 07211 - BUILDING INSULATION and Design Spec. g f icat tort for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses' by Truss �°R.�•�•. STANDARD Plate Institute '[PI 85 (latest revision), the same as if those specifications 2.0 MAT_ DRANN,, N5-c � P` � and all their re�rences were set out in full herein. 3.2 All lumber used f,- truss members shall conform to the reference publications 2.1 Perimeter insulation shall be sty q rofoam SM brand. R-4.0 per inch or equal extruded polystyrene board. listed in the Ame ican Institute of Timber Construction Standard 101-72. The moisture content zf all lumber shall be within the proper limits, as stated in 2•2 Exterior wall batt insulation shall be 6' kraft fared fiberglass insulation, the referenced sp-,cifications, but shall not, in any case, exceed 19% nor be less ;SP2 than 7% at the t-��e of fabrication. ` 2.3 Maher areas may require 3 kraft faced fiberg 1 ass nsulation as noted �.rawings. on SECTION 07501' ROOFING AND INSULATION (BUILT. -UP). f46 k r !9 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Roofing system shall be installed according to manufacturer's specification for a 10 year warranted roof for deck type shown. Provide written warranty of materials from roofing manufacturer. Roofing contractor shall be certified by s manufacturer to install roof system. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Built -Up Roofing 2.1.1 Built-up roofing system shall be Owens -corning fiberglass 331C or equivalent system by Celotex or Manville Corp. and shall comply with UL Classification Class 'C' or better. 2.1.2 Roofing system components shall be as follows: a. Steep Asphalt - ASTM D31Z Type Ill (latest ed.) b. Asphalt Bitumen - ASTM D312 Type 11 (latest ed.) C. Felts - Glass Felt, ASTM D2178 Type IV d. Surfacing Perma Cap - white 2.2 Roof Insulation 2.2.1 Roof Insulation Type 1 shall be rigid 1� in. thick isocyanurate foam core integrally laminated between skins of glass fiber facers and factory manufactured and labeled in accordance with TIMA 281-1. Insulation shall be an approved component for Factory Mutual Class 1 construction. 2.2.2 Roof insulation Type 2 shall be 1h in. thick Perlite (Expanded Volcanic Glass), or glass fiber insulation board, water absorption - max. 1.5% at 2 hours total immersion, flame spread 25 or less - Factory Mutual - Class 1 acceptance. ;s :s s 6 I, 2.2.3 Total aged R value of both layers of insulation shall be a minimum of 14.57. 2.3 Base F1ashings 2.3.1 Base flashings shall be one layer of Perma-flash and one layer of Perma-cap or equivalent for use with parapet wall heights as shown. 2.4 Cants 2.4.1 Cants shall be preformed of asphalt impregnated fiberboard insulation with minimum face of 5-5/8'. 2.5 Curbs 2.5.1 Curbs for mechanical units shall be reviewed by roofing contractor to confirm their compatibility with the roofing systems. All conduit and pipe penetrations shall be within the curb area under the units. Notify KFC representative of any discrepancies. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Install roofing system and insulation in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions for 10 year guarantee type application for type of deck shown. 3.2 Install first layer of Type 1 insulation secured to the deck with square- or round head 1' cap, annular threaded fasteners or nails. Five (5) fasteners per 2' x 4' insulation board shall be used of sufficient length to penetrate deck at least 3/4'. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and shall comply with Factory Mutual I-90 uplift rating. 3.3 Install second layer of Type 2 insulation in a full mopping of steep asphalt, 20 to 25 lbs per square, in which, while hot, the insulation shall be embedded. The units shall be laid in parallel courses with joints in adjoining courses staggered. Each unit shall be tightly butted to adjoining units. Insulation shall terminate approximately one-fourth (1/4) inch from vertical surfaces. 3.4 Starting at low point of roof embed three plies of Perma Ply-R in shingle fashion (starter sheets required), lapping 24 2/3' into uniform solid moppings of hot asphalt, using a nominal 25 lb/100 sq. ft. per ply. 3.5 Embed 12-ft. lengths of Perma Cap sheet into a uniform solid mopping of hot steep asphalt, using a nominal 25 lb/100 sq. ft.. Perma Cap endlaps shall be staggered 3 ft. Install in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.6 Apply base flashing system to parapet wall in accordance with manufacturer's written specification and instruction. Strip all side laps of Perma Flash with flashing cement reinforced with glass fiber. SECTION 07531 ALTERNATE SINGLE PLY ROOFING SYSTEM AND INSULATION (OURO-LAST) (`F f<Ezz'o 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Only factory authorized contractor shall be permitted to furnish and install the Duro-Last Roofing membrane system, which is fabricated of a low shrink polyester fabric with a white thermoplastic coating manufactured by: Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. 525 Morley Drive, Saginaw, Michigan 48601, (800) 248-0280, Fax 517-753-4472. 2.0 MATERIALS - APPLICATION 2.1 Duro-Last Roofing membrane shall allow installation through the use of continuous 3 1/4' security tabs, factory dielectrically welded every 4'-9" on center. Mechanical fasteners and distribution plates used 12' on center through the 3 1/4' securing tab. Duro-Last will dielectrically weld material into sheets up to 2500 sq. ft. 2.1.1 All accessory materials shal'1 be prefabricated by Duro-Last Roofing. Factory fabricated accessories are produced to specified sizes for scuppers, pipe penetrations, A/C units, exhaust fans, parapet wall and corner flashing areas. 2.2 ROOF INSULATION 2.2.1 Roof Insulation shall be double laminated rigid isocyanurate insulation board with fiberglass facings. Insulation must be Factory Mutual Class 1 approved and Underwriters Laboratories Class A in accordance with TIMA 281-1. 2.2.2 Total aged R value of insulation shall be (2' a R 14.29) 2.3 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES - TECHNICAL DATA 2.3.1 Duro-Last membrane can be installed at any time of the year and shall provide: resistance to ultra -violet rays, superb tear and puncture strength, impervious to most caustic chemicals and acids, and show no ill effect from heat or cold. 2.3.2 Thickness, Tear and Breaking Strength, Elongation % - ASTM D-751 Fire & Wind Lift Test - Factory Mutual System - ASTM 108 and I-90, Approved Class I Roof Fire Tests - Underwriters Laboratories UL 790 - Class A Roof i 2.4 WARRANTY PROGRAM. 2.4.1 The contractor shall warrant the roof application with res ect to workmanship an roper application for two (2) Years from the date of acceptance by the Owner KFC. Should any leaks occur during this period, corrective action will be completed by installing contractor to meet Duro-Last Roofing Inc. current specifications. All corrective work will be done at no expense to the Owner/KFC. 2.4.2 KFC requires that the roof have the Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. standard written 15 year limited warranty at no additional charge to the building Owner/KFC. Warranty shall be issued by Duro-Last after completion of a successful inspection by an authorized Duro-Last inspector and after the authorized Duro-Last Dealer/Contractor has received full payment for the installation. 2.4.3 Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. shall provide a six (6) million dollar liability insurance policy to building owner/KFC in addition to product warranty. 1 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Install roofing insulation and Duro-Last roofing system in strict accordance with manufacturer's current specifications- and instructions for 15 Year Warranty. 3.2 All bidding contractors shall receive and verify from Duro-Last the approved KFC roofing details prior to submitting a bid proposal. 3.3 The contractor assumes all responsibility for coordinating all changes required for the inclusion of this alternate roofing and insulation system. SECTION 07601 - SHEET METAL (ILLUMINATED AWE{ING BLDG.) 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The fabrication and installation of sheet metal work shall be in accordance with the details on the drawings and the 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Sheet metal flashings, downspouts, scupper and trim shall be fabricated from 26 gauge paint grip zinc coated steel, excluding copper valley flashing to be furnished as -outlined in Section 07320 Clay Roofing Tile. 2.2 Downspouts shall be fabricated in accordance with Plate 34, Figure D of (SMACNA) Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. Hangers shall be 1/16' x 1' galvanized steel, installed at not over 6'-0' centers, and not less than (3) three per downspout. Fasten hangers to wall with non -corrosive fasteners. Lap downspout joints 1-1/2' minimum in direction of water flow. 2.3 Flashings shall be installed to conform with shapes and sizes as 'shown on drawings. Lap ends minimum of 4 inches and seal contact surfaces with plastic cement. Seal at ends by turning back 1' and set in plastic cement. Separate all dissimilar materials surfaces with mastic, or asphaltic paint. 2.4 All flashings, shall be painted as specified in Division 9 and in strict accordance with the color schedule. 2.5 Parapet and bottom trim caps shall be pre -finished baked enamel coated coil stock, .040 in. aluminum in sizes and profiles as detailed within the drawings. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Conceal all fasteners in sheet metal trim where possible. Exposed fasteners must be colored to match the color and finish of surrounding material. 3.2 Sheet metal splices, laps and folds shall be made to conform to S.M.A.C.N.A. guidelines and allow for expansion and contraction using "slip fit" joints and slotted holes at fasteners where required. Work shall be done so as to ensure water tight construction. Provide backer plates at all joints as illustrated on drawings. DO NOT ATTEMPT to deform and LAP SHEET METAL JOINTS UNLESS specifically ca111ed for in contract documents. SECTION 07911 - SEALANTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The work required under this section includes caulking of all joints around window, doors, storefront, expansion joints between dissimilar materials as indicated on drawings and as otherwise required for a complete watertight installation. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Exterior caulking shall be a one -part Thiokol base Polysulfide or G.E. silicone sealant, color to be compatible with adjoining surfaces. 2.2 Interior caulking shall be painters caulk, Dap Acrylic. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Clean all joints before caulking; apply primer where and in quantities as recommended by manufacturer. Apply under pressure, tool slightly concave and trim afterwards. Clean all adjacent surfaces after caulking. 3.2 Provide closed cell backer rods when required by joint depth. DIVISION 8 - DOORS WINDOWS AND GLASS SECTION 08111 - STEEL DOORS & FRAMES 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Hollow metal frames shall be 16 gauge one piece cold rolled steel, mitered, fitted and continuously welded on the backside of the frame with all welds ground smooth. Furnish three anchors per jamb. Reinforce frames for all hardware as scheduled. Shop prime with rust inhibitive paint. Frames at exterior openings to be hot dipped galvanized. 2.2 Hollow metal doors (flush) shall be 1-3/4' thick, 16 gauge steel face sheet, seamless wrap around type, on grid or honeycomb core. Reinforce all doors for hardware as scheduled. Shop prime with rust -inhibitive paint. SECTION 08201 -...WOOD DOORS 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Wood doors shall be solid lumber core with Type 1 Waterproof Adhesive in core, stiles, and rails of the size and type shown on plans. Doors shall conform to AWI SLC-5. 2.2 Face veneer for wood doors including both faces and exposed edges, shall be Premium Grade Rotary cut Oak, finished to match decor trim. SECTION 08401 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCE FRAMING STOREFRONT, WINDOWS, AND DOORS (STUCCO) 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Aluminum Window and Entrance Framing 2.1.1 Framing shall be 'Kawneer' Series 451 Tri Fab System for storefront application. The framing system shall ;�r'ovide for a flush glazing appearance with no projecting stops. Vertir-41 and �t*rizontal framing members shall have a nominal dimension of 2' x 4 ". Note-: Ooor sidelight framing shall be same with double member (2) 2' k 4 ' at sill, upped by single cover plate. Reinforce all framing as required for doors and h*Aware as shown on plans and schedule. Aluminum Extrusions shall be given a Faustit etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment to obtain an Architectural Cla;<. II clear anodic coating conforming to Alum. Assoc. Sta. AA-M12C22A31 (117 Clean'). For information, contact Kawneer Nat'l Accounts, P.O. Box 609, Franklin, lnTr:ana 46131 (317) 738-2600. 2.1.2 Aluminum windows and doors shall meet the following structural performance. Structural performance shall be based on: Maximum deflection of 1.175 of the span, and Allowable stress with a safety factor of 1.65. The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of 16 PSF (90 mph Pa.). 2.2 Aluminum Doors 2.2.1 All door and frame sections shall be extruded aluminum AA-6063-T5 alloy. Fasteners shall be aluminum, stainless steel or plated steel. Perimeter anchors shall be aluminum or steel (properly isolated). Glazing gaskets shall be elastomeric extrusions. Door stiles shall be .125' thick and glazing molding .05' thick. Aluminum extrusions shall be given a caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment to obtain an architectural class II clear anodic coating zonforming to Aluminum Assoc. Std. AA-M12-C22A31 (#17 clear). 2.3 Construction Design 2.3.1 The door stile and rail face dimensions of the Kawneer 190 entrance door shall be 1 15/16' vertical stile, 2 1/2' top rail and 3 15/16' bottom rail and shall have provision for logo panel as indicated on drawings. Two '5/16' H intermediate muntin for retaining logo panel shall be same thickness as door. Door weatherstripping shall be Kawneer Sealair thermoplastic elastomer weatherstripping in a tubular shape with semi -rigid backing. 2.3.2 Push/pull bars shall have formed, comfortable grip; pulls with a contrasting stripe to signal operational end of doors and push bars with a contrasting horizontal stripe as found in Kawneer Style F-2. Push/Pull bar shall have concealed fasteners on the strike side with thru-bolts anchored through the door frame. Finish shall match door finish (#17 clear). 2.3.3 All vertical and horizontal door glazing stops shall be installed so as to receive infill thicknesses as indurated in the glass and glazing sections of the specifications. Beveled aluminum horizontal, snap -in glass stops and beveled, aluminum vertical snap -in glass stops, with a lock -in vinyl system, shall be provided to accommodate specified infill thicknesses. 2.4 Glazing 2.4.1 Glazing shall be 1/4' safety glass (1/4' tempered as an alternate) installed by local glazing contractor for doors only. 2.4.2 Logo Panel at Exterior, Type A Doors 2.4.2.1 Exterior logo panel shall be red acrylic plastic with 'Colonel's Mug' and 'Kentucky Fried Chicken' embossed into panel on both sides. Colonel's Mug shall be next to pull bar with 'KFC' being in three levels adjacent to mug. Lettering to be white and mug to be white and black. Interior panel to be brown acrylic plastic 'Thank You, Call Again'. Panels as manufactured by Cummings Sign Co., furnished by KFC, and installed by the Contractor. 2.5 Finishes 2.5.1 All exposed surfaces shall be smooth and free of distracting scratches and blemishes. Color shall conform to Aluminum Association Standards of Architectural Class II clear anodic coating and shall be designated #17 clear. 2.6 Hardware 2.6.1 Doors #1 and #2 only shall have Adams Rite MS1850A maximum security deadbolt lock (with thumbturn and cylinder by G.C.). All aluminum doors shall have surface mounted closers, thresholds, and 1-1/2' pair butts - BB 1191 Hager - 4-1/2" x 4 x RC x NRP x US10B as supplied by the door manufacturer. All push and pull hardware shall be of size and type furnished by door manufacturer. Closers shall fit properly on doors and frames without overlap or overhang, and shall allow door to open with 8.5 lb. maximum force. Bottom rail weatherstrip shall be surface applied with flexible blade gasket. 3.0 Installation 3.1 All aluminum framing shall be set in correct locations as shown in the details and shall be level, square, plumb, and in alignment with other work in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. All joints between framing and building structure shall be sealed in order to secure a watertight installation. Contractor, or his agent, shall verify opening dimensions in field prior to fabricating aluminum storefront assembly. 4.0 Protection & Cleaning 4.1 After installation,"the General Contractor shall adequately protect exposed, coated portions of aluminum surfaces from damage by grinding and polishing compounds, plaster, lime, acid, cement and other contaminants. The General Contractor shall be responsible for final cleaning. All cleaning shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. SECTION 08701 - FINISH HARDWARE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 The work required under this section includes the furnishing of all materials required to complete the finish hardware as shown on drawings, specified herein, or as required for a complete installation. 1.2 The hardware supplier shall furnish a finish hardware schedule listing all materials by sets. 1.3 The hardware supplier shall furnish hardware templates to the door and frame manufacturer. 1.4 When the hardware is delivered to the job, the Contractor shall receive it, check it against the hardware schedule, and store it in a safe place under lock and key. After installation, protect all items against damage until final inspection. 1.5 Locks shall be of the removable core type, furnished by Falcon or Best. KFC Construction Engineer shall contact hardware supplier to arrange for the return of construction cores in exhange for permanent cores keyed per the owner's requirements. There shall be two keys per lock tagged with door numbers. 2.0 MAT R A S 2.1 See Drawing Sheet No A9 for schedule of hardware by sets and list of manufacturers. SECTION 08801 - GLASS AND GLAZING 1.0 GENERA 1.1 All glass and glazing shall be in accordance with the 'Glass Manual' or the Plate Glass Marketing Association, latest edition. All glass shall meet Federal Specifications DD-G-45ld and ANSI 291.1-1972. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 For glass in aluminum frames, provide preformed setting block:. with shore hardness of 70 - 90, Neoprene, 4 inch minimum length, set a quarter points of bottom edge. 2.2_ Glazing sealant shall be one part acrylic base sealant which is compatible with aluminum finish. 2.3 Insulating glass for windows and door sidelite(s) shall be two sheets 1/4" clear float glass or tempered where required by code sandwiching 1/2' x 5/8' aluminum muntins (as detailed) white color. Unit shall be factory fabricated with the captive air dehydrated. 2.4 Transom panels at door and window locations shall be 1" thick, fiberglass faced, insulated panels and color keyed to building exterior. Units are furnished by KFC and installed in framing members by General Contractor. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09221 STUCCO - (FOR WOOD STUD EXTERIOR WALLS) 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Stucco shall be 7/8' thick over metal lath attached to plywood sheathing overlaid with 15 lb. felt. 1.2 Stucco finish texture shall match "LIGHT DASH" per The Stucco Manufacturers Association, 14006 Venture Blvd., Shermann Oaks, CA 91423, phone (818-789-8733). 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Scratch and brown coat mix Mortaseal Mason's Lime with Portland Cement and sand in accordance with ANSI A 42.2 Type 1. 2.1.1 Scratch Coat - shall be at least 3/8 in. thick and consist of I bag Portland Cement, 3/4 bag lime, 5-6 cu. ft. of sand. 2.1.2 Brown Coat - 1 bag Portland Cement, 1 bag lime, 6-7 cu. ft. of sand. 2.2 Finish Coat shall be "LIGHT DASH' exterior finish stucco per the Stucco Manufacturer's Associate Supplier. Stucco shall be mill mixed and applied in accordance to manufacturer's instructions for a uniform appearance. 2.3 Preparation shall be performed on job site as follows: 2.4 Backing paper shall be waterproof paper or felt with a vapor permeance of 5 perms or less. 2.5 Metal Lath - USG expanded metal stucco mesh (1-3/8' x 3-1/8' diamond mesh) applied with minimum 1-1/2' galvanized self furring nails spaced 12 in. C. to C. horiz. and vertically. 2.6 Tie Wire shall be annealed, galvanized, 18 gauge. 2.7 Corner beads, #1 type, expanded metal flanges, galvanized. 2.8 Casing beads #66 type, expanded metal flanges, galvanized. 2.9 Control joints, expanded metal flanges, galvanized, 28 gauge spaced a minimum of 16 feet apart unless noted otherwise. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Do not apply plaster when temperatures are below 50 Finish shall be a three coat process totaling 7/8' in thickness measured from felt. Moist cure each base coat at least 49 hours; extend in hot, dry weather. Dampen each coat prior to applying next coat. Cure base a minimum of 7 days before applying finish coat. 3.2 Apply scratch coat to fully embed metal lath, then cross -rake. Apply brown coat, rod and darby (without additional water) to true, straight surface. Leave rough for finish coat. Finish coat shall match 'LIGHT DASH". Follow suggested application procedures of Stucco Mfgrs. Assoc. 3.3 All external corners shall have corner beads and there shall be casing beads at juncture with different materials. Provide a continuous metal casing bead at the soffit elevation around all walls and pilasters. SECTION 09261 - GYPSUM BOARD 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Wallboard 2.1.1 Wallboard shall be 1/2' thick, Gypsum wallboard with tapered edge. 2.1.2 Fire resistant wallboard shall be 1/2' thick (Type X) where called for on drawing. 2.1.3 Moisture resistant gypsum board, 1/2' thick of maximum permissable lengths, ends square cut, square edges, where shown on the drawings. 2.2 Nails 2.2.1 Nails for securing wallboard shall be 1 3/8' annular ring. 2.3 Corner Beads 2.3.1 Corner Beads shall be Standard Wallboard Corner Beads with I" x I' galvanized steel, perforated flanges. 2.4 Metal trim - USG No. 200-A galvanized metal trim. 2.5 Joint Reinforcement 2.5.1 Joint reinforcement shall be U.S. Gypsum perforated tape. 2.6 Joint Cement 2.6.1 Joint treatment cements shall be U.S. Gypsum Joint and topping compounds. 2.7 Adhesive 2.7.1 Adhesive shall be U.S. Gypsum drywall adhesive. 3.0 APPLICATION 3.1 The Contractor shall check the alignment of framing members and make necessary adjustments before proceeding with application of the wallboard. 3.2 Wallboard shall be applied with the reverse side against the studs and with the separate boards in moderate contacts. In no case shall the boards be forced into place. End joints shall be staggered. 3.3 Wallboard shall be applied with long dimension perpendicular to studs. Wallboard shall then be fastened with nails or screws 7' o.c. along the studs. 3.4 Corner Beads 3.4.1 All external corners shall be provided with corner beads as specified. 3.5 Compounds 3.5.1 Joint compound and trapping compound shall be mixed in accordance with printed instructions containv.4 on the package. Use three steps and sand after each step. 3.6 Workmanship. 3.6.1 Drywall shall t_p aligned and finished so as to present a smooth uniform surface for painting µ­ ��ecoration. Nail and screw heads shall be slightly depressed, but should ovl __y-ush or penetrate paper surface of drywall. �n N a p, o V zu W � Z Z V ;e �s 0 ins ...r.I ... STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY -(fr- /�Ap DATE MARCH 3, 1989 03/15/90 IZLGENERAL REVISION VARIATION DRANK BY CHECKED BY DATE RE'/ISViS DE SCRIPTtDN SHEET TITLE SPECIFICATIONS aA TRIA Z14, Z24 G1 NERA TrIJN 3802.1 VARIATION STANDARD DRANING NUMBER F , ; f- '3.. `tFi SnEET NUMBER i a SECTION 09311 - CERAMIC WALL TILE/ACCENT TILE 1.0 GENERA 1.1 Ceramic tile shall be domestic manufacture, standard grade, containers sealed in accordance with 'Simplified Practice Recommendation R-61-61 and Federal Specification SS-T-308b'. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Standard wall tile shall be 4-1/4' x 4-1/4' x 5/16', cushioned edge, polished with glazed finish. Accent tile varies by decor. Refer to Color Finish Schedule for colors, etc. 2.2 Trim shapes shall be same material, color and texture as the wall tile/accent tile. 2.3 Setting material shall be Latex -Portland Cement Mortar in accordance with ANSI A118.1, thin set bond coat, cementious mortar for walls. Tile to be applied to plywood/millwork may be installed in an organic adhesive setting material. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Install ceramic wall tiles in accordance with ANSI A108.5, to walls. Use organic adhesive for thin setting on plywood millwork, if indicated on plans in accordance with ANSI A108.4. 3.2 Surface on which installed shall be clean, sound and free of coating, oil, wax, etc. 3.3 Cut and fit tight to protrusions and perpendicular interruptions. 3.4 Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. 3.5 Allow tile to set for minimum 48 hours prior'to grout. SECTION 09331 - QUARRY TILE 1.0 GENERAL -` 1.1 Install all quarry tile and base indicated. Floor tile, base, setting bed and joint filler to be supplied by KFC. 2.0 MATER-IAL 2.1 Tile floor and cove base shall be of the size, color, design and manufactured by the Company as shown on the drawings. 2.2 Floor joint filler and setting bed shall be custom color as described in the drawings and shall be a Latex -Portland Dement System for all work except the base in the Cooler/Freezer. Setting bed for tile and base shall conform to Tile Council of America (T.C.A.) F113-88 for Latex -Portland Cement Mortar equal to ANSI 118.4 for any acrylic additive. Grout joint filler shall be equal to ANSI 118.6 for any acrylic additive.. Cooler freezer base shall be set in FULL STRENGTH EPDXY using care to 'back butter' all tile base for full adhesion to the metal wall surfaces. Joint filler for base in Cooler/Freezer shall be Latex -Portland Cement additive used throughout remainder of job. 2.3 EPDXY SETTING PRODUCT to be Hydroment 'U/PDXY/AAR-11', MAPEI 'Kerapoxy' or L&M 'Epoxy Mortar and Grout AAR-11'. NO H.B.-Fuller Product Meets Specification Requirements. LATEX ACRYLIC ADDITIVE to be Hydroment 'Multi -Purpose Acrylic Latex Mortar Admixture and Grout Additive' or MAPEI" Keraply' or L&M 'Multi -Add'. H. B. Fuller 'Fullbond' (TA-867) for setting bed and 'JOINT FIILER ADDITIVE 868' (TA 868) for joint filler. Follow all mfgr. recommendations carefully. Use one manufacturer's product line throughout for a complete, compatible system. Approved product manufacturers include: Bostik-Emhart Const. Products 1-800-221 8726, Mapei Corp., Elk Grove Village, IL, 1-800-42-MAPEI, and L&M Mfg. Inc., South River N.J. 1-201-254-4830, N.B. Fuller Co., Palatine, IL, 1-800-323-7407. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Minimum joints of 1/8' with no joint over 1/4' permitted. 3.2 Upon completion, all the surfaces shall be thoroughly coated with neutral cleaner such as American Olean General Purpose cleaner or Millyard Super Shine All. 3.3 Factory assembled cooler/freezer shall have Q.T. cove base and floor, using same tile as kitchen in cooler and freezer and provide positive slope to door for ease of cleaning using sloped mortar sub base. Thinset Q.T. floor in Latex -Portland cement bed, set cove base in a full strength epoxy -setting bed, and use Latex -Portland Cement joint filler on base. Floor to be Latex -Portland Cement setting bed and joint filler. SECTION 09341 DINING FLOOR PAVER TILE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Install all floor tile and base indicated. 1.2 Furnish all setting bed and joint filler for a complete installation. 2.0 MATERIAL 2.1 The floor tile and cove base shall be of the size, color and design indicated on the drawings. 2.2 e ttutel a # tre3tosre�ure r ad trr r=€=siza l--he---ss rrundum-:z"- a=gri t=added=to= 4%-_ soil a ifa�e �rkce�$0•-�'--1���:� 23 _ - �aw-�g��-TT:�,-.-ceng�serlrand� iT'-i-T L��II-TT'�'VG 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Minimum joints of 1/8' with no joint over 1/4' permitted. 3.2 Follow tile layout direction and pattern as indicated on drawings. SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL CEILING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Furnish and install all acoustical reiling indicated or specified. 2.0 MATERIAL 2.1 2' x 4' Lay -in Tile shall be 24' x 48' x 1/2' thick washable white vinyl coated glass fiber reinforced gypsum panels; 'Vinylrock' manufactured by Capaul Corporation, Plainfield, Illinois. 2.2 2' x 4' Suspension System shall be as manufactured by Eastern Products, Baltimore, Maryland or equal, in white baked enamel finish. The system shall snap together, with main runners at 4'-0' and cross tees at 2'-0' to form the 2' x 4' module desired. 2.3 2' x 2' L'ay-In Tile shall be 24' x 24" mineral fiber panels, flame spread rating of 0-25, Class 25 as noted on Room Finish Schedule. 2.4 2' x 2' Lay -In Suspension System shall be as manufactured by Eastern Products or equal; double web construction. Finish shall be baked enamel. The system shall be installed with main runners at 4'-0' o.c., 4' cross tees at 2'-0' o.c. and 2' cross tees at 2'-0' o.c. to form the 2' x 2' module desired. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Installation is to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. See plans and schedule for location and note electrical plan for layout. SECTION 09541 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER (FRP) BOARD 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Furnish and install all FRP Board indicated or specified. 2.0 MATERIAL 2.1 FRP Board panels shall be 4' x 8' x 3/32', opaque and almond in color with matching PVC moldings. Flame spread shall be Class C and smoke developed under 450. Manufacturer shall be Filon Marlite, Kal-Late or Kemlite. Panels shall be stored indoors at ambient temp. for 24 hrs. on end or edge on a flat level surface and protected from moisture. 2.2 Adhesive shall be solvent base waterproof and meet or exceed ASTM C-557-73. Filon A0016 General Purpose Adhesive Marlite C-375 by Masonite Corp., Panel Locl No. 22 by Miracle Adhesives Corp., or #417 F.R.P Adhesive by W. W. Henry Co. are approved adhesives for use. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Walls must be dry, flat, and free of dirt, dust, and grease. Remove high spots and fill low spots. Concrete block walls must be flat and smooth (see concrete masonry specification). Panels tend to assume the contour of the surface to which they are attached. 3.2 Cutting should be done with reinforced carborundum or carbide tipped blade. NOTE: Protect eyes with goggles and cover nose and mouth with mask when cutting in accord with the FIBER/GLASS REINF. PANEL COUNCIL. 3.3 Panels shall be installed vertically on walls using adhesive applied by a specially -notched trowel to assure uniform coverage and according to the adhesive manufacturers specification. No exposed fasteners shall be used. 3.4 Moldings, as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be used at all panel edges. Leave min. 1/4' gap at inside corner moldings and 1/8' gap between edge of panel and all other moldings. Use clear silicone sealant, as specified elsewhere in these specifications, injected into molding channels, between all moldings and panel edges or other adjacent construction (i.e., quarry tile base, metal ceiling grid, etc.). Locations of panel edges shall be coordinated with electrical boxes to avoid interference. SECTION 09901 - PAINTING 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 All materials used under painting contract shall be by specified manufacturer, and shall be delivered to the job site in the original sealed containers. Approval of equivalent or comparable products of another manufacturer will be considered if requests are submitted in writing and verified with KFC prior to beginning any painting. 3.0 APPLICATION 3.1 No exterior paint shall be applied in temperature below 50 F., and all surfaces shall be thoroughly dry prior to application. 3.2 Paint one coat on the top and bottom edges of all doors, both metal and wood after doors have been fitted. 3.3 All metal surfaces shall be solvent cleaned to remove grease and oil and shall have all loose rust and scale removed before painting. New galvanized iron surfaces shall be further cleaned with a strong detergent such as Trisodium Phosphate. 3.4 Items shall be given the number of coats hereinafter specified in addition to any shop coats specified elsewhere. 3.5 Varnishes and enamels shall be lightly sanded and then dusted before succeeding coat is applied. 3.6 No interior painting or finishing shall be permitted until the Owner so authorizes. Follow manufacturer's printed recommendations for drying time before succeeding coats may be applied. 3.7 After interior prime coats have been applied, all remaining necessary puttying or spackling of nail holes, cracks and blemishes shall be done. 3.8 Before any work is done, the Contractor will prepare color and texture samples on the job for the Owners,approval. 3.9 Inspection: Notify the Owner so that each, coat of material is inspected and approved by the Owner before the application of each succeeding specified coat, otherwise no credit for the coat applied will be given, and the contractor automatically assumes responsibility to recoat the work in question. 3.10 $ASIS OF QUALITY This specification lists Sherwin-Williams Paint products to establish a basis of quality. Equal products by Glidden Paints and Pittsburg Paint Co. are acceptable substitutes. Specific Color requirements are listed within this specification, on the building elevations, doer and e',4rdware, details and decor finish requirements. 3.10.1 Steel Doors and Frames (Refer to Sheet A6 and Al2 for door and frame colors) Interior First Coat: Sherwin -"Williams' Kem Kromik Metal Primer. Second & Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Alkyd Eg-Shel Enamel. Exterior First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Kem Kromik Metal Primer Second and Third Coats: Sherwin-Williams' Metal astic II Enamel 3.10.2 Interior Mood Trim and Wood Doors - )tarnished First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Polyurethane Satin Varnish on new wood, reduce I gallon of varnish with I pint mineral spirits. Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Polyurethane Satin Varnish 3.10.3 Interior Wood Trim - Painted First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Enamel Undercoater, Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Latex Eg-shel Enamel 3.10.4 Exterior Downspouts, and wall collector/scupper First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Industrial Water -Based Acrylic Paint B42W110 Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex 3.10.5 Interior Masonry Block First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Heavy Duty Block Filler Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy. Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy 3.10.6 Interior Drywall (To receive vinyl wall covering) First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer Second Coat: Wallcovering Primer (Vinyl Prep) 3.10.7 Interior Drywall (Painted) First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer Second and Third Coats: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss 3.10.8 Exterior Ferrous Metal Handrail, Steel Window Lintels and D.T. Bollard, -sign and light posts. First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Kem Kromik Metal Primer. Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Metalastic lI Enamel 3.10.9 Exterior Walls (Stucco) First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Masonry Conditioner Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex 3.10.10 Exterior Dumpster Walls (Block) First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Heavy Duty Block Filler Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex SECTION 09961 - VINYL WALL COVERING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Furnish and install all vinyl wall covering indicated or specified and clear corner guards as indicated on plans. 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Vinyl wall covering shall be B.F. Goodrich Koroseal in colors and patterns indicated. 2.2 Adhesive shall be B.F. Goodrich Koroseal No. A-848-B containing a milder inhibitor. Pre -mixed vinyl adhesive shall be compatible with the wall surfaces and the vinyl wall covering. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Gypsum board wall surfaces shall be primed and prepared with a release coating to enhance strippability before vinyl wall covering is installed. Refer to Section 9901, PAINTING for requirements. 3.2 Vinyl wall covering and adhesive shall be installed following manufacturer's recommendations and written instructions. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10311 - TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Toilet Room Accessories shall be as scheduled on the drawings. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Provide wood blocking within wall as required to support grab bar, and other surface wall mounted items. DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT SECTION 11401 - FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERA.L 1.1 Food Service Equipment, Exhaust Hoods - See Division 1 General Requirements. DIVISION 12 - NOT INCLUDED DIVISION 13 - NOT INCLUDED DIVISI-ON 14 - NOT INCLUDED 20.0 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 20.1 Furnish and install self-contained completely packaged year round heating an-d cooling units. Units shall be designed, constructed, rated and tested in accordance with ARI Standard 210. Units shall have minimum energy efficiency ratio (EER) of 7.0. Units shall consist of compressors, cooling coils, drain � pan, condenser coils, condenser fans, supply air fan, motors, filters, two stage., gas fired heating, control wiring and piping all enclosed in a weather proof enclosure. Provide full perimeter curb between unit and roof which shall provide strong watertight support for unit. Curb design shall comply with ` National Roofing Contractors Association requirements. Units shall. be Carrier. C 20.2 Unit Enclosures 20.2.1 Enclosure shall be steel with factory applied corrosion and weather resistant finish. Provide gasketed removable panels or access doors for access to all internal parts. All joints shall be air and water tight. 20.2.2 Enclosure shall house all components of equipment, piping and controls. 20.2.3 Enclosure shall be insulated to limit heat transfer and prevent condensation in all areas of contact with conditioned or return air streams. 20.3 Compressor Section 20.3.1 Compressors shall be of the hermetic type and shall be complete with internal thermal and overload protection in each leg, crankcase heaters and service valves. Provide standard 5 year parts and 1 year labor warranty. 20.3.2 Compressor controls shall consist of low pressure cutout, high pressure cutout and high pressure relief. 20.3.3 Magnetic contactors for compressor motors shall be located in unit control panel. 20.4 Condenser Section 20.4.1 Condenser coil shall consist of non-ferrous tubing with mechanically bonded aluminum fins. 20.4.2 Condenser fans shall be propeller type. Fan motors shall have thermal and over -current protection. Magnetic contactors for fan motors shall be located in unit control panel. 20.5 Evaporator Section 20.5.1 Evaporator coils shall consist of copper tubing with.aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubes. Coils shall be provided with liquid line dryer and sight glass. 20.5.2 Supply air fan shall be of the belt driven centrifugal type, with forward curved. blades. Fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced at factory. Fan shall not pass through first critical speed at cataloged RPMs. Magnetic contactors for fan motor shall be located in unit control panel. Provide controls to prove fan operation before heating or cooling can be energized. These controls shall also shut off heating or cooling in event of low air flow. 20.5.3 Provide drain pan under cooling coil of adequate size to catch all coil condensate. Pan shall be zinc coated steel with heavy coat of insulating j sealer. Provide pan with drain line connection and galvanized threaded trap. 20.6 Heating Section 20.6.1 Heating section shall consist of two stage gas fired heat exchanger complete with required gas valves gas piping, factory wiring and combustion fan. Provide minimum (5) five year non -prorated heat exchanger warranty. 20.6.2 Provide manual reset high limit protection for heating section acting through independent and separate contactors. Pilot shall be of the solid state electronic intermittent type: Provide power induced, combustion.. air & purge air. Induced draft fan to run during pilot operation also. 20.7 Filters - Shall be I' thick, low velocity, glass fiber throwaway type in commercially available sizes. 20.8 Outdoor Air 20.8.1 See schedule on drawings for minimum outdoor air requirements. 20.8.2 Kitchen heating and cooling unit shall be provided with automatic economizer kit consisting of modulating motorized outside air dampers, barometric relief air hood discharge air controller, and outside air temperature controller. 20.8.3 Other heating and cooling units shall be provided with minimum motorized outdoor air damper. 20.9 Contractor shall install system in accordance with NFPA 90A. 20.10 Furnish and install fire damper in fresh air intake, where required by local codes. 20.11 Electrical Connections - Electrical Contractor will provide required disconnect switches, install and wire complete to connections in the units. a db +w. w w .... ,. M STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD C.E.CKED BY -rW 114 DATE MARCH 3, 1989 03/15/90 GENERAL REVISION r VARIATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE REV-JONS DESCRIPMN S`£:i TiiLE SPECIFICATIONS ux -k:x ALL %Lhc:�4T��h 3802.1 V1%. Ai"Gh STANDARD ^DR,1Nhv 4JUZ=-P F rz5� 7 P zf :.,AN S.zcT n BE.° n s 00 wz- 1 00 wz- 1 DIV SION`15 -- MECHANICAL` AND, PLi1MBING t SECTION:15501- AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING 1.0 GENERAL:- `1.1 Work included under this -.Division consists of providing labor, materials, appliances, equipment, tools, transportation, 'superintendence and services required to construct and install complete•and proper operating mechanical systems as specified, indicated, and elsewhere required. 2.0 EXAMINATION OF SITE 2.1 Bidder is advised to visit the site and acquaint himself with working `conditions. Contractor shall accept conditions as they exist on bid date. 3.0 MLTERIALS 3.1 Materials, -equipment and appliances shall be new and of best quality unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 Determine that proposed equipment can be installed in space available. Install equipment so parts are readily accessible for inspection and maintenance. Extra compensation will not be allowed for dismantling equipment to obtain entrance into building. 3.3 Materials shall bear Underwriter's Label where such standards have been established and listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 3.4 Materials, equipment and appliances shall conform to latest standards of: Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc, Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning Contractor National Association, Inc. American National Standards Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Testing Materials National Electrical Manufacturer's Association Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 3.5 Use extreme care in selection and installation of equipment to insure that noise and vibration are held to absolute minimum. Correct objectional noise and vibration. Provide vibration eliminators required for proper results. 4.0 PERMITS, FEES AND CODES 4.1 Cost for all fees, permits, tests and inspections shall be paid for by this Contractor. 4.2 Installation shall be in accordance with applicable codes and regulations including: City and/or County Building Inspector National and Local Electrical Codes National Fire Protection Association State, County, and City Department of Health State Plumbing Code Air Pollution Board State Building Code O.S.H.A. Code 5.0 CQQPERATE WITH QTHER TRADES i 5.1 Make known arrangement of work and check arrangement and location of other trades to avoid conflicts. Examine drawings of other trades to determine exact equipment locations for rough in. 6.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Mechanical Contractor shall provide to Owner operation and maintenance manuals. Contractor shall instruct Owner or Owner's representative in operation of all equipment. - 7.0 INSPECTION 7.1 Notify Owner twenty-four hours in advance when piping or equipment is to be tested, before piping is insulated or concealed, and before trenches are backfilled. 7.2 Failing to comply with above, Contractor shall uncover and retest lines, repairing damage to other Contractor's work, as well as his own. 7.3 Before -requesting final payment, inspect installation to assure that work is complete and requirements of contract have been fulfilled. 8.0 CUTTING AND PATCHING 8.1 Unless otherwise indicated, do cutting and patching required for installation of work. 8.2 Do no more cutting than necessary. Cutting of structural members or exposed surface of concrete block will not be permitted. 9.0 INSULATION j 9.1 Provide labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete insulation of mechanical systems and equipment. Insulation shall be applied by i Contractor or manufacturer's representative regularly engaged in the application of insulation. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by Owner. 9.2 Johns -Manville, Owens-Corning or equal. i 9.3 Except for the materials listed hereinafter, all insulation materials, coatings and other accessories shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread, 50 for fuel contribution and 75 for smoke developed; except smoke developed rating shall not exceed 50 for duct coverings and linings; materials shall not produce flaming droplets when subjected to fire. 9.4 Accessories, such as adhesive, mastics, cement, tapes, glass fabric and covers for fittings shall have the same component ratings as listed above. 9.5 All products, or their shipping cartons or packages, shall bear a label indicating that fl ame and smoke ratings do not exceed above requirements. Duct liner shall,be stenciled with 'Meets 90A Requirements' 9.6 Refrigerant Lines - All refrigerant lines shall be insulated with one-half inch aerotube. 9.7 Duct Lining - 'Shall be Johns-Mansville or equal, applied with sound lining adhesive and metal pins. Sound lining shall be 1' thick. Install in supply air ducts, return air ducts and outside air ducts. 9.8 Round Ducts shall be externally Insulated with 10 thick flexible blanket with Integral vapor barrier. 10.0 SHEETMETAL 10.1 Low'Pressure Duct Work: Ducts shall be constructed of�9 alvanized steel unless otherwise indicated of not less than the following gauges: Rectangular: H. S. Std, Gua`e Maximum Size 24 0-30 22 31-54 Round: 26 0-12 10.2 Exhaust duct work for the kitchen exhaust hood shall be constructed of black iron sheets with all welded joints. Install ductwork so pockets are not formed. Pitch duct back towards hood. After welding is complete, joints shall be wire brushed and painted with two coats of zinc -rich rust -inhibitive paint. Ducts shall be constructed of not less than 16 gauge. Entire installation shall comply with requirements of NFPA 96. 10.3 Type of joint connections, bracing, construction, etc., shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the ASHRAE Guide published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air •Condition Engineers, Inc. Ducts shall be substantially air tight. 10.4 Provide flexible fireproof canvas joints in duct connections to fans and units and where indicated on drawings. 11.0 TURNING VANES 11.1 Where indicated. 12.0 EIRE DAMPERS 12.1 Shall meet or exceed NFPA, Bulletin 90A specifications. Install in fresh air intake where required by local code. 13.0 BACK DRAFT DAMPER, 13.1 Install in exhaust air duct at fans noted. 14.0 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS 14.1 All grilles, registers and diffusers shall be manufactured of extruded aluminum and shall be furnished in colors noted in schedule. Units shall be as manufactured by Metalaire or Carnes. Other approved manufacturers are Barber -Colman and Conner. Units shall be ceiling, lay -in units unless noted otherwise. 14.2 Square ceiling diffusers (4 way pattern) shall be of the fully adjustable type to allow complete adjusting of air pattern from horizontal to vertical throw. Units shall be equipped with opposed blade volume damper when indicated on plans. 14.3 Ceiling diffusers requiring one, two or three-way air patterns shall be of the fixed pattern type with opposed blade volume,damper. 14.4 All exhaust registers shall be furnished with Integral opposed blade volume damper, constructed of aluminum. Surface or lay -in as noted. 14.5 See schedule on plans for sizes, capacities, model numbers and colors. Colors shall be as required by Owner. 14.6 Paint flat black all visible sheet metal behind grilles, registers and diffusers- 14.7 Dining return to be multiple registers with opposed blade volume damper. Kitchen return to be multiple grilles with washable or throwaway filters. 15.0 ELASHINGS 15.1 Ducts and pipes through walls or roof shall be properly flashed and counterflashed. 16.0 SPIN FIIJINGS 16.1 Where flexible duct is connected. to rectangular, provide a round transitioni collar with a flat band clamp. 17.0 FLEXIBLE DUCT 17.1 Insulated low pressure flexible duct shall be a factory fabricated assembly consisting of a zinc -coated spring steel helix, non -perforated inner liner, wrapped with a fiberglass insulation. The assembly shall be sheathed in a vapor ' barrier jacket factory sealed at both ends of each section, thus assuring the vapor resistance of each section as well as the completed installation. The composite assembly, including insulation and vapor barrier shall meet the Class 1 requirements of NFPA Bulletin No. 90A, and be labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., with a flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. The 'R' valve measured 9 75'F shall be 5.5 or greater per ASTM C177-71. 17.2 Flexible ducts shall be installed in a fully extended condition free of sags and kinks, using only the minimum length required to make the connection. Where horizontal support is required, flexible duct shall be suspended on 36' centers with a minimum 3/4' wide flat banding materials. All joints and connections shall be made with 1/2' wide positive locking steel straps. 17.3 Insulated low pressure flexible duct shall be Certainteed, 'Certafl ex' 25, as manufactured by the Certainteed Corp., P.O. Box 860, Valley Forge, PA, 19482 or ATCO 70 Series as manufactured by ATCO Rubber Products, Inc., 4920 Bark IV Parkway, Ft. Worth, Texas, 76106. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS RTU-1 Existing controls shall remain as originally installed. Contracts shall service the system and re -calibrate to achieve the sequense of operation specified in the original documents and duplicated below: SEQUENCE OF OPERATION I. ROOFTOP UNIT #1 - (RTU-1) A. FUNCTION -- RTU-1 PROVIDES HEAT, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING FOR THE DINING AREA, IN ADDITION, 100% OF THE MAKE-UPAIR REQUIRED BY THE COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEM, AND 100 CFM OF MAKE-UP AIR FOR REF-2 B. FAN CYCLE -- UNIT RUNS CONTINUOUSLY, DAY CYCLE ONLY. UNIT RUNS INTERMITTENTLY, NIGHT CYCLE ONLY. C. MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR 1. OUTSIDE AIR WILL BE PROVIDED DURING OPERATION OF RTU-I. 2. THE MANUAL DAMPER FURNISHED STANDARD WITH RTU-i WILL BE POSITIONED BY THE AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 913 CFM OF OUTSIDE AIR. D. PROTECTION SYSTEM - HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT 1. HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT (T3) IS LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT. 2. IF THE TEMPERATURE AT 73 EXCEEDS 125"F, THE POWER SUPPLY FOR THE CONTROL PANEL WILL BE INTERRUPTED, SHUTTING DOWN RTU-I OPERATION. 3. T3 MUST BE MANUALLY RESET. E. OCCUPIED CYCLE -- THE START TIME OF THE OCCUPI€D CYCLE FOR EACH DAY OF THE WEEK �1S SET BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1). r' i F. 'HEATING TI G T CYCLE OCCUPIE D 1. THE OCCUPIED SPACE HEATING TEMPERATURE.? -F IS SET BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1)LOCATED IN THE MANAGER'S OFFICE. 2. THE SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-1) LOCATED IN THE DINING AREA STILL CALL FOR HEAT WHEN THE. SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 70-F. 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-1 WILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL HEATING AND ONE STEP OF ELECTRIC HEATING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN 70-F. f G. COOLING -- OCCUPIED t 1. THE SPACE COOLING TEMPERATURE (767) IS SET BY PROGRAMMING TP-1. 2. THE SPACE SENSOR (T-1) WILL CALL FOR MECHANICAL ; COOLING WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 76-F. 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-I WILL STAGE TWO i STEPS of MECHANICAL COOLING TO MAINTAIN 76-F. j H. UNOCCUPIED CYCLE -- THE START TIME OF THE UNOCCUPIED CYCLE 1 FOR EACH DAY OF THE WEEK IS SET BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1). I. HEATING CYCLE -- UNOCCUPIED I. THE UNOCCUPIED SPACE HEATING TEMPERATURE (60-F) IS SET PROGRAMMING SPACE SENSORH(T-i1) WILLCALL2. THEHEAT WHEN THE - SPACE TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 60-F. 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-1 WILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL HEATING AND ONE STEP OF ELECTRIC HEATING TO MAINTAIN 60-F. J. COOLING CYCLE -- UNOCCUPIED .1. THE UNOCCUPIED SPACE HEATING TEMPERATURE (82-F) IS SET BY PROGRAMMING TP-1. 2. THE SPACE SENSOR (T-1) WILL CALL FOR MECHANICAL COOLING WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 82-F. ' 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-1 WILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL COOLING TO MAINTAIN 82-F. K. HEATING CYCLE -- DEFROST 1. DEFROST CYCLE IS ACTIVATED EVERY 90 MINUTES IF REQUIRED BY RTU-1. 2. DEFROST CYCLE AUTOMATICALLY DEACTIVATES WHEN COIL IS CLEAR OR AFTER A MAXIMUM OF TEN MINUTES. 3. TWIN DEFROST CIRCUITS SHALL BE INTERLOCKED SO THAT THEY CANNOT DEFROST AT THE SAME TIME. THIS PERMITS ONE CIRCUIT TO PROVIDE INDOOR HEAT DURING DEFROST PERIODS. j L. PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1) 1. THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION MUST BE PROGRAMMED INTO THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1) AT INITIAL START UP AND WHEN THE BACK-UP BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED OR DISCHARGED. A. TIME OF DAY B. DAY OF WEEK C. OCCUPIED TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS FOR HEATING AND COOLING D. STARTING TIMES FOR OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED PERIODS FOR EACH DAY OF THE WEEK 2. THERMOSTAT PROGRAMMING AT INITIAL START-UP WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE FIELD ENGINEER. 3. THERMOSTAT PROGRAMMING AT INITIAL START-UP, REQUIRED BY A TTEY, MY BE PERFORMED OBYETHE DFIELD OR IENGINEER. SCRGED SSEER HVACAOPERATIONS MANUAL FOR PROPER PROCEDURES. II. EXHAUST SYSTEMS A. GRILL EXHAUST SYSTEM I. EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS HAVE A STARTER WITH A START -STOP STATION LOCATED IN THE KITCHEN CORE. THE FAN IS STARTED BY PUSHING THE APPROPRIATE START BUTTON. 2. UPON STARTING THE GRILL EXHAUST SYSTEM THE THERMOSTATS SERVING AHU-1 (T-10 & T-5) WILL BE ENERGIZED. B. TOILET EXHAUST 1. THE TOILET ROOMS ARE EXHAUSTED BY REF-3. THE FAN IS INTERLOCKED WITH THE TOILET ROOM LIGHTING CIRCUIT. C'- DISHWASHER EXHAUST SYSTEM j 1. EXHAUST FAN HAS A STARTER WITH A START -STOP STATION LOCATED IN THE SERVICE AREA. THE FAN IS STARTED BY I PUSHING THE APPROPRIATE START BUTTON. D. ATTIC EXHAUST I. REF-4 SHALL ENGAGE WHEN ON-LINE T-STAT IN ROOF SPACE SENSES TEMPERATURE ABOVE 100-F. RTU-1 New thermostat shall be Honeywell T7300 programmable day -night device with Q7300 subbase for manual selection of heat or cool operation. Set thermostat: 70'F.heat 76-F cool Motorized minimum outside air damper shall open when thermostat is In 'day' operation. Existing thermostat is to be abandoned. Provide new Honeywell T7300 with Q7300 subbase. Set thermostat: 70-F'heat 76-F cool No outside air damper control is required. W R NG The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for temperature control wiring. N -rr ' rz . Ef�_ -rc 4/ 6 Cc Ty r.► 2�1 rivi\b 0Y Roof _FV(2 Ul 'I rT1. tz.0 KITCHEN HOOQ EXItAUST FANS 22.1 Supply Air Fans 22.1.1 Furnish and install a packaged make-up air roof supply unit for kitchen exhaust hood. Unit shall consist of ;Make-up supply air fan, fan motor and drive, factory wiring including main disconnect and motor starter, outdoor air filters and bird screen, all assembled and housed in steel enclosure with factory applied weatherproof finish. Housing shall include access door or removable panels for access to filters, equipment, wiring and controls. Unit shall be as manufactured by Greenheck, Cook, Jenn-air, Burndage or ACME. 22.1.2 Supply fan shall be belt driven, double inlet, centrifugal blower type. Belt drive shall be rated for not less than 150% of driven horsepower and be provided with adjustable motor sheave. Fan shall be mounted on vibration insulators. Mount unit on prefabricated. 22.2 Exhaust Fans 22.2.1 Fans shall be of the belt driven, backward inclined, centrifugal type with vertical discharge designed to handle grease laden air. Motor and drive shall be isolated from the exhaust air stream. Provide adjustable motor sheave. Fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan shall be AMCA rated and U.L. listed. Drive assembly shall be provided with vibration isolators. Fan housing shall be heavy gauge aluminum and shall include built-in grease drain and bird screen. j 22.2.2 Fans shall be as manufactured by Greenheck or Carnes. Other approved manufacturers are Cook, Acme and Jenn-Air. - 22.2.3 Provide factory installed disconnect switch located inside the fan housing. 22.2.4 Mount fan on prefabricated curb. 23.0 HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM s 23.1 Exhaust hood or hoods (item 96, furnished by KFC) will be delivered to the project with fire suppression piping, nozzles and fusible links pre -piped within the hood. Piping and nozzles will be suitable for use with Ansul R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System. Extinguishing agent shall be potassium carbonate, potassium acetate -based formulation designed for flame knockdown and securement of grease -related fires. Total system shall be U.L. listed.for the specific hazard and shall be installed in accordance"with NFPA 96. c Fire suppression sub -contractor shall furnish 'field items external to the hood in quantities shown on the plans. Refer to plumbing plan sheets for system description and piping requirements. 23.3 Fire suppression sub -contractor shall be responsible for the complete installation and certification of the wet agent suppression system. 24.0 CALIBRATION TEST AND BALANCING 24.1 A completely installed, operating and balanced system is the responsibility of the contractor. Listed below are items to be completed by the contractor's work force, followed by items to be completed by either the HVAC Equipment Package Supplier (Trane or Carrier) or a certified independent air balance agency. 24.1.1 Contractor to do the following: - Set HVAC units to RPM and amp draws listed on setup sheet. - Check and set HVAC evap fans for proper rotation. - Connect and set motor operted outside air controllers and dampers to the settings listed on setup sheet. - Connect HVAC transformers to proper voltage taps. - Wire and checkout night setback system for proper operation. - Install thermostats and check for proper operation. - Install and check all diffusers for proper locations and throw pattern. - Verify that the exhaust hood fans are properly interlocked with the correct make-up air fans and appliances. - Verify that the HVAC outside air damper controllers are properly interlocked with the exhaust system and night setback system. - Set exhaust and make-up air fans to RPM values listed on setup sheet. C - Adjust exhaust and make-up air fans for proper rotation. \ - Verify that all fans are in the proper location- - Verify that hood exhaust filters are installed properly. - Verify that the non -heated make-up air ducts have dampers to each hood opening. - Verify that each supply run has its dampers open and locked. - Verify that each fan has the proper voltage present at the motor. - Verify proper motor tap on restroom fan. - mechanical contractor must be present during the balance to make adjustments on dampers, pulleys, and controls as required, - Electrical contractor must be present as required for electrical 00ft soft* ,.. g ,•• arlw controls and power changes. STANDARD 24.1.2 HVAC Equipment Package Supplier or certified air balance agency to do the MARNBY CADD following: i COCKED 8T , - Inspect for proper fan installation. DATE MARCH 3,1989 REvissoo+s oE5CR1PrW - Check for proper exhaust fan operation including interlock. 03/15/90 QC:ENERAL. REYiSM - Check for air flow from each diffuser. - - Check thermostat for proper functional operation, - Check rooftop unit for proper thermostat connections, voltage taps, and outside air interconnect. - Check night setback operation of thermostats. - Check outside damper operators for proper operation. - - - Measure amperage and RPM of each HVAC unit. (Direct the mechanical contractor to adjust pulleys to proper values to obtain desired results.) Check the speed tap for -the bathroom exhaust fan and direct the , mechanical contractor to adjust as required. - Measure the restroon exhaust and supply diffusers and adjust the volumes near the values listed on the drawings. - Measure the return air values of the HVAC units and adjust to near the required values listed on the drawings. - Measure the main exhaust hood fan volumes and direct the mechanical contractor in the adjustment of the fans to obtain values near those listed on the drawings. - Submit a one page summary of the building balance values and equipment settings. - Complete installation inspection. - measure supply air volumes from each HVAC unit with a flow hood, adjusting values to desired values. Smoke hoods for capture ability. VARIATION TM LL I s s ;s s }} - i x SECTION. 15401 PLUMBING 2.9 Excavation > 2.6 Wall Switches shall be gray for s SECTION 164.01 - SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION' g y stainless steel plates, and shall be as follows E 1.A GENERA 2.9.1 Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for piping inside and outside or approved equal. P building. Backfill shall be placed in layers not over six inches in depth, and 1.0 GENERA 2.6.1 20A' SP 2 - , .. 1.1 This section includes all labor and materials required to complete properly solidly tamped and compacted to a density of not less than that of adjacent , , 1 5/277 V. A & H #1991GRY, Bryant #4901GRY, or Hubbell #1221GRY x b. operating system, undisturbed earthy 1.1 Scope Section 16011 applies to all work hereunder and shall include service, 2.6.2 ZOA, 3W, 125/277Y - A & H #1993GRY, Bryant 4903GRY, or Hubbell #1223GRY. metering and distribution,' �,_ 1.2 Work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and 2.9.2 Lines under floor slab shall be installed, tested and approved before slabs are N shall present appearance typical of best trade practice. Work not installed in poured. 2.6.3 20A, 4W, 125/277V - A & H #1994GRY, Bryant 4904GRY, or Hubbell #1224GRY. 1.2 Service: Contractor shall verify service voltage and type of termination with this manner shall be repaired or replaced. local Utility Company and shall provide necessary revisions -and modifications. 2.10 Pipe Insulation 2.6.4 20A, SP, 125/277V with pilot light - Arrow -hart #1991-PL, Bryant #4901-PL, or required. Service terminations may either be underground,or overhead depending 1.3 Cost for all fees, permits, tests and inspections shall be paid by this - Hubbell #1221-PL. on the Utility Company's requirement and approval by Owner. Contractor. Furnish (3) copies of inspection certificate before requesting 2.10.1 All hot and cold water piping in walls, above ceilings and exposed shall be final payment. insulated with 1/2 thrck closed cell plastic type insulation similar to 2.6.5 20A, SP, 125/277V, weatherproof - Arrow -Hart #2991/2881-C or Hubbell #1281 1795. 1.3 Metering: Contractor shall provide necessary metering facilities including Johns -Manville 'Aerotube Longitudinal seams shall be sealed. Lateral seams meter socket, current -transformer cabinet, conduit and other work for. metering U 1.4 Test system under normal operating conditions and demonstrate that parts are (butt joints) shall be sealed on cold water pipes only, 2.7 Receptacles shall be gray for stainless steel plates, and shall be as follows or required by the local Utility Company. functioning properly. Test piping before it is insulated or concealed. Piping approved equal. Provide other receptacles as indicated on the drawings. Q shall be tested�in accordance with the requirements of the authority having 2.10.2 Insulate fittings continuous but do not insulate valve bodies nor fixture 1.4 Grounding: All exposed non -current carrying metallic parts of electrical Y Jurisdiction. supplies. 2.7.1 20A, 125V, duplex - A & H #5362GRY (1), Bryant #5362GRY(1), or Hubbell #5362GRY equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways, and m _ M. neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground connection 1.5 Exterior utilities shall have a minimum earth cover of thirty-six inches unless 2.10.3 Pipe hangers may be installed under insulation on hot water piping. Hangers, i shall be made at the main service equipment and shall extend to the point Of indicated otherwise. Pitch soil, waste and drain lines on a one percent grade. with appropriate saddles, shall be installed outside the pipe covering on cold 2.7.2 20A, 125V, twistlock - Hubbell 2310. entrance of the metallic water service. Connection to the water pipe shall be water piping. made with a suitable ground clamp. Metallic water service shall be grounded as 1.6 All equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' 2.7.3 30A, 250V, 3W-G - A & H #5700, Bryant 9630FR or Hubbell #9430. described by NFPA 70. Where there are no metallic water services to the recommendations. 2.11 Condensate Drain Piping building, ground connections shall be made to driven -ground rods on the exterior 2.7.4 50A, 250V, 3P, 4W-G - A & H, P & S or Hubbell 8450 with 8452 plug & 4/C #8 SO of the building. 1.7 Contractor shall furnish and install any auxiliary lines, or accessories 2.11.1 Drain piping and fitting above roof may be galvanized steel pipe, DWV copper Cord, necessary fp r the proper functioning of the equipment and systems, whether or drain pipe or PVC plastic pipe. Drain piping above suspended ceilings to floor 1.4.1 Ground Rods shall be of zinc -coated copper -clad steel not less than 3 4 not specified or indicated on the plans. drain shall be PVC plastic pipe. PVC plastic pipe shall be solvent cement 2.7.5 Ground Fault - A & H #53GF62, Bryant #53GF62 or Hubbell #GF 5362. Provide , / inch in diameter, 8 feet long driven full length into the earth. The maximum socket type fittings and pipe conforming to ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, and 02466 spring loaded weatherproof covers where required by code. resistance of a driven ground rod shall not exceed 25 ohms under normally dry 1.8 Contractor shall provide in walls behind fixtures adequate wood blocking for or D2665. Maximum distance between pipe supports for PVC piping shall be 4 conditions. If this resistance cannot be obtained with a single rod additional r fixture hanger plates. Plates shall be secured to blocking as per feet. 2.7.6 Clock & Sign Hanger - A & H #5708, Bryant #2828-GS or Hubbell #5235. rods may be coupled and driven with the first rod. g � E� manufacturers' instructions, - DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 2.8 Plates - Provide face plates for all devices including wall switches, 2,0 M&I RIALS 2.0 MATERIALS receptacles, telephone outlets and all wall outlets. Face plates shall be satin SECTION 16011 - BASIC ELECTRICAL__R2.1 The main distribution . REQUIREMENTS finished stainless steel in all -food preparation, Lobby and Dining areasnstallati panelboard shall be furnished by KFC to the Contractor for i 2.1 Soil, Waste and Vent Pipe on by the Electrical Contractor. The Panelboard furnished shall - 1.0 gENERAL 2.9 Lighting Fixtures shall be furnished by Contractor as scheduled on drawings comply with Federal Specs WP115a, type 19 class 1 and shall be unassembled with 2.1.1 Soil, waste and vent piping larger than two inches, and piping in earth inside except for those indicated to be furnished by Owner. Contractor shall install current limiting circuit breakers rated at 100,000 rms-s etrical amperes 1.1 Contractor shall provide all necessary materials, labor, tools, transportation, all lighting fixtures, provide necessary mounting hardware. All recessed Ywi p he and building shall be ABS plastic pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM-D2661• P Y P 9 9 y g housed in a NEMA 3R raintight enclosure having a minimum width of 42 inches and ASTM4628, PVC plastic pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM-D2665, ASTM-D2949 or superintendence and related items to install a complete and fully operative lighting fixtures shall be thermally -protected as required by code. a minimum depth of 9 1/2 inches. Bussing shall be braced for 65,000 rms _ service weight cast iron pipe with service weight cast iron hub and spigot `� interior and exterior electrical system as specified herein, shown on the - asymmetrical amperes, The panel shall bear a label indicating its approval for fittings. Joints in cast iron pipe shall be packed with oakum and caulked with drawings and elsewhere required. 2.10 Lamps • use as service entrance equipment. Feeder circuits shall be identified with poured lead or be neoprene gasket type. lamacoid engraved plastic plates having 1/2' high letters on black background.YA' Oi0 1.2 All outlets, fixtures and equipment shall be fully connected to proper sources 2.10.1 Contractor shalt furnish and install one complete set of lamps for all lighting Main distribution panelboard shall be square D I -Line or approved equal.7 2.1.2 Waste and vent piping two inch and smaller shall be ABS plastic, PVC steel pipe of power supply and left ready for use. fixtures supplied by the contractor. Fixtures supplied by the owner or others and fittings or DWV copper pipe with cast brass solder joint, drainage fittings. shall be furnished with lamps by each respective fixture supplier. Provide 2.2 Branch Panelboards shall be furnished by KFC to the Contractor for in 1.3 Provide all excavation and tam-backfill as required to complete work. Correct label in each fixture indicating size and type of lam corresponding with by the Electrical Contractor. installation P q p 9 YP P P 9 The shall be factory unassembled bolt -on circuit 2.1.3 Provide cleanouts as indicated and required by codes. Cleanouts inside building any settling during guarantee period to Owner's satisfaction, schedule on drawing. breaker type, minimum of 20 inches They and 5 3/4 inches deep, recessed or shall be turn ZN-1420. Cleanout outside building shall be Zurn ZN-1460. surface mounted as indicated. Trim shall have hinged door with lock and key, 1.4 Provide all necessary cutting and patching as required to complete work. 2.10.2 Fluorescent lamps shall be color shown in schedule, energy efficient, and typewritten circuit directory on inside door protected with cleary 2.1.4 Subject soil, waste and vent piping to hydrostatic test of not less than ten Patching shall be done by mechanics skilled at their work. All openings shall manufactured by General Electric Watt Miser I1. shield in a card holder. Circuit breakers shali be rm - plastic the al magnetic full size, -foot head or air test of .not less than five pounds per square inch using mercury be filled and matched to conform with fire regulations. � common trip on 2 and 3 pole With trip free handles, rated not less than.10,000 column gauge. After fixtures have been installed subject entire system, 2.10.3 Incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted with 2500 hour lamp life rated 130 RMS amperes. Branch panelboards shall be Square D NQOD or approved equal. ' exclusive of house sewer to air test equal to one inch water column and prove 1.5 Cooperate with other trades: Make known to other trades arrangement of volts._ _.�. tight. electrical work and examine work of other trades to avoid conflicts. Examine 2.3 HVAC Disconnect Switches shall be furnished by KFC. All disconnect switches drawings of other trades to determine exact equipment locations. Examine 2.11 Fluorescent Ballasts shall be energy efficient, manufactured by General shall be normal duty type NEMA NO, unfused unless noted otherwise, and with 2.2 Hot and Cold Water Piping manufacturers shop drawings to determine roughing -in requirements. Electric, Maxi -Miser II. operator interlocked with the door so door can be opened only in the 'on' Position. Switches shall be manufactured by General Electric Square D. 2.2,1 Cold water piping outside building shall be Type 'K' copper,-6 Permits - Fees - Codes: Pay all costs for permits, fees and inspections 2.12 Starters: Three-phase units shall be Allen-Bradley, Bul 509-TAD with 120 volt Westinghouse'. " q required by authorized agencies having jurisdiction over electrical work. coil, N.O. auxiliary contact, and with red pilot (in cover). - 2.2,2 Hot and cold water piping above ground shall be Type 'L' copper with approved Electrical system shall conform to requirements of National, State and Local 2.4 Execution: Panelboards shall be installed at height, indicated Electric Codes, Local authorities and Utility Company. 3,0 , on riser a cast brass or wrought copper solder joint fittings. drawing. Disconnect switches shall be installed 4'-0' above finished floor r where possible. A11 cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned before pulling wire. ' 2,2.3 Subject hot and cold water piping to hydrostatic test of one hundred fifty 1.7 Equipment manufacturers', other than those listed, will be acceptable upon 3,1 Raceway System - - Y written approval of Owner. All electrical materials shall be listed and 'labeled • pounds for twenty-four hours. Not and cold water piping shall be thoroughly by UL and shall conform to NEMA and other industry standards. 3.1.i All wire shall be installed in a conduit a • flushed with water and then filled with chlorine solution of 50 PPM and let and shall be concealed where possible. stand for eight hours. Chlorine solution shall be drained and piping flushed Where necessary to expose the wiring the raceway shall be installed as with clean water prior to operation. P p g 1.8 Provide typewritten directories in branch panelboards with clear plastic inconspicuously as possible and in straight lines, parallel with the building shields. Provide engraved plastic name plates on all disconnect switches, motor lines. Cut raceway square, ream smooth and make-up tight. Plug ends of 2.3 Gas Piping starters, control devices; and switches in service entrance equipment, raceways during construction and swab -clean before pulling wire or cable. Support raceways from building structural members only with approved fasteners 1.9 Tests: Entire electrical system shall be fully tested and corrected of any designed for the purpose.,,„ av ;CADD 2.3,1 The Contractor shall arrange with the Local Gas Company to make connection to the gas main in the street indicated on the drawings, to extend the service pipe short circuits, open grounds, faulty wiring and incorrect connections. arc er to the meter, and provide meter, valves, etc. as required b local as com an 3.1.2 Raceway system shall be installed to maintain the maximum headroom with required q Y g P y• 1.10 Guarantee: Complete electrical system including all materials, equipment and supports for the load. All anchors, straps an clips shall be the type designed DATE MARCH, 3,1989 Contractor shall .obtain and pay for service and meter. Gas service shall be of sufficient size to provide the flow of gas per hour as indicated on drawings. labor shall be guaranteed for a period of one year beginning with date of for the purpose installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. M�EVriOitSOE5CR7i�rt 9 acceptance of building by Owner. Common supports may be used for mechanical and electrical equipment by ! 03/15/110 2,3,2 Gas piping inside building shall be standard weight Schedule 40 black steel coordinating the work with all trades. - GEWRM MVISM threaded pipe. Provide one -hundred fiftySECTION 16051 - BASIC MAjjAND METHOD pound compound rated malleable iron 3.1.3 All electrical boxes shall be supported from building structural members fittings. Make all threaded joints using joint compound on male threads only. 1,0 N independently of the conduit raceways, mechanical _ - P Y Y a systems or suspended ceiling 2.3.3 Gas piping outside building shall be same as above except shall be coated with supports. Recessed boxes shall be flush with surrounding surfaces. All boxes Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company's Scotch Kote mill -wrapped pipe. 1.1 Section 16011 applies to all work hereunder and shall include conduit, boxes, - and cabinets shall be protected during construction and shall be cleaned before Fittings and joints for mi-31-wrapped pipe shall be Scotchwrap No. 50. Laps wire, wiring devices, lighting fixtures and related materials. pulling wire and installing devices. shall be one-haif`the width of tape used, Braking double thickness application. � 2.0 MATERIALS _ Laps shall extend approximately 6' each side of joint or fittings. Underground + 3.2 Wire: Use only approved type wire -pulling lubricants for wire #4 AWG or piping may be plastic as -approved by local codes and serving gas company. larger. Splice wire only in accessible boxes. Make wire joints mechanical) ' 2.1 Conduit Y .. z strong before applying the connector, and where tape is used, wrap each Joint to the thickness of the original insulation. Clean and polish metallic surfaces t '= 2.3.4 Provide a gas cask, dirt leg, and union at point of connection to each piece of 2,1.1 Connections to equipment shall be made with three feet flexible liquidtight gas equipment. before installing conductors. Apply pressure type lugs on standard conductors - conduit with liquidtight connectors. connected to screw or bolt type connections. 2.3.5 Subject gas piping to test of not less than ten pounds per square inch or twenty 2.1.2 Connections to recessed lighting fixture inches of mercury. APPLY Pressure with force pump and maintain for sixty 9 g s shall be made with�six feet of 3.3 Wiring Devices: Unless noted otherwise, receptacles shall. be installed 12 VARIATION flexible conduit from a box within two feet of the fixture. above the finished floor, switches shall be 48' and clock hangers 8'-0'. minutes without leakage. After connections of all equipment, system shall be g _ DRAWN sv�j retested for leakage. Receptacles noted above work counters and cabinets (AC) shall be mounted above av 2.1.3 Rigid galvanized threaded thickwall conduit with threaded fittings shall be the splash back. Weatherproof receptacles shall be installed so that the cover Dcao 2.4 Fixtures provided in slabs on grade. Conduits below slabs on grade or in earth outside protects the device in the open position. Receptacles shall be bonded to DATE of buildings shall be Schedule 40PVC with separate grounding conductor per NEC metallic boxes or to separate ground conductor per NEC. RE T 2.4.1 Furnish and install fixtures as indicated on equipment schedule. Article 347-4, 1987 Edition, where acceptable by Local Codes. Where the use of PVC conflicts with Local Codes substitute rigid galvanized threaded thickwall 3.4 Equipment Connections: Provide all necessary motor starters, disconnect ' 2.4.2 All exposed fittings, supplies, strap, etc., shall be chrome plated. conduit painted with two coats of Asphaltum and with the two coats applied at switches, controls, conduit, boxes, wire, etc. and connect complete to each Joints after installation. piece of equipment requiring connections indicated on the drawings. Where . 2.4.3 The connection of fixture traps from lavatories to waste pipe shall be made with equipment ratings differ from that indicated, consult Owner. Where equipment is - ABS plastic, PVC plastic or DWV type copper. 2.1.4 All other conduit shall be electric metallic tubing with compression type noted as future, terminate circuit in junction box and tape ends of the ' fittings. - conductors. 2.5 Valves 2.2 Boxes 3.5 Lighting Fixtures: Provide all necessary mounting hardware and related items to 2.5.1 Water valves shall be Jenkins 370 or 1240. Valves on 3 compartment sink shall properly install the lighting fixtures. Fixtures supported in exposed grid be Cooper. 2.2.1 Concealed boxes shall be 4 inch square galvanized steel with galvanized ceilings shall be provided with clips. Fixtures mounted in or on the ceilings extension rings, total depth of not less than 2 1/2 inches. shall be aligned with tiles. Lighting fixtures shall be supported f the 2.5.2 Gas valves shall be Walworth 554 or 1797E. building structural members except for exposed grid ceilings where a ceiling 2.2.2 Surface mounted boxes shall be cast weatherproof aluminum. supporting mire shall be provided at each fixture corner. 2.6 Hangers - 2.3 Wire. All wire shall be installed in conduit. Conductors shall be 98% 3.6 Cleaning: All equipment including panelboards, switches, wiring devices, ' uns Conductivity Copper of #12 AWG minimum size. Insulation shall be color coded, 2.6.1 Hangers shall. be split ring type secured to building construction with rods. Y PP lighting fixtures, wall plates, etc. shall be free of corrosion, dirt, paint SREC�iCAfi Install hangers on outside of insulation with sheet metal saddle between hanger and rated for 600 volts minimum. Type THHN or THWN shall be used where conduit spatter or damage of any sort at final acceptance of the work. Contractor shall and insulation. sizes are limited. At other locations, type TW y be used in sizes #10 and #12 clean, repair or replace same as instructed by the Owner before final payment. AWG and type THW for larger sizes. 2.7 Plates 3.7 Workmanship: All work shall be performed by workmen skilled at their trades and w shall be typical of the best trade practices. 2,4 Wire Connectors for sizes #10 AWG and less shall be Buchanan 'Press-5hure . 2.7.1, Provide chromeplated plates around all exposed bare and insulated piping Ideal 'Wrap -Cap', TA 8 'Stakons' or 3M 'Scotchlok'. Connectors for wire size - passing through floors, wall and ceiling. #8 larger shall be T & 8 or Burndy methods using hydraulic presses. - c aTM 380201 ~ VAXATlQMMi 2.8 Flashing ; � 2.5 Electric Tape shall Johns- nville 'Dutch -Brand-, 3M 'Scotch Brand' or _ Plymouth 'Slipknot Brand). ,. . STANDARD 2,8.1 Flash vents through roof with four pound sheet lead extending twelve inches � - � ` �; around pipe. Extend flashing to top of pipe and town down inside at least one i i SP6tidEti.32 ' inch.- _ s a a a a I X X J J a I 1 w 1 LiJ I J .L_ J 1- �o v 1 to m EL 4 tL f J SIZE: CONSTRUCTION: EXTERIOR: COOKLINE: DECOR: 55'-0' X 70'-0' CONVERSION OF EXIST. FACILITY BRICK/SHINGLE W/PARTIAL AWNING COLLECTRAMATIC UPTOWN -BLUE (76 SEATS) SANFORD FIRE H AVENUE SANFORD'NT 1303 FRENCH ,32771 pUgLIC HEALTH UNiT _ HRS SEMINOLET COUNTY E 3004 SOUT C,A SANFORD LaRIDA 32773 .APPROVED DISAPPROVED REVIEWED v COPIIM S: ` _U.Tl;a lTY IG:UIN,NE CT I O,N fE E I �L� `T)�1°�1 ;,�1c�I � i �- �C"o i:�'C � � l��i I•..� l.C��'= ��.�? L �r..�j To rt41'0 , DRAWING INDEX: KFC 3802.1 STANDARD STANDARD VARIATION SHEET NO. TITLE DATE REVISION TYPE DATE REVISION/ DRAWING N0. COVER COVER 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL. RK5451COV.SAN Sl SITE LAYOUT 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL. RK5451SOI.SAN S2 SITE DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451SO2.SAN Al EXISTING/DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL. RK5451AOI.SAN A2 EXISTING/DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL. RK5451AO2.SAN A3 EXISTING/DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS 04/30/90' SANFORD, FL. RK5451AO3.SAN A4 NEW FLOOR PLAN 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451A04.SAN A5 NEW EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451AO5.SAN A6 NEW EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451A06.SAN A7 WALL SECTIONS 04/27/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451AO7.SAN 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451A08.SAN AB WALL SECTIONS 1 A9 DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE & DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451AO9.SAN AIO SEATING PLAN, NOTES & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451AIO.SAN All CORE DRILL PLAN & SKYLIGHT DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451AII.SAN Al2 SERVICE COUNTER PLAN & DECOR DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451Al2.SAN AI3 CONDIMENT COUNTER & DECOR DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451AI3.SAN A14 WINDOW/MUG TEMPLATE 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451A14.SAN EQI 1-1 KITCHEN ELEVATIONS & PLAN 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451EOI.SAN E02 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE & NOTES 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451E02.SAN PI PLUMBING PLAN & PIPING DIAGRAMS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451POI.SAN P2 PLUMBING LEGEND & DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451PO2.SAN MI HVAC PLAN, SECTIONS & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451MOI.SAN M2 HVAC ROOF PLAN, SCHEDULES & DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451M02.SAN El LOWER LEVEL PLAN & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451EOI.SAN E2 UPPER LEVEL PLAN & SCHEDULE 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451E02.SAN LEGEND, MAIN DISTRIBUTION PLAN & DETAILS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL RK5451EO3.SAN E3 SPI SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL SP2 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL SP3 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL SP4 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL SP5 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL SP6 SPECIFICATIONS 04/30/90 SANFORD, FL MATERIAL LEGEND OWNER SYMBOL LEGEND SUPPLIED ITEMS ROOM GRANULAR FILL Artwork 04 NAME & ROOM NUMBER Booster Seats Booths a DOOR OPENING NUMBER Q c Chairs CONCRETE Condiment Counter O WINDOW TYPE Cupola Tower C D/T Menuboard and Speaker Post CONCRETE BLOCK Drive Thru Sound System EQUIPMENT w/ Magnetic Loop PMENT/FURINTURE 31 Drive Thru Window ITEM NUMBER BRICK Exhaust Hood Exterior Decor Lights - BUILDING ELEVATION Exterior Trash Receptacle ® INSULATION - RIGID Fire Extinguishers Hand Sink (Kitchen) Q REVISION MARKER HVAC Control Panel ® Hearsignt Communication INSULATION - BATT Module System High Chairs DETAIL IL N0. Illuminated Awning _t } WOOD FRAMING (CONTINUOUS) Kitchen Equipment (all) Kitchen Tile �-SHEET/ Logo Panels Neon Logo Lettered Sign `ELEVATION N0. WOOD FRAMING (INTERRUPTED) Partitions w/ & w/o Etched Glas$ Pendant Lights Planters ® FINISH WOOD Rear Entry Light U�-SHEET Security System Settees PLYWOOD Signage- Exterior SECTION Signage - Interior Skylight Grid and Lenses Smoke Alarm Panel GYPSUM BOARD Switchgeor SHEET Tables & Bases 3 Compartment Sink Toilet Accessories Package j. STUCCO Transom Panels SECT/ELE/DET. Trash Receptacle/PlanterTrash s Q77�­NO. Up/DownL ghtings REFERENCE Walk-in Cooler/Freezer Wall Lights Yard Lighting with Anchor Bolts CODE CRITERIA BUILDING CODE BUILDING AREA 2762 SQ,FT. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION SEATING CAPACITY 76 CONSTRUCTION TYPE ABBREVIATIONS e a M i tD ' Z CY C Nj s n a. N a o, v r. Z U: Y �. c� Z Z v� Sy �f }; .• Ww U L �. C= Odd RK5451SPi.SAN RK5451SP2.SAN RK5451SP3.SAN RK5451SP4.SAN RK5451SP5.SAN STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE MARCH 3, 1989 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION I 03/15/ 0 REVISIONS RK5451SP6.SAN A.B. anchor bolt(s) NO. number A/C air conditioning NOM. nominal ACOUS. acoustic N. 1. C. not in contract ADJ. adjustable N.T.S. not to scale A.F.F. above finish floor 0/0 outside to outside AT attached O.C. on center ALUM. aluminum OPNG. opening VARIATION BLDG. BLK. building block PLYWD. plywood DRAWN BY BLKG. blocking P. S. F. pounds per square CHECKED BY foot C.J. control joint P. S. 1. pounds per square DATE centerline inch CLG. ceiling PREFAB. prefabricated REVISIONS DESCRIPTION C.M.U. concrete masonry unit Q.T. quarry the CONC. concrete OTY. quanity CONST. construction CONT. continuous RECP. receptacle C.T. ceramic the REI NF. reinforce DIA, diameter REQ'D. required DSPT. downspout RM. R.O. room rough opening D.T. DWG. drive thru drawing R.T.U. roof top unit EA. each SHT. sheet EL. elevation SI M. similar ELEC. electric(al) SPECS. specifications EQ. equal SO. FT. square foot, feet EQUIP. equipment STD. standard EXH. exhaust STL. steel EXP. JT. expansion joint STRUC. structural SUSP. suspended F.D. floor drain FIN. finish TEMP. temperature FL. floor THK. thickness) SHEET TITLE fiootdation T.O.S. top of slab COVER FTDN. TYP. typical FTG. footing U.O.N. otherwise G. noted MATRIX GA. gauge GALV. galvanized VERT. vertical G.B. gypsum board G.C. gen. contractor w/ with HD. hold down W/O without GENERATION 3802.1 H height WD. W.W.F.welded wood wire fabric VARIATION H.. M. hollow metal 1 N. inch(s) DRAWING NUMBER I NSUL. insulation CK5451COV.SAN LB. pound SHEET NUMBER MAT L. MAX. material maximum COVER MECH. mechanical MFGR. manufacturer MIN. minimum �� MISC. miscellaneous 1 M.O. masonry opening MTG. mounting y s ;s s a s a i 6 1 GENERAL NOTES CONC. PAD (SEE SITE PLAN) 5Q` I. THESE ARE STANDARD DETAILS -LOCAL CODES PREVAIL. _o 1'-32 6' CONC. CURB 2. ALL DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET MAY NOT APPLY -SEE SITE pp I'-3' o ,n PLAN FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. n . VY i en ( �- CF! cu1= f= T Ar, IMP PAINT rnl nR ION SITE ITFMS SUCH 0 ? a s iD x a w a z w -J Li w U z w w LL_ w X I - a w a z w L1.. LU z w cr w Li w w x x x F-- a J a w a z w w LL w wc� c.) J z LLJ LV)LL_ w CD PM ( n 01 a) I a o - AS DUMSTER ENCLOSURE AND BOLLARDS, ETC. r - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4. EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURBS MAY BE FURNISHED AS A DEDUCT 0- me - ALTERNATE NOTED ON BID. (IF REQUIRED) / I SPEAKER BASE B' 5. CONTRACTOR MAY AT HIS OPTION POUR CURB INTEGRAL WITH SIDEWALK Z `�' v SPEAKER BASE o \ 3 MENU BOARD AND TURN DOWN EDGE 12 INCHES BELOW FINISHED GRADE.(IF REQUIRED) z' 0, i j 'LANDSCAPED° NOTES r� `o MENU BOARD o \ Y o 6. AREAS DESIGNATED 'LANDSCAPED' SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CLEAN \ SUBSOIL, FREE OF BUILDING DEBRIS, CRUSHED ROCK, MORTAR MIX, ETC. Z - ( W:O _.-... / - - - --------- - - - - -- Y'O 3'-0• 15' MIN. RADIUS 80' SPEAKER 7. AREAS DESIGNATED 'LANDSCAPED' SHALL BE FILLED WITH NOT LESS X THAN FOUR INCHES OF TOPSOIL CONTAINING HUMUS WHICH SHALL BE Q TO DRIVE-THRU BROUGHT TO A HEIGHT OF TWO INCHES BELOW CURBINGS. SUCH o s -0• LAYOUT B WINDOW DESIRED DUMPSTER GATE ELEVATION (N/A) TOPSOIL SHALL BE FREE OF WEEDS AND FIELD GRASSES AND SHALL LAYOUT A MEET THE APPROVAL OF THE KFC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR, NOTES: 1/41=1'-0" 7 WHERE POSSIBLE TOPSOIL SHALL BE PULVERIZED. I. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AUTO, MENU, SPEAKER AND RADIUS POINT REMAIN THE SAME ON CURVE OR STRAIGHT AWAY. GATE POST SECTION (N/A) 6 8. IN AREAS WHERE PRIOR BUILDINGS OR DRIVES HAVE EXISTED (SUCH 2. MINIMUM DRIVE-THRU CURVE SHOULD BE 15' RADIUS 3. ALWAYS TRY TO ALLOW 80, FROM CENTER LINE OF DRIVE-THRU WINDOW TO CENTER LINE OF SPEAKER (FOUR y2"=1'-0' AS REMODEL OR REBUILD UNITS), ALL AREAS DESIGNATED 'LANDSCAPED' FULL CAR LENGTHS, INCLUDING SPACE BETWEEN). - FORMED BY CURBINGS LAID OVER BLACKTOP OR COMPACTED STONE FROM THE PREVIOUS STRUCTURES, SHALL BE FULLY EXCAVATED OF ALL SUCH BASE MATERIALS TO NATURAL SUBSOIL LEVEL. w TYPICAL DRIVE-THRU MENU BOARD/SPEAKER LAYOUT FILL I FILL AND TOPSOIL SHALL NOT BE PLACED ,OVER CONCRETE, ASPHALT, = OR COMPACTED ROCK. a p 9. IN AREAS ADJACENT TO 'LANDSCAPED' AREAS (I.E.: ALONG SIDE- © W WALKS, FOUNDATION LINES, AND CURBINGS), UNDER -RUN FROM CONC. FORMS SHALL BE BROKEN AWAY AT THE TIME THAT CONC. Q L -) GROUND WIRE(BLUE OR BLACK) 6' SPEAKER STAND FORMS ARE REMOVED. p SPEAKER STAND 10. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, BACKFILLING WITH WET SOIL SHALL BE p - 6 _� AVOIDED 1N AREAS DESIGNATED 'LANDSCAPED'. SUCH CONDITIONS 6' SPEAKER _ CONCRETE CURB PRODUCE A HARD, NON-ABSORBANT AND NON -DRAINING SOIL CORE NOTE: SOLDER & INJURIOUS TO PLANT MATERIALS AS A RESULT OF OVER -COMPACTION. INSULATE BOTH ` 11. DUMPING OF WASTE CLEANING FLUIDS SUCH AS ACIDS USED TO CLEAN CONCRETE CURB MAG. LOOP CONN. ;.� _ ,t PREFAB MAGNETIC LOOP ,,� �_ , � ( FACE BRICK, OIL FROM CONCRETE FORMS, ETC. SHALL NOT OCCUR IN WHITE -BLACK PAIR I THE AREAS DESIGNATED 'LANDSCAPED'. III -I TOP OF CONCRETE PAD I 12. ALL UNDERGROUND WATER LINES, VALVE BOXES, ACCESS PLATES, 10 . CONCRETE PAD �l- j' j ETC. SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY A STAKE AND RED RIBBON BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE STARTING OF FINISH 4 _ vlll 11 GRADING BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR. --- ----------- - - CHAIN LINK GATE NOTES�� V. 4 v v 6` g, 13. N/A .. ��ONC. BASE LOOP SUPPORT I._3. 14. N/A RED -BLACK PAIR ELEC. & DRIVE-THRU CONDUITS FROM BUILDING (N/A) UNDERGROUND Y4' CONDUITS CONC. BASE-I'-6' X 1'-6' X 1'-6' DETAIL 8 15. N/A TO BUILDING FLUSH W/ TOP OF CURB I •_ • PREFAB MAGNETIC LOOP (KFC SUPPLIED, AND G.C. INSTALLED) 17. FOR DUMPSTER LOCATION, SEE SITE PLAN. NOTE: FOR SIZE OF CONCRETE DRIVE-THRU PAD SEE SITE PLAN coo Ifflo 1. N/A DETECTION/SPEAKER ISOMETRIC DETECTION SPEAKER DETAIL YARD LIGHTING NOTES 2 3 18. FOUNDATION SHALL BE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C.. INSTALLATION NOTES 19. G.C. TO VERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTUAL I. ESTABLISH POSITION OF MENUBOARD AND SPEAKER POST USING SIZE OF FOOTING AND REINFORCING BECAUSE OF THE VARIANCES OF LOCALITIES AND SOIL CONDITIONS. AMERICAN SIGN & MARKETING DRAWING N0.2082. 7" 20. G.C. SHALL INSTALL CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO BASE OF EACH POLE. 2. EXCAVATE FOUNDATION AND POSITION CONDUIT AND ANCHOR DETAIL (N/A) BOLTS AS INDICATED ON DETAIL I THRU 5. CHECK CENTERS TO �0O INSURE ALIGNMENT BEFORE POURING CONCRETE, COORDINATE WITH i 9 21. FOR LOCATION OF YARD LIGHTING, SEE SITE PLAN OR STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. M /2 -I 0 VERIFY WITH KFC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR. 3. PULL 120 AC WIRE AND LEAVE 36 IN. AT EACH END OF CONDUIT. DUMPSTER DETAILS (N/A) PLAN-DUMPSTER PAD (N/A) 22. ROUND BASE MAY BE FORMED USING SONOTUBE AT DRAWN BY cADQ 4. ERECT MENUBOARD SUPPORT STEEL AND LEVEL WITH NUTS 10 LEAST 6' BELOW FINISH GRADE. CHECKED BY 5. EREC SPEAKER POST AND LEVEL WITH NUTS PROVIDED. S I G N A G E NOTES DATE MARCH 3. 1989 6. CONNECT INTERCOM FROM BUILDING TO SPEAKER BOX. 23 7. ENERGIZE CIRCUITS TO CHECK. REVISIONS DESCRIPTION , CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY TYPES AND LOCATIONS OF SIGNS /� 03/15/90 4�4' TO BE INSTALLED. SEE SITE PLAN AND K.F.C. REPRESENTATIVE Z \ GENERAL REVISION 8. CLEAN UNITS WITH DAMP CLOTH AND USE TOUCH-UP PAINT n ON SITE. PROVIDED WHERE NECESSARY. TOP OF L ej 9. SEE ADDITIONAL NOTES (23-29) FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. CURB i 24. ALL PHASES OF SIGN INSTALLATION SHALL MEET LOCAL CODES. 25. CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A STRENGTH OF 3,000 PSI. TOTAL ELECTRICAL DATA I I. 26. ALL FOUNDATIONS SHALL REST ON UNDISTURBED EARTH. rn ° LAMPS: (4) 60' FLUORESCENT AMPS: 2.9 27, INSTALLATION AND NOMENCLATURE OF SIGNS TO BE VERIFIED CONDUIT FOR LUMENS: 21,600 VOLTS: 115 u ° '° a WITH THE SIGN MANUFACTURER. �n ry it o ELECTRICAL II it 0 N I I PREFABRICATED ANCHOR IIL - - _ _ _ _ - In ° 28. ALL EXTERIOR SIGNAGE INCLUDING SUPPORTS AND BASES, TO BOLT CAGE FURNISHED If :° :.e II ° '�, BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY KFC. Og BY KFC (a °" ` ` J _ ' CONCRETE FOOTING (, 3'-6� �, 1'-6' 29• ELECTRICAL SERVICE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. BY G.C. VARIATION FRONT ELEV. SIDE ELEy: DRAWN BY RDW DRIVE-THRU MENU BOARD DETAILS y2•=1'-0" 4 y2'=1'-0' '°' CHECKED BYB,B, PARTIAL DRIVE-THRU ELEVATION (N/A) DATE 04/30/90 I Ila"=1'-0' 13 IREVISIONSI DESCRIPTION (4) Is X 36' X 3' ANCHOR BOLTS THREADED 41(' MIN. BOLT TO EXTEND 41' OUT OF TOP OF FOUNDATION. (2)I' 12 0 HEX NUTS AND (2) 1' FLAT1,500 ALLOWABLE SOIL DEPTH I PRESSURE (PSF) 8,000 OR GREATER 4' _ - _ - 2,500 TO 8,000 7� r TO2,500 10 M'll CONCRETE CURB SECTION (N/A)l WASHERS PER ANCHOR TO BE FURNISHED BY KFC & INSTALLED BY G.C.�O` ' D I�q' GROUT � YARD LIGHTING BASEPLATE - 4• I ID PAVEMENT o o 12 OR GRADE WHEEL STOP DETAIL (N/A) II. e aw PARTIAL DRIVE-THRU PLAN (N/A) 18 A 14 I CONDUIT BY G.C. . Lu Q SEE SHT. A6 FOR LENGTH SHEET TITLE SITE DETAILS D D � CONC. BASE a a STEEL OR ALUM. RAIL (SEE SHEET A6 FOR COLOR) MATRIX a b w > V) 2' SQUARE POST "' 6' CONCRETE RAMP PLAN (N/A) 0 a a. CURB, SEE Y8' SO. PICKETS C 6' O.C. NOTE NO.5 - '/q'-i'-O' GENERATION (4) 04 BARS a 4 D w V0 )) to IV2' BOTTOM RAIL -. 3802 I VARIATION ORLANDO D . '. 83 TIES AT 12' O.C. w I '' - : PAVEMENT w Q .s p SEE NOTE N0.22 �) SIDE WALK SEE SITE PLAN _ DRAWING NUMBER (THIS SHEET) '- I'-10' DIA. o - RK5451S02. SAN SHEET NUMBER F RM ROUND HOLE USING ALUMINUM YARD LIGHT FOUNDATION 2gi$� X 4y4` SLEEVE GROUT FULL W/ SECTION OF CURB (N/A) SECTION OF DRIVE-THRU CURB 16 I I SIZE AS 12 OZ. l�j y2._1,_0. NON -SHRINK GROUT .(SAME SODA POP CAN) 1/2■=1'-0' y2 =1'-0. WA) RAMP SECTION WA) ___(21 YARD LIGHT DETAILS HANDRAIL DETAIL DRIVE-THRU LANE DETAILS '/q'=1'-0■ PLAN -CURB RAMP (N/A) ADDITONALSIN18-22 FORMA�ON 22 MISC. CURBING DETAILS (N/A) 19 y2,=1,-0. ,/4.=1,_0■ s 0 a a s ig s PORTION OF THE EXISTING TRUSS IS TO BE REMOVED. REFER TO DETAIL NO.1 BELOW FOR MORE INFORMATION. -- - - - - ----------- EXISTING TOP CORD EXISTING PIGGY -BACK TRUSS EXISTING WEBBING CONFIGURATION TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD. — REINFORCE TOP AND BOTTOM PANEL POINTS EXISTING BOTTOM CORD DEMO. OF EXIST. TRUSS 0 PORTICO 'A11=11-p1 CUT ROOF DECKING AND SHINGLES BACK TO WITH -IN 2%2' OF NEW CUT ON TRUSSES. ADD SUPPORT AS REQUIRED,(IF REQUIRED), TO THE AREAS WHERE THE VERTICAL MEMBER MEETS THE TOP AND BOTTOM CORDS. .: EXISTING 2x6 SCAB EXISTING TRUSSES AS SHOWN IN DETAIL NO.2 in 2'-0' O.C. EXISTING 2x6 SCAB I 1 III 7 2'-04 1 ' ' O.C. ' SUPPORT THE EXISTING TRUSSES AS REQUIRED WHEN THE 'COMMOM' WALL IS REMOVED. �-7 1 I - ---- - --- ----- ----- , ---- -----ff--- 1 ----- - 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1� 1 , i 1 1 I 1 1 i i , i 1� 1' 1 1 I 1 I 1 I I 1 , 1 1 I 1 I 1 / 1 1 1� 1 1 , 1 1 1 REMOVE THE EXISTING FRONT WALL REMOVE E, 'COMMON' TO THE PORTICO AND THE & CUT EX MAIN FACILITY. REFER TO ADDITIONAL PARTIAL ROOF DEMO. PLAN r- 1/a'=1'-O' CUT EXISTING TRUSS BACK TO WITH -IN 3' OF THE EXISTING VERTICAL BRACE. EXISTING VERTICAL MEMBER OF TRUSS. CUT EXISTING TRUSS BACK TO THE EXISTING VERTICAL -. - BRACE. .;- > ,- ------------------------------------------------------ .s- 1 111 '-'/I�-�11 11 11 1111 1111 - 111,- ; II 111 4 1 ' 11 111 II 1111 BOTTOM CORD OF THE EXISTING TRUSS , 1 ' 11 I11 ,� I n 111 I t It 1 111 Illt I ul ,I J. L �LI I I11.�_�11 it n Al 111 nr 11 rill__________________________ -- - -- , 11 III 1 1 I 11 II I11 111 '1 'Z: ",;�— EXISTING WALL 'COMMON' TO PORTICO AND THE MAIN FACILITY IS TO BE ..� II 1 � II III REMOVED. REFER TO DEMOLITION PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2 It I I I 11 1 1 I -- II it 111 111 i I 1 I 11 11 I11 III 1 i I 11 II 111 111 1 1 II Iil 1 I II II 111 111 REMOVE THE EXISTING PORTICAL It III 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 I11 111 1 1 II II 111 III 1 I 11 II 111 Iil I 1 I 1 II it III 111 1 i I II III I ( 1 1 I I II 11 u 111 111 nl 1 I i 1 1 it n 11 u 111 nr ,11 nl . 0 1 I u ul DEMOLITION NOTES I 1 1 1 II u III ul I. EXISTING PORTICO/VESTIBULE TO BE REMOVED AND ROOF OF PORTICO TO BE CUT 1 1 BACK EVEN WITH LINE OF FRONT WALL. II I11 2. EXISTING ENTRY DOORS TO BE REMOVED TO ALLOW FOR NEW KFC LOGO PANEL 1 I DOORS TO BE INSTALLED. 11 111 3. 23'-3%2' OF THE EXISTING COMMON WALL BETWEEN THE PORTICO AND THE MAIN REMOVE THE EXISTING SLAB AND ;; ;;; FACILITY TO BE REMOVED TO ALLOW FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW WALL. FOUNDATION OF THE PORTICO. REFER TO SHEET S-I FOR MORE i t 111 4. NEW OPENING TO BE CUT INTO THE EXISTING FRONT WALL TO ALLOW FOR THE I I INFORMATION. �� INSTALLATION OF A NEW WINDOW. 1 I " 11 11 III 5. EXISTING SIDE WINDOWS TO BE REMOVED AND SILL HEIGHT TO BE LOWERED TO I 1 ACCEPT THE NEW WINDOWS AS REFLECTED ON SHEET A-4. 6. DOOR IN THE DRIVE-THRU AREA IS TO BE REMOVED TO ACCEPT A NEW WINDOW AS SHOWN ON SHEET A-4. THE BRICKS TO THE SIDES OF THE EXISTING DOOR OPENING ' 11 I11 & BELOW THE SILL HEIGHT OF THE NEW WINDOW ARE TO BE REMOVED IN A TOOTH I I PATTERN TO ACCEPT THE NEW BRICK INFILL. 1 --------------"`----`---"--------"--- 11 111 7. EXISTING WALLS TO BE REMOVED. THE SLAB IN THOSE AREAS WHERE THE WALLS ARE ----------------" II "' 111 TO BE REMOVED IS TO BE CLEANED AND PREPARED TO ACCEPT NEW TILE. I 1 II 111 8. EXISTING CEILING TILE AND CEILING GRID ARE TO REMOVED THROUGH -OUT FACILITY. ___ 9. EXISTING BULKHEADS ARE TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED. REWORK ADJACENT WALLS ' AS REQUIRED. 10. EXISTING FRONT COUNTER TO BE REMOVED. CAP,(FLUSH WITH TOP OF SLAB), ALL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL LINES THAT ARE NOT TO BE REUSED DURING THE REMODEL. PREPARE THE EXPOSED SLAB AND CAPS AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR TILE. 11. REMOVE ALL EXISTING DECOR ELEMENTS (SEATING, CONDIMENT BAR, TRASH UNITS, ETC...). PATCH ANY EXPOSED HOLES IN THE SLAB AND PREPARE THOSE AREAS TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR TILE TO MATCH EXISTING. 12. ALL EXISTING WALL COVERINGS AND TRIM ARE TO BE REMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE WALL DEMOLITION SECTION NOTED. PREPARE THE EXPOSED SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. I 13. EXISTING RESTROOM FINISHES, FIXTURES AND PARTITIONS ARE TO BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED. 14. REMOVE THE EXISTING SLAB IN THE PORTICO TO ALLOW FOR THE ADDITION ON A NEW SIDEWALK. REFER TO SHEET S-I FOR THE LOCATION OF SIDEWALK. w ' - - '' 11 '11 II II L L _ L - - - - - - - ----------------------- REMOVE THE EXISTING FRP ANQ DR''YWA-CC-TO"--- ; CLOSEST EXISTING FRP JOINT WATER THAN 8'-5' FROM THE EXISTING FRONT , WALL. ' EXISTING WALL 6:1TO BE REMOVE© FROM FINISHED SLIAB TO BOTTOM; OF TRUSSES. SUPPORT THE EXISTING ROOF TRUSSES A$ REQUIRED BEFP�E THE WALL IS RE VED. „ I! a m� 1 -_- - -_- - -ITms asamsas asa -�-L---------I-= —� - - - - -- - -- 3 2'-3%2' i I 24'-0%2'' 4'-71 6'-4' 15'-II' , I I ! II, I 11, I II LI_--------------------- �y 1 �I r n �------------------------ iA � r r AS-BUILT/DEMOLITION PLAN I i Imam STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY J. DOWDLE CHECKED BY B.B. DATE APRIL 27,1990 SHEET TITLE FOUNDATION PLAN TRIX GENERATION VARIATION DRAWING NUMBER RK5451AOI.SAN SHEET NUMBER I ,e SCALE=1/4'=1'-0' OPERATOR DATE sf j� i 6 i 6 s s ;s ig s OPERATOR DATE i e � DEMOLITION NOTES 0 n I. EXISTING PORTICO/VESTIBULE TO BE REMOVED AND ROOF OF PORTICO TO BE CUT 1 BACK AS REQUIRED PER SECTION I -AI . Z ; 2. EXISTING ENTRY DOORS TO BE REMOVED TO -ALLOW FOR NEW KFC LOGO PANEL DOORS TO BE INSTALLED.i; of 3. EXISTING WINDOW TO BE REMOVED TO ACCEPT NEW DRIVE-THRU WINDOW AS REFLECTED o 0 / ON SHEET A-4. Z. _/ _ _ 4. EXISTING SIDE WINDOWS TO BE REMOVED AND SILL HEIGHT TO BE LOWERED TO � Z / ACCEPT THE NEW WINDOWS AS REFLECTED ON SHEET A-4. Y JIB_ _-_ - j 5. DOOR IN THE DRIVE-THRU AREA IS TO BE REMOVE o W` r r' D TO ACCEPT A NEW WINDOW AS =� I SHOWN ON SHEET A-4. THE BRICKS TO THE SIDES OF THE EXISTING DOOR OPENING LL & BELOW THE SILL HEIGHT OF THE NEW WINDOW ARE TO BE REMOVED IN A TOOTH Y PATTERN TO ACCEPT THE NEW BRICK INFILL. o 6. REMOVE THE EXISTING SLAB IN THE PORTICO TO ALLOW FOR THE ADDITION ON A NEW o =__'� i SIDEWALK. REFER TO SHEET S-1 FOR THE LOCATION OF SIDEWALK.In o 7. THE EXISTING CUPOLA IS TO BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF MODIFIED PER DETAILS NO.1 &2 ON SHEET A8. UNTIL THE NEW CUPOLA IS INSTALLED THE EXISTING HOLE IS TO BE m SEALED TO PREVENT WATER DAMAGE INSIDE. e \ 7 8. EXISTING SIGNAGE IS TO BE REMOVED. PATCH ALL HOLES AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE WATER -TIGHTNESS AND TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. AI • � /// `� CSC / `% a Ly .� . T C= t , G1C Z 1,--—————————-——————————————————— — — — — — •:' .' L----------------------------------if t , II II I o II ' 1 II 11 I � !I 11 I I II , i it II I I 11 II I I 11 it I , 1 "1 II , 1 II 11 1 1 „ „ , II II I fill II , 1 II It ► I II tl I I 11 It I b I 1 I I II 1 '-==l1=-'�---� � _...11___IL_ � I 11 II 1 II,------J"L I , _ 1 r--- -- -=T r= =11==_IL__l .�...�....�-..v I - - - - - - - - - -a L---- - - - - -J F---------i I ► I , 1 r---------1 rI---------1 t JL - - --- I I , I ---- 1 I---- ---� L- -- ----� I---- - ---� \ / oA �g h RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION J SCALE=1/4'=1'-O' n STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY �___-___t./ DATE REVISIONS I DESCRIPTION € _�__� ------ \ VARIAT OU:.._ DRAWN BY CHECKED BY i DATE REVISION51 DESCRIPTION 1 , / , 1 I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 '1 SHEET TITLE AS -BUILT I 1 _ _ _ - _ i i EXTERIOR ELEV. 1 MATRIX '-yl------,11 , i GENERATION VARIATION 1 � — DRAWING N LEFT SIDE ` ELEVATION // SHEET NUMBER SCALE=1/4'=1'-0' A3 OPERATOR DATE 9 s s iri v s in, J s GENERAL NOTES I. NEW BRICK TO BE INSTALLED IN A TOOTH PATTERN WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS. NEW BRICK IS TO MATCH THE EXISTING BRICK WITH REGARD TO COLOR, STYLE, TEXTURE AND SIZE. 2. ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISH TO FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL STUD WALLS ARE TO BE ANCHORED TO THE SLAB AND ROOF STRUCTURE. REFER TO DETAIL ION THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS-16 GA., MEASURED I'xl' FULL HEIGHT BASE TO CEILING. SET ANGLE IN CLEAR ADHESIVE SILICON CAULK. 5. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WALL MOUNTED PLATE AT BISCUIT OVEN. FASTEN WITH STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS. SET EDGES IN SILICON SEALANT PER NOTE Ni REFER TO SHEET EQI FOR LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF PLATE. 6. THE ILLUMINATED AWNINGS ARE SUPPORTED BY FASTENERS THROUGH THE BRICK/STUD WALL. THE CAVITY BEHIND THE BRICK MUST BE PARGED WITH SOLID MORTAR. SEE WALL SECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. 7. NEW FRONT COUNTER TO BE INSTALLED. REFER TO SHEET AI2 FOR COUNTER DETAILS. 8. NEW BULKHEAD TO BE INSTALLED OVER DISPLAY. REFER TO SHEET Al2 FOR SIZE AND LOCATION. 9. NEW DOORS AND WINDOWS TO BE INSTALLED. REFER TO SHEET A9 FOR TYPE, SIZE AND LOCATION REFERENCE. 10. NEW WALL FINISHES TO BE INSTALLED. REFER TO SHEET AID FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. 11. NEW FRP TO BE INSTALLED WHERE EXISTING WAS REMOVED NEXT TO NEW OFFICE WALL. ALL NEW FRP IS TO MACTH THE EXISTING WITH REGARD TO TYPE, SIZE, TEXTURE AND COLOR. 12. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. I%2' 20 GA. STEEL STRAP BOTH SIDES OF STUDS. — c LINTEL (CONTINUOUS WELD) 0 -------------- x BLOCKING FRAMING ELEVATION SYMBOL LEGEND ROOM NUMBER DOOR OPENING NUMBER ELEVATION VIEW SECTION .CUT OR DETAIL WINDOW TYPE - SEE SHEET A9 24'-0%2' WOOD BEARING PLATES 16 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL FRAMING AT 16' ON CENTERS. ALL FRAMING CONNECTIONS TO BE WELDED. DOUBLE STUDS FOR LINTEL BEARING ALL STUDS SHALL BE AS MFG.BY INRYCO OR USG. ALL STUDS SHALL BE RATED FOR LOAD BEARING TYPE CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE(AISU' 'SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS,'1980 EDITION ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE FORMED FROM CORROSTION RESISTANT STEEL, CORRESPONDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A446. EXISTING METAL STUD WALL, NEW BRICK WOOD WALLS W/ GYP. BOARD TYP. U.O.N. NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION Y2' GYPSUM BOARD TYPICAL F.R.P. BOARD WHERE NOTED NEW 3�/2' 20 GA. METAL STUD WALL. STUDS TO BE a I'-4' O.C. �'/2' WONDER BOARD CONT. AT BASE OF NEW WALLS. QUARRY TILE fill --- —ANCHOR BOTTOM PLATE AS REQUIRED TO EXISTING SLAB. DETAIL Q INTERIOR PARTITION �LUM �LAIN SCALE.'/4'=1'- O' Y doom wow STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY I DOWDLE CHECKED BY B.B. DATE APRIL 27, 1990 SHEET TITLE FLOOR PLAN MATRIX GENERATION VARIATIONu`' t� t DRAWING NUMBER RK5451A04.SAN SHEET NUMBER JOPERATOR DATE s is 3 s v REAR ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION SCALE=1/4'=I'-0' NEW CONSTRUCTION NOTES I. CUT NEW OPENINGS IN EXISTING WALL TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND WINDOWS. ADD NEW FRAMING AND HEADERS AS REQUIRED. SEE DETAIL 2 ON SHEET A4 FOR FRAMING TYPE AND SPACING. 20 NEW BRICK TO BE INSTALLED IN THIS AREA. BRICK TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR AND COURSING. 3. NEW ILLUMINATED AWNING TO BE INSTALLED IN THIS AREA. REFER TO SHEETS A7 AND A8 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. AWNING PROVIDED BY KFC — INSTALLED BY GC 4o NEW KFC SIGN TOWER TO BE INSTALLED AT THIS LOCATION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FRAMING AND FLASHING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO DETAILS ON A8 FOR INSTALLATION. 5. INSTALL NEW ROOF VENT AT LOCATION OF FORMER GABLE VENT . EL.112'-0' TOP OF EAVE EXISTING DRIVE THRU WINDOW EL.100'-0' TOP OF SLAB CORNER WALL DETAIL 3'=1'-04 f7 MAIN J MUG I FIELD WITH JSTALLED BY KFC ) PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND EXISTING WOOD TRUSS EXISTING SHEATHING EXISTING END GABLE SIDING NEW IX6 TRIM BOARD NEW WALL SHEATING %IR SPACE NEW BRICK VENEER EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE BUILDING ITEMS DESCRIPTION METAL TRIM CAP, METAL CAP PREFINISHED, FACTORY - I FLASHING, TRIM, CUPOLA APPLIED, STANDARD WHITE TOWER FRAMING 2 N EAVE AND SOFFIT "TRIM 3 ILLUMINATED AWNINGS;00 SOLID RED AND RED/WHITE STRIPED AS INDICATED ON DRAWING 4 ) ROOF SHINGLES 55 BRICK AND COLORED MORTAR STANDARD WHITE AWNING SYSTEM, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN AWNING, FURNISHED BY KFC, INSTALLED BY G.C. MATCH EXISTING MATCH EXISTING mom • • ... ..m i► d� it • • f STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BYrj E.OWO CHECKED BY j, DATE AM �+1 L� /J ."� � I qe o HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES, FIELD APPLIED: 6 DOWNSPOUTS, COUNTER FLASHING, SHERWIN WILLIAMS 'BEACH WALL COLLECTOR OF REAR PARAPET HOUSE' NO. SW2051 SHEET TITLE �o WALL, BRICK LINTELS, ROOF TOP EXTERIOR UNITS IF NOT BEIGE, BRICK SHELF ELEVATIONS ANGLES AND GUTTERS 7 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOWS AND ENTRY DOORS, D.T. WINDOW INSERT CLEAR ANODIZED, NATURAL ALUMINUM FINISH $ GABLE END SIDING FIELD APPLIED: SHERWIN WILLIAMS 'SAFETY RED' SITE ITEMS DESCRIPTION BOLLARD, METAL RAIL, FILED APPLIED: SHERWIN 9 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE WILLIAMS 'BEACH HOUSE' NO. SW2051 10 LOT LIGHTS (POLES & FIXTURES), PREFINISHED MFG. STD. SIGNAGE (POLES & CANS), COLOR - BEIGE DRIVE-THRU (MENU BOARD & SPEAKER POST) MATRIX GENERATION VARIATION DRAWING RP51AO5.SAN SHEET NUMBER N O M aN Q 8— x 0 4 J OPERATOR DATE 3 3 3 3 3 3 x cr- - a LLI a z Ld LL LL U z LLJ m w LL LU x F- a Ld m Q z LrJ LL- LLI U z LLI Of Lti LL w X x cr- F- a J J a Ld Q z w J Li Ci W Lu V z � J LU F- t LIJ LL — Q w s t, s x F- a w LL w U z w rz w Li w x <t � N N N c N w LL w U W Z w w� wv LL - LLj 0 0 a i . � DOOR NOTES 10 SIM. SIM. LOGO PANEL ©: SOLID MORTAR 2 (2) FURNISHED BY KFC, PARGED 12' BAND OPN'G. DOOR FRAME HDWR. 10 INSTALLED BY G.C. ANCHORAGE N0. DOOR SIZE TYPE MAT'L SET JAMB HEAD SEE NOTE 7. ELEVATION I 6'-O'x7'-O'xl%' (DBL. A ALUM. I I 10 .0 I' CLEAR INSULATED BOTTOM 11. FIXED 2' CENTER MULLION 2 3 -0 X7 -0 XI q B ALUM. 7 10 SIM. 10 SIM. GLASS, TYP. iv _ OF STEEL 3 EXISTING EXIST. H.M. 3 13 13 N 2 'H' ALUMINUM CROSS �' — GYPSUM BOARD 13 LINTEL & 4 EXISTING EXIST. H.M. 3 13 o N n _ RAILS — � \ AWNING 5 3'-p'x6'-8'xi ' C H.M. 5 13 13 o N 0 0 2 'H' ALUMINUM 6 EXISTING D a o PLYWOOD SHEATHING H.M. 2 13 13 g CROSS RAILS �., a oac LOGO PANEL 80 : '" 7 EXISTING EXIST. H.M. 2 I3 13_; LL u' FURNISHED BY KFC, o {? 8 EXISTING EXIST. ALUM. 6 11SIM. 12 �Z` INSTALLED BY G.C. kf ^- r- 2.W` EXISTING WALL g EXISTING EXIST. H.M. 2 13 13 � LOGO ON FRONT SEE NOTE 7. 2 3`-O' 2 3'-0' -2' M 2 3,-p 2' CONSTRUCTION 10 2'-6'x6'-8'xl q' p H.M. 2 13 13 4.? WINDOWS EXTERIOR HARDWARE AND JAMBS TO BE USED ON EXISTING DOORS ONLY IF IT NEEDS 6'-3%2' FRAME VIEW. ETCHING TO 6'-31/2' FRAME \ ` REPLACEMENTS 6'-4' R.O. BE SANDWICHED 6 4 R.O. Q BETWEEN INSULATED 6'-6' FRAME DIM. �_44' FRRAM DIM. 1/q' SHIM & SEALANT LIST OF MANUFACTURERS SEE SHEET B 3 x o GLASSira a O 6'-7 2' R.O. E HEARSIGH COMMUNICATION L LCN CLOSURES x AlAll FOR FULL SIZE � MODULE 819 BY KFC, m (2 REQUIRED) PATTERN. (I REQUIRED) 9 EL.107'-21/2' INSTALLED BY G.C. M MONARCH HARDWARE & MFG. CO. o 0 © *TOP OF R.O. / N NATIONAL GUARD F FALCON LOCK R ROCKWOOD MFG. 2 I' CLEAR INSULATED SIM. SEALANT o o G GLYNN-JOHNSON TYP. 6 WIDTH OF DOOR FOR OPENING N oo S SIMPLEX GLASS • 2 NO.6 MAY NEED TO VARY K MCKINNEY MFG. y VINGCARD 64 EL. 107'-4' 6'x6' WINDOW TO MATCH EXIST. FRAME DIM. OP R.O. a WITH i/q' POLISHED - 1 SAFETY HEAD �o WIRE GLASS GLASSN KEY TO FINISHES ID o o� FRAME AL IN MET� US3 POLISHED BRIGHT BRASS US32D SATIN STAINLESS STEEL -2 � ll l N US26D SATIN CHROME ALUM ALUMINUM w p c" cn"IzPROVIDE SAFETY SOLID CORE `�' & FRAME PRIME PAINTED a _ GLAZING IN BOTH BOTTOOM OF R.O.M WOOD DOOR SOLID CORE ALUMINUM DOOR US28 SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM LISP C� O ,�, WOOD DOOR NATIONAL GUARD t� LITES (EXTERIOR (EXTERIOR #513A THRESHOLD PAVERS (OPTIONAL) a M WINDOW WIDTH TO MATCH GRADE) GRADE HARDWARE SCHEDULE BY SETS EXISTING OPENING% QUARRY TILE SLOPE SLAB & PAVERS 1/4' PER FT. TYP. MFR. QUANTITY DESCRIPTION Q SET #I a O O © F 2 CYLINDERS 986 X LC X 26D c.n (3 REQUIRED) (I REQUIRED) F 2 THUMB TURN 984T X 26D DOOR TYPES /> _ �- -- - - 7— — - -- - NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR DOOR MFR. SUPPLIED ITEMS. WINDOW TYPES 1/q'=1'-0' *mo0 0 000o r 0 00 0 SET #2 rooy_� 00 0 $ �%1 �n0� Oo O�0 U" 0 0 I I 1 , '� Ll✓' " b' I v o O K I/2 PR. BUTTS T62714-4/2 X 4/2 X 26D - F I CLASSROOM S561DL TG X 1/C X 26D R I KICKPLATE 16 GA. X 10' X 28' X 32D EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION 1/4, SHIM T _ _ INSIDE �'' �' OUTSIDE SET #3 I K 11/2 PR. BUTTS TB2714-4%2' X 4%2' X 26D I I \ F I PRIVACY S301-TG X 26D } u L I CLOSER 1461 X AL X TB (PARALLEL ARM) THRESHOLD G I WALL STOP WB60MXT X 32D 1+---------=-- 9 R I KICKPLATE 16 GA. X 10 X 34 X US32D PLYWOOD SHEATHING I BRICK - 2' 1/q� SET #4 K 1%2 PR. BUTTS TB 2314-41/2'X4%2'X NRP X 26D BRICK TIES M I 19R BA PANIC DEVICE X ALUM. JAMB SEALANT 5 L I CLOSER 4115HCUSH X KPD DARK X TB (PARALLEL ARM) SEALANT 2. /q' EXISTING R I KICKPLATE 16 GA. X 10, X 40' X 32D ,gA Yq' SHIM BRICK N I THRESHOLD 513-42' N I DOOR BOTTOM 20ONDKB X 42 IN. SOLID MORTAR N I SET WEATHERSTRIPPING PF181 PARGED 12' BAND N N I 16 DKB RAIN DIVERTER (FULL WIDTH OF FRAME) EL.108'-II' 0 ANCHORAGE z E I HEARSIGHT COMMUNICATION MODULE 19 ELEVATION z 2%2'X2%2' (SUPPLIED BY KFC) BOTTOM OF AWNING N a x SET #5 Y / SEALANT— K 11/2 PR. BUTTS TB2714-41/2' X 41/24 X 26D S I UNICAN 1000-I X 26D STANDARD EXISTING WALL R I KICKPLATE 16 GA. X 10' X 30' X 32D DRAWN BY CADD CONSTRUCTION GYPSUM EXISTING WALL FRAMING L I CLOSER 4113H-CUSH X AL X TB (PARALLEL ARM) BOARD CHECKED BY SET #6 DATE MARCH 3, 1969 F I CYLINDER 986 X LC X 26D W/ BLANK FACE ON REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 3 EXTERIOR DOOR FACE. �O JAMB 1 GENERAL REVISION 1/4' SHIM I I F I THUMB TURN 984T X 26D G I DOOR BUMPER W660 R EL 107'- 1 . TOP OF R.O. SEE SHEET A/12 SET #7 I' CLEAR INSULATING ( G 2 DOOR BUMPER WB60 R FOR WOOD TRIM GLASS /231/2 I V 2 BLANK CYLINDER #6610-26D X 1' x NATURAL ANODIZED *SEE DOOR NOTES FOR OPTIONAL DOORS. ALUMINUM WINDOW NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR DOOR MFR. SUPPLIED ITEMS. < N N FRAME (TYP. i N n! N a- to to EL. 101'-7v2, N — — tn N 61 N (V N BOTTOM OF R.O. cv •4 IV 1:1NN N N SHIM 1 1/q' BRICK ROWLOCK SILL VARIATION w ORAriN BY TYPICAL WINDOW r)JV)VL LL 8 CHECKED BYLIJ �I ALUMINUM DOOR DETAILS DATE ,jL„11, \410 Z w uj w ui w W REVISIONS DESCRIPTION www w _ WINDOW DETAILS Lfl P- CO Q. 0 — N M L - I 1— F— t--1- w w w w w w w w 1�2,=1-p• 00C10000 0000000 <1 :Zz << k X Ixx X Ixx Ln N v (\J +n (V r4 v tt) 3 N r4 Q N N — M J N C. M N N J N— N N N 4 N�JN NN N LL w LL LL LL LL LL ��� w L'. w w w wwXW_ W CA cr v Lo W -•1 1= F- ri t- f- ►- itwwt- www I— naw000 0000000 aaaaaaa GENERAL NOTES I. ALL KICKPLATES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON PUSH SIDE OF DOOR. 2. ALL CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED WITH THRU BOLT, REINFORCE AS REQUIRED. %2' GYPSUM BOARD 3. DOOR CLOSERS FOR OPENINGS I AND 2 WITH MAXIMUM OF 8.5 LB. PUSH AND PULL PRESSURE. TOILET DOORS 3 AND 4 TO HAVE 5 LB. F.R.P. BOARD WHERE SHOWN ON SHEET A5--v'I _ ADJUSTMENT. 4. CYLINDER LOCKS AT 50V161N. PANIC SETS AT 40Y61N. 2X4 STUDS I IC:IiCORES LOCKSETS AT MANUFACTURERS STANDARD HEIGHT, 393/151N.± 5. LOCKS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE CORES SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH CON- STRUCTION CORES. KFC CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER SHALL CONTACT HARDWARE SUPPLIER TO ARRANGE FOR THE RETURN OF CONSTRUCTION SHEET TITLE DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE & DETAILS SEALANT BOTH SIDES IN EXCHANGE FOR PERMANENT CORES KEYED PER THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS. MATRIX 5y4' ' H.M. FRAME (DRYWALL TYPE) 6. VINYL SNAP -IN TOP CAPS FOR ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. GENERATION 7. i/g' LOGO PANEL EXTERIOR WITH MUG AD CENT TO HANDLE AND 1/B' INTERIOR JAMB (HEAD SIM.) 13 SIGN PANEL 'THANK YOU CALL AGAIN' O , FURNISHED BY KFC - INSTALLED BY G.C. VARIATION CONVERSION DRAWING NUMBER RK5451A09.SAN SHEET NUMBER fr3 CV O On HOLLOW METAL FRAME DETAILS A9 0 r� i OPERATOR DATE :3 s s SEATING AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYM OTY DESCRIPTION WOOD BEVEL EDGE TABLE TOP 22'x27'. LAMINATE: CENTER --FORMICA 4664; %2' INLAY--NEVAMAR S-3-38T; 22 IY4' BORDER --FORMICA °843. 01 4 WOOD BEVI L -EDGE TABLE TOP 27'x 42'. SAME SPEC. AS 90 _ 0 5 IWOOD BEVEL EDGE TABLE TOP 24'x 42". SAME SPEC. AS 00 . _90 2 WOOD BEVEL EDGE- TABLE TOP. 42'DIA. SAME SPEC. AS 90 . 90 0 WOOD BEVEL EDGE TABLE TOP 24' x 24". SAME SPEC. AS 90 . 920 52 LADDERBACK CHAIR. UPHOLSTERY: MAYER 'INFINITY' IF04 DELFT BLUE; WELT: BOLTAFLEX, 'COBBLESTONE', MAUVE. 42, SINGLE UPHOLSTERED BOOTH WITH UPHOLSTERED CRUMB STRIP & 3 HORIZONTAL CHANNELS ON BACK. 21 6 UPHOLSTERY: SEAT, SIDES & MIDDLE CHANNEL--BOLTAFLEX 'COBBLESTONE', MAUVE. WELTING, TOP & BOTTOM CHANNELS--MAYER 'INFINITY' IF04 DELFT BLUE. LAMINATE BASE WITH PIONITE, GRAY CHROMATIX AGIII. 2 0 24' SINGLE UPHOLSTERED BOOTH. SAME SPEC. AS 921 0-2 3 I 5'-6' LONG DOUBLE UPHOLSTERED SETTEE. SAME SPEC. AS 21 . _ 2 2 42' DOUBLE UPHOLSTERED BOOTH. SAME SPEC. AS 21 940 I SINGLE TRASH/STORAGE UNIT. SEE DETAILS 8, 9 & 10 ON SHEET A14. 941 I CONDIMENT COUNTER/PARTITION WITH ETCHED GLASS. SEE DETAILS ON SHEET AI4. q I PARTITION. SEE DETAILS 13 & 14 ON SHEET A14. 943 I PLANTER. SEE DETAILS II & 12 ON SHEET AI4. q 0 PLANTER. SEE DETAILS 21 & 22 ON SHEET AI3. 4 2 PLANTER. SEE DETAILS 11 & 12 ON SHEET AI4. 948 0 PARTITION WITH ETCHED GLASS. SEE DETAILS 18 & 20 ON SHEET AI3. <ff7­0�1 OLD DOMINION HIGH CHAIR. _ 71 2 TRENDCO BOOSTER CHAIR (IN SMALLWARE KIT). 7 2 POINT OF PURCHASE BOXES ALL DECOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND SKYLIGHT LENSES AND T-GRID ARE SUPPLIED BY KFC AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO SHEET E2 FOR SPECIFICATIONS. ALL OTHER DINING AND SERVICE AREA ITEMS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. INCLUDING SERVICE AND DRIVE-THRU COUNTERS, TRIMWORK, DOOR AND WINDOW CASINGS, OFICE DESK TOPS AND SHELF, ETC. APPROVED SUPPLIERS FOR SEATING ARE: AIR SYSTEMS, CUSTOM SEATING, FALCON PRODUCTS, PALMER INDUSTRIES & SAI INC. ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE a SYM OTY. DESCRIPTION 070 2 URN WITH SILK FLOWERS 7 3 MIRROR, I'-9'x3'-6' WITH BRASS FRAME & SECURITY MOUNTING CLIPS. - 7 1 POSTER: IMPIGLIA 'DAY AT THE RACES' 26' x 30', BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 75, A.F.F. 7 1 POSTER: McKNIGHT 'LAKESHORE DRIVE' 31' x 27, BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 77' A.F.F. 978 1 COLONEL'S PHOTO, 'EASTER' 24'x3O', WITH CHROME & BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 77' A.F.F. 979 1 POSTER: McKNIGHT 'PUERTO VALLERTA' 27' x 27', BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 75' A.F.F. (Ro I I POSTER: ALVAREZ 'PLUMAS' 38' x 48', BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 79' A.F.F. 81 1 POSTER: SCHRUTT 'SITE 212' 26' x 36', BRASS FRAME. MOUNT TOP AT 75' A.F.F. s I ROOM FINISH NOTES I DOOR COLOR SCHEDULE FRN.INST DOOR NUMBER DOOR FINISH FRAME FINISH KFC GC I FACTORY FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. FACTORY FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. KFC GC 2 FACTORY FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. FACTORY FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. KFC GC 3 NATURAL WOOD FINISH PER SPEC. SHERWIN WILLIAMS, AVALON BEIGE SW1059. KFC GC KFC GC q NATURAL WOOD FINISH PER SPEC. SHERWIN WILLIAMS, AVALON BEIGE SWI059. KFC GC KFC GC 5 NATURAL WOOD FINISH PER SPEC. SHERWIN WILLIAMS, AVALON BEIGE SWI059. 6 PAINT INTERIOR OF DOOR SHERWIN WILLIAMS, AVALON BEIGE SWI059. SEE SHT. A6 FOR EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR. PAINT FRAME TO MATCH. KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC 7 NATURAL WOOD FINISH PER SPEC. SHERWIN WILLIAMS, AVALON BEIGE SWI059. KFC GC KFC -GC 8 FACTORY FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. FACTORY FINISH. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. KFC GC 9 NATURAL WOOD FINISH PER SPEC. SHERWIN SHERWIN WILLIAMS, BEIGE SWI059. KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC \ SUSPENDED CEILING KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC FRNJINST KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC KFC GC FLOORING FIA FLOOR TILE: FURNISHED BY KFC, TO BE FIB INTERAMICS CORP.'GRANITTON', COLOR: MAUVE MIX, STYLE: STUDDED, FIA AND NON -STUDDED, FIB 8'x8'x5/15' WITH MATCHING COVE BASE, GRAY GROUT. NOTE: KFC TO SUPPLY TILE 13 , SETTING BED & GROUT, G.C. TO INSTALL FOR KITCHEN AREAS. F2-UP FLOOR TILE: DAL DURAFLOR DFL 1917 "GRAYSTONE' WITH 5% CORRUNDUM a 90 GRIT; 8' x 8' WITH MATCHING COVE BASE. GROUT COLOR: H.B. FULLER - LIGHT PEWTER 927; L & M - SILVER GRAY. NOTE: G.C. TO SUPPLY & INSTALL TILE & GROUT FOR DINING, SERVICE, ETC. AREAS (EXCEPT KITCHEN.) WALL TREATMENT WI F.R.P. BOARD: KAL WALL 'KALITE' .090" THICK WHITE, OR MARLITE BRAND F.R.P. BOARD BY MASONITE CORP..090' THICK WHITE. W2 GYPSUM BOARD PAINTING: REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS. COLOR: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004. W3-UP CERAMIC WALL TILE: DAL -TILE *D-100 WHITE 41/4'x41/4' WITH MATCHING GROUT. ACCENT STRIPE ONE ROW OF 'D-1497 (SCORED) PLUM OVER ONE ROW OF #D-1427 (SCORED) CREME. W4-UP VINYL WALL COVERING: KOROSEAL 'SANDSTONE' COLOR: CREAM/SMOKE W/ TEDLAR COATING. FLAME SPREAD NOT GREATER THAN TWENTY. DIST.: SINGER WALLCOVERINGS, 3143 WESTERN ROW RD., KINGS ISLAND, OH 45034 (513)398-161 I, (800)543-0412. CEILING CI -UP SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING: ARMSTRONG CORK COMPANY 'CORTEGA COLORTONE', 24'x242x%' TEGULAR 'WHITE' COLOR; WITH MATCHING LOW GLOSS GRID; FLAME SPREAD RATINQ 0-25, CLASS A. ALTERNATE: U.S. GYPSUM COMPANY 'AURATQNE OMNI', 24'x24'x //8' SHADOWLINE EDGE; 'WHITE' COLOR; WITH MATCHING LOW GLOSS GRID; FLAME SPREAD RATING 0-25, CLASS A, C2 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING: ACOUSTIFLEX CORP. CAPAUL 'VINYL ROCK', 01140, WASHABLE NON -PERFORATED 24'x48' xl/2'; WHITE COLOR; WHITE ENAMEL SUSPENSION GRID; FLAME SPREAD RATING 0-25, CLASS A. ALTERNATE: U.S. GYPSUM CO. FIRECODE 'C' PANEL 113270-2-MIL WHITE VINYL, 24'x48'x%2'; WHITE ENAMEL SUSPENSION GRID; FLAME SPREAD RATING 0-25, CLASS A. C3 CEILING: �/ '.GYPSUM BOARD OVER 2x4 BLOCKING BETWEEN TRUSSES 0 24' O.C. PAINT (REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS) C� SHIRWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004. C4 CEILING: %2' GYPSUM BOARD OVER %z<' PLYWOOD ATTACHED TO 2'x4' FRAMING. PAINT (REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS) COLOR: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004. PLASTIC LAMINATE LI-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: NEVAMAR S-3-38T (TEXTURED FINISH) WILSHIRE BLUE L2-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: FORMICA 4843 CLARET L3-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: FORMICA 0664 NEO PAPERCRAFT L4-UP PLASTIC LAMINATE: WILSONART #D393-6 CLAY PINK L5-UP METAL STRIP: FORMICA METAL STRIPS 17611 POLISHED BRASS MISCELLANEOUS s MI -UP WOOD TRIM: RED OAK (AWI CUSTOM GRADE) ONE COAT SEALER, TWO COATS OF POLYDIENE. M2-UP CERAMIC TILE: LATCO :NNA2 BLUE, 2%x21/8'. JOINT FILLER: N.B. FULLER *914 SHELL WITH LATEX ADDITIVE. M3-UP CERAMIC TILE: LATCO °NAI7 ROSE, 2%8'x21/8'. JOINT FILLER: H.B. FULLER 0914 SHELL WITH LATEX ADDITIVE. M4-UP CERAMIC TILE: LATCO *FSN 35 BEIGE, %2'x2%8'. JOINT FILLER: H.B. FULLER *914 SHELL WITH LATEX ADDITIVE. M5-UP METAL RAIL: BRASS SMITH INC. 2' DIA. CHROME PLATED TUBING 0700CH-2', END CAP *740CH-2', BRASS CHANNEL #8001/4. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE RM, ROOM NAME FLOOR/BASE WALLS CEILING CLG. REMARKS 0. HGT. 01 EXIST. ACOUSTICAL C2 9'-0- SEE NOTE 1. 02 DRIVE-THRU TILE EXIST. F.R.P. TILE s 03 LOBBY TILE EXIST. VINYL WALL W4_UP ACOUSTICAL CI -UP 9'-O' SEE NOTES 3, 4 & 5. 1 COVERING TILE 04 DINING TILE EXIST. VINYL WALL W4-UP ACOUSTICAL CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTES 3, 4 & 5. I COVERING TILE 05 PASSAGE TILE EXIST, VINYL WALL W4-UP ACOUSTICAL CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTE 4.1 COVERING TILE 06 MEN TILE EXIST. CERAMIC TILE W3-UP ACOUSTICAL CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTE 1. TILE 07 WOMEN TILE EXIST. CERAMIC TILE W3-UP ACOUSTICAL CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTE I. TILE 08 SERVICE TILE EXIST. VINYL WALL W4_UP ACOUSTICAL COVERING TILE CI -UP 9'-0' SEE NOTE 4. 09 KITCHEN TILE EXIST. F.R.P. EXIST. ACOUSTICAL C2 9,_0, SEE SHEET EQI FOR SPECIF TILE LOCATION. SEE NOTE 2. 10 OFFICE TILE EXIST. GYPSUM BOARD W2 ACOUSTICAL C2 9'-0' SEE NOTE I. s TILE 12 WALK-IN COOLER TILE EXIST. EXISTING TO REMAIN 13 WALK-IN FREEZER TILE EXIST. EXISTING TO REMAIN 14 STORAGE TILE EXIST. F.R.P. EXIST. ACOUSTICAL C2 9'-0' SEE NOTE I. TILE 15 MECHANICAL TILE EXIST. GYPSUM BOARD EXIST. ACOUSTICAL TILE C2 9`0' SEE NOTE 1. 16 BREAK AREA TILE EXIST. GYPSUM BOARD EXIST. TILE C2 9'-0' SEE NOTE I. NOTES: I. INSTALL FLOOR TILE TO MATCH OR REPLACE DAMAGED AS REQUIRED. 2. BEHIND 3 COMPARTMENT SINK, INSTALL F.R.P. BOARD OVER" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. 3. WOOD FURRING TO BE LOCATED AS REQUIRED TO ATTACH DECORATIVE WOOD TRIM. s 4. SIZE AND SEAL WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL WALLCOVERING. REFER TO PAINT SPECIFICATIONS. 5. 1 VanCLEAR LEXAN CORNER GUARDS MFG. BY DECROVIN OR EQUAL, INSTALLED ON FULL HEIGHT OF CORNER W/ CHROME PLATED SHEET METAL SCREWS a 18' O.C. MAX. PROVIDE 1/8' CLEARANCE %2' PLYWOOD WITH LI-UP %2' PLYWOOD WITH L4-UP 1/2' PLYWOOD WITH L2-UP SECTION D 38=1'-0' __( UP-LI UP-L4 UP-L2 ' UP-L5 ELEVATION (RECESSED %2') TRIM DETAIL AT SERVICE COUNTER I' 8. 1,_ 9. -r- UP-LI UP-L4 BASE SHOE MOLDING, TYP. UP-L5 (RECESSED 1/2') UP-L2 UP-L2 _ LZ .Q ELEVATION O PILASTER DETAILS UP-LI UP-L4 in 1/2' GYP. BD. PAINTED SHERWIN WILLIAMS PURE WHITE SWI004- STEPPED PILASTER - SECTION /17 � Al2 UP -WI UP -WI UP -WI I I � 1 I � I UP -WI AC-1 AC-1 1 i 1 ' I 1 I � 1 1 UP-Wi I I UP -WI UP-L2 ELEVATION 1/4 MENU BOARD -- SEE DETAIL ® 7---------- 11 -I\ 11 UP-wl M- - - - - - - ENU BOARD UP -WI BULKHEAD BEYOND UP -WI UP-L3 ELEVATION 2 1/4'=1'-0' CD I, --- - - -- ,-- UP-Wi O II II / II / II Y4' PARTICLE BOARD WITH LAMINATE - SECTION SEATING PLAN 1/4'=1'-0' UP-L3 © UP -WI AC-1 BASE SHOE UP-Wi MOLDING, TYP. ELEVATION 3 morn .... mono • AM 5-1 C)_q(i STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY IDOWDLE CHECKED BY B.B. DATE APRIL 27, 1990 REVISIONS I DESCRIPTION SHEET TITLE SEATING PLAN MATRIX GENERATION VARIATION GC31��.�1oMt DRAWING NUMBER RK5451AIO.SAN SHEET NUMBER a 10'-6'xl8'-6' SKYLIGHT ROUGH FRAME DIM. INSIDE 10'-10'xl8'-10' _ I If I I I 1 II I "--ACRYLIC LENS & 69 BRASS GRID. SEE 10,-6■ 6' SHEET E2 FOR CLEAR INSIDE SPECIFICATION II'-6' & LOCATION. DINING ROOM SKYLIGHT PLAN 'AN=1'-0. MIN. OF (8) OTY. SIMPSON TS 9. NAIL TO BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSS & VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL BLOCKING WITH 16d NAILS --� SUSPENDED CEILING O1J: `vl a %2' GYP. BOARD — PAINTED TO MATCH SKYLIGHT DECOR TRIM EXISTING FIXTURE CONDITIONS ° MAY DIFFER FROM THAT SHOWN ° VERIFY EXIST. CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD 2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT STRIP. /2' EXISTING FIXTURES TO REMAIN aB REPLACE BULBS & BALLASTS AS REO'D. 2x4 FRAMING, SECURE TO TRUSSES ABOVE �-- DECOR TRIM PAINTED COLOR: — UPTOWN BLUE & TEAL- = III SHERWIN WILLIAMS 'PURE WHITE' SWI004 4Y2° %2' TEMPO- u SHERWIN WILLIAMS 'DORIC WHITE' SWI 151 �' 6' CLEAR INSIDE 101< ' TRIM DINING ROOM SKYLIGHT SECTION IV =14-01 - I 1 I 1 I I I 1• . 1 I PLAN VIEW 3%2' DIA. CORE DRILLED 2' SO. STEEL SUPPORT MATCH TILE GROUT 3'=1'-0' NO COVER PLATE I STEEL SUPPORT TO BE USED AT I I BASE OF SUPPORT. TILE GROUT �3) i I I I FLOOR TILE W I I D• SECTION VIEW jL [CONC. SLAB 3%2• SETTING MATERIAL TABLE SUPPORT HEIGHT DETAILS V2'=11-04 cJ TABLE BASE SETTING PROCEDURE 1 ------- I i I I 1 1 1 II ---"L---'L-- J—�Y—L•---u'---1-- 1 I 9 II II I 1 t I I II , ------ ___ TN L� _ �--' - — — — — — I I I 1 I I ( 1 I_ I 1___JI I I I I I I I i _____-___-41 �_J 1-24 3�-�'—I 3_l. 4'-6' I 5'-9' I 5'-9° I I' t ' 1 ------------ ------------ r-- —1-- _,.zo \, �. _____-___ ,/ I I I , 1 ____________ � rn I 1 6'-4' I 6'-4' LJ - ------� 1 I I. LAYOUT CORE CENTER LINE LOCATIONS, AFTER FLOOR TILE IS LAID AND CURED. 2. DRILL CORES 4 IN. DEEP MIN. DEPTH INTO CONC. SLAB. 3. REMOVE CORES AND PREPARE HOLES TO RECEIVE NON -SHRINK SETTING MATERIAL 4. FILL HOLES 50% FULL AND INSTALL BASE. SHIM AND BRACE POSTS PLUMB AND LEVEL. REFER TO DETAIL ABOVE FOR HEIGHTS. ALLOW SET-UP TIME PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 5. AFTER INITIAL SET-UP, REMOVE SHIMS AND FILL REMAINDER OF HOLE TO TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB. 6. ALLOW 24 HRS. MINIMUM FOR SUPPORTS TO CURE. FOLLOW SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 7. INSTALL FLOOR TILE GROUT OVER SUPPORT SETTING MATERIAL, USE CARE TO MATCH COLOR, DEPTH, AND TEXTURE OF FLOOR TILE GROUT. NOTE: SETTING MATERIAL SHOULD BE A NON-FERROUS COMPOSITION HYDRAULIC CEMENT OR NON -SHRINK GROUT. PRODUCTS MANUF. BY THE FOLLOWING COMPANIES ARE ACCEPTABLE: 1. MINWAX CONST. PROD., 'POURROCK'. 2. THORO SYSTEMS, 'THOROGRIP', CORE DRILL PLAN I/4'=1'—O' I 1 1 j------ ri 1 I I I rl -. I I I I 1 r I I r l r- -r-- --- ol- `-- 11'r ---r-- t--� I 4 I 1 r - - - 'I IL--I--'J L--I--Jr 1 I rl I I 1 !n I 1 1 ; I r- ll I _ -'t -L-- --i--- ' ---' I '--- I If----1 { 1 1IL----� L----JI1 I 1 I I 5'-9' ti u' '5'-9' S'-II' 3'-6. I I , r , u Ki� ll L - - - - -.a doom 4111111111► s #0 1m 5-1 o -107 C? STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE REVISIONS DESCRIPTION VARIATION DRAWN BY RDW CHECKED BY B.B. DATE 04/3Qf90 SHEET TITLE CORE DRILL PLAN AND DETAILS MATRIX GENERATION 3802.1 VARIATION ORLANDO DRAWING NUMBER SHEET NUMBER �I1 LAMINATED COUNTERTOPq L3-UP 2'-5i/q� 5/2� - - WALL LINE LAMINATE COUNTER . L J 2'-0' TOP L3-UP t. 2' RED OAK TRIM o � WITH%2' RADIUS 4' HIGH BACKSPLASH Q I -3 CORNERS C? a c 1/2-PLYWOOD r �/2' GYPSUM BOARD M2-UP,I ROW a �; WITH WALLCOVERING W4-UP SUSPENDED , d -J" cal ADJ. SHELF----� —2x2 BLKG. ON FIXED =�, CEILING o, o ' SHELF @ LOCATION o F.R.P. ON %2' ' ;:'� M — OF CASH DRAWER O o PLYWOOD °' °p --- M4-UP,2 ROWS r;, WI -UP w a M3-UP,I ROW Ix OAK TRIM / �- — LI-UP _ MENU BOARD ON W4-UP x BRACKETS m a o. :a 4' �\ in 5• RED OAK _ 2'-0� 4' in TRIM WITH 31 5. 81_64 4Y2A %2' RADIUS 2 CORNERS \ ` 3/4'xy4' OAK TRIM 2x6 TREATED WOOD PRISMATIC LENS Ix6 OAK TRIM BASE (BLOCKING ON SUPPORT GENERAL NOTES ANGLES SECTION AT FRONT COUNTER 2 -o O.C.) DETAIL SECTION AT DRIVE-THRU `t 1. ALL COUNTERS & CABINETS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF Y4' t i SECTION BULKHEAD SECTION ON EITHER PLYWOOD WITH WATER PROOF GLUE... r� 3'=1'-0' `� / I°=1'-0' 3 SIDE OF MENU BOARD 2• COUNTERTOPS, EDGES OF SHELVES & VERTICAL PARTITIONS &��. DOOR FRONTS TO BE COVERED WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE. .J 3. INTERIOR SURFACES OF COUNTER, SHELVES & PARTITIONS TO BE �'- COVERED WITH 'BEIGE' CABINET LINER PLASTIC LAMINATE. _® CL q, SYMBOL INDICATES EQUIPMENT ITEM NUMBER. SEE SHEET E02 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. O WALL LINE 2'-6. 5. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL CUTOUT SIZES & LOCATIONS WITH ACTUAL EQUIPMENT & MAKE CUTOUTS IN FIELD. 6. SEE SHEET E3 FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING, REGISTER CABLES, CABINET RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC. COORDINATE ALL 4' HIGH ELECTRICAL WIRING WITH EQUIPMENT. BACKSPLASH 7. CONTRACTOR TO ANCHOR TREATED WOOD BASE TO FLOOR. B. CABINETRY AT DRIVE-THRU SHALL BE SECURED TO WOOD BASE 5' i'-3' WITH COUNTERSUNK, NON-FERROUS SCREWS. k 9. G.C. TO PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLTS OR EQUIVALENT FASTENERS TO SECURE CABINETRY/ WALLS TO CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. REFER TO SHEETS A4 (FLOOR PLAN) AND Al2 (CABINET SECTIONS). 10. CONTRACTOR'S OPTION: TO CONSTRUCT WALLS ON SITE AND HAVE MILLWORK/� DECOR SUPPLIER CLAD, OR SUB -CONTRACT ALL FABRICATION AND CAREFULLY FRONT PANEL TO CO-ORDINATE SO AS TO ACHIEVE SECURE ANCHORAGE TO FLOOR AND WALLS /3 HAVE CONT. HINGE. '� •;° OF ALL CABINETRY ITEMS. 2 MAGNETIC CATCHES & I PULL EPCDMC 402 --------- 4' CHROME ,� AUXILIARY MENU aA3 Y2• BOARD I / 4%s DIA. HOLE 5%# DIA. HOLE 21/4'x77/B' CUT-OUT IM. SECTION AT DRIVE-THRU ! / / FOR LID & STRAW 74'=1'-0' S HOLDER CASH DRAWER BELOW - Cb / f/ LAMINATED INFILL La 3'-4/q' ° ! 13 END OF CUP DISPENSER p / ! 21/4' DIA. HOLE 6.' SHELF S•/ IN COUNTERTOP. CO-ORDINATE / / co 12° SLOPE AT ALL 7Y4' / 1�2' 1'-10%2' 3%2' S%2' / LOCATION AND ' / N' ' CUT IN FIELD. ,' / f (o STANDARD LID & STRAW SODA SYSTEM of SHELVES CUP AND LID DISPNESER /// / ,f/ f DRAWN BY CADD HOLDER 19 I 6' / / / SAFE CHECKED BY CASH REGISTER 06 (I �y ICE BIN CASH 1WER DATE DOOR W/15' X 10' ON FIX SHELF07 -� ATNIEACHGH IONDSPLASH // q' � / mpg / / / REVISIONS DESCRIPTION LOUVER FIXED SHELF / / � MENU BOARD TYP. I , 120 / / 13 -- - -- I I SODA SYSTEM / / ! 6+,' ADJ. SHELF �=- I Oa I ;=l �' + ', ICE BIN / / / , f / P TYP. I I I M N v L_--- - `" � / ry NOTCH SHELF ASly 3�REQ'D FOR SODAs ,_I 4 1 �4' 74' I %4' 2'-p' [Y411�2 41,_$. %4' 2'-41/2' %4' 2'-2�2' �4' DRAIN & CARBONATOR ..�/4 2 2/2 2 4/2 1 8 it/2- / / f / 17'-0%2' / / LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE �� / VARIATION QUARRY TILE FLR. DRAWN BY RDW -N AND BASE (TYP.) � CHECKED BY B.B. / DATE APRIL 27, 1990 FRONT COUNTER -SERVICE SIDE FRONT PANEL TO I I' 2'-01/4' • , / REVISIONS DESCRIPTION HAVE CONT. HINGE f / & 2 MAGNETIC CATCHES �1 2x6 TREATED / WOOD BASE 13 WALL MOUNTED 3 5 SIM. 5 SECTION AT SODA SYSTEM COUNTER PLAN COFFEE CUP DISP. 05 CONDIMENT INTERCOM ON I TRAY 115 BRACKET <Z COFFEE BREWER 26 CASH REGISTER 06 POST MIX pl 2'-6' CASH DRAWER ON SIDE OF �- --, FIXED SHELF p7 I ICE BIN CABINET BEYOND — ICE OPTIONAL - - - - - -' - - CASH DRAWER ti., I N 2'-0' SHEET TITLE ON FIXED SHELF I i I '-34 X 10' LOUVER CUTDOUTYSTEM M - - FRONT COUNTER 07a FIELD CUT OPENING I I o 2x6 s _ IN SIDE OF COUNTER I CARBONATOR �, -jp�f ! `N PLAN & DETAILS TO COORDINATE WITH I ) ``' %4' PLYWD. W/ I - MATRIX ADJ. SHELF ELECTRICAL BOXES. _ _ — — ' HUB DRAIN CABINET LINER 7 N �? I I ( SIM. 4 x4 CUTOUT FOR' 4' P.V.C. 2 - 2x6 TREATED INTERCOM BASE • WOOD BASE ' , i GENERATION Y4 2'-2Y4' %4 2'-2Y4' y4 1 -8' 3/4 Q.T. BASE I . I , Q.T. BASE 2/4 DIA. HOLE CASH DRAWER ON 3802.1 IN COUNTERTOP. ' ' FIXED SHELF BELOW VARIATION 6'-q' �4 I'-4%2' ye I'-8' �4' 2'-4%2' 3Y 111/4' l4' CO-ORDINATE 2'r1.3fa'- - -' � - - - LOCATION LOCATION AND CUT IN FIELD. i I DRAWING NUMBER zn `� ; , RK5451AI2.SAN SHEET NUMBER DRIVE-THRU COUNTER 8 DRIVE-THRU COUNTER SECTION AT SAFE DIEXISTING COUNTER ELEVATIONS I,`1,_0° I3 COUNTER PLAN WINDOW ' %2'=1`-0' I i5 s 's s LL a w a z w U- Lil C� z Lil M w ui a a 0 rn cn I e _Q. I5 o; �. PLANTER W/ GALV. 2METAL OR FIBER- ' DIA. CHROME a GLASS LINER 0 01 PLATED TUBING EMBEDDED IN TOP Z ■ TRAY STORAGE THANKYOU L2-UP TRAY STORAGE s ;1 X 1■ Y4XY4 RED OAK TRIM 0 BOOSTER CHAIR a STORAGE BULLNOSE TILE BASE � F2-UP A45T _ 31 Y421'-6%2' 4 l 0 FRONT ELEV. ELEVATION SECTION SECTION DETAIL I LEFT ELEV. o--<D Y44=11-02 100 ._ /_ ■ I..c� .-_I Li 3'-0' I5 - 1'-81)2' N" 1'-2- OAK CAP `♦ 'N ICJ �`�'� & TRIM 9'-8' i'-0' I q I'-8' '-' '' 12 v RED OAK CAP _ METAL FRAME - '- , 6'-4, r- . 1-89'-10' W.%2' PLYWD. TOP , 1 I 6 3 4 i 6 PARTITION W/ 00 ` 2x2 FRAME _ 3 F�RAME.S. CORE DRILL r ` Y4' PLYWD. W/ I _ _ ETCHED GLASS LAMINATE --------- — —— i N PLANTER W/ ' GALV. METAL URN W/SILK I I II II 2x2 FRAME W/ L3-UP o, %2' PLYWD. '� = FLOWERS i l W4-UP (I rl VINYL WALLCOVERING BOTH SIDES 97 CENTERED ON `TOP L2-UP �, I I I I l W4-UP CONDIMENT /2 PLYWD. W/ L2-UP I I I ' W4-UP HOLDER, L3-UP, 6' HIGH BULLNOSE — ifl SEE DETAIL 7U TILE BASE F2-UP 6' HIGH BULLNOSE - BRASS GLIDES BULLNOSE TILE BASE - i'-0 ; 7'-10, I'-0' BASE, F2-UP 5 3 5'-6' LONG F2-UP cD oD �o I 'Y` SECTION CONDIMENT COUNTER PLAN ELEVATION SECT. PLANTER ELEVATION I SECTION3 4 14 '- 3/8'=1'-0' 3/8■=1�_0■ I ( Yq'=1'-0' 12 3/8'=1'-0' 74'=I'-0' Y, '- -I O' 31_97/e■ 1/4' LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS (TYP.) --EXTEND LAMINATE �_� r 3' 3' 1 3' i 3' i 3' 1 3' 1 3' 1 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 115/�5 ' 21-5%8 STANDARD ~ I r � � � 3'-0' /4' OVER WOOD 2i5/� ■ 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 1 3' 3' 3' 215/16 DRAWN BY C A RED OAK CAP 2�/2' . TRIM •, CHECKED BY & TRIM 2' i'-4' 11�/2' 5 ,' 1 N / -- --� —---L3-UP '`' DATE MARCH 3, 198.9 REVISIONS I DESCRIPTION 7 -to N ti I�q' p rn GENERAL REVISION - RED OAK TRIM 1 -� 2x2 FRAME W/ `O �� W/ Yq' RADIUS — / PLYWD. BOTH SIDES = _ ` — m EQ. BkT TO FLOOR & 'N ADJOINING BOOTHS rr� c�v — W4-UP _Eydr — M2-UP HANDLES - AMEROCK f— M4-UP, 2 ROWS HEAVY ETCHING N LIGHT ETCHING—j 1V2■ i/2■ #867-26 OR EQUAL LIGHT ETCHING �j HEAVY ETCHING %2' 2'-4Yq' 74' o —Lq•UP YWD. W/ PATTERN °A° PATTERN °B° co j 6' HIGH BULLNOSE to — M3-UP I�/2•=1,_0. I%2'=1'-O' BASE, F2-UP—, , --TILE BASE, F2-UP RED OAK TRIM VARIATION w/ /2' RADIUS DRAWN BY RDW CHECKED BY B.B. DATE APRIL 27, 1990 SECTION SECTION REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 3'=1'-0' LI-UP CUT-OUTS FOR ' CONDIMENT BINS 1 22 ■I I ' I i �� ���� ���� IN T llm"NM i WENNiiuW OF PARTITION RED OAK TRIM 1n U� DO PLYWD. W/> TLAMINATE L2-UP I X RED OAK TRIMLL /q' BRASS CHANNEL HIGH CHAIR 5'-0%2' STORAGE Y X 0 ETCHED GLASSUIF 0 BACKSPLASH L3-UP TH YOU 0 0 L2-UP 1/9 SIZE CAMBRO CLEAR PANS, SUPPLIED W/ SHEET CONDIMENT COUNTER CONDIMENT COUNTER DETAILS MATRIX CUT-OUT FOR NAPKIN DISPENSER 51/4' 11/4 2'-1' 45�/q V DISPENSERS TO BE SUPPLIED W/ COND. GENERATION .— 3802.1 3'-4' COUNTER. VARIATII,ONlaw 11 VS V DRAWING NUMBER RK5451AI3.SAN TOP VIEW — CONDIMENT HOLDER SHEET NUMBER CONDIMENT COUNTER DETAILS A13 co N -N ;s I 1 OPERATOR DATE - e o 38 22 38 22 22 38 ,�• 43 25 43 43 Q- s 38 25 0 I N 43 Din, CC Q, O © 3 w s. LI Z- O ][ Ll LL ?' 3 4 FIRE SUPP'N MAN.PULL -- , 23 21 g; 23 23 21 14 23 34 STATION � X 0' 715 N; X: a; 61 m FRONT PACK TABLE o i 2 616 614 601 � 601 20 18 20 20 os -'� 08 °7 13 13 7 MECHANICAL � _ 14 02 � i--'—y _� r rr-�, 0 02 612 61 0900 �v"' w T T if 02 e G� 0 618 - 601 601 601 601 7 8 Q 612 I O 09 613 - - u COOKLINE COOLER FREEZER 610 01 60l I ><q.=1'-0� 4 602 ° 612 50l BREAK 02 s, STORAGE AREA EXISTING 705 4•.,-� 20 ti 60 02 MOPSINK SHELF—,,.,,.N: �, r 610 EXISTING I 0 HANDSINK ;ROOF HI 12 609 701 , ACCESS 712 r - - -� KITCHEN 410 610 20 ---- FUTURE sol 6O1 r 20 ITEMS - - 13 40 03 If o0 11 N 406 40 F_a all IANIL LLJ N , 2X4 FLAT TREATED — ' FIRE 618 I 70 U WOOD BASE UNDER SUPPRESSION N SYSTEM TANKS - �- - - 412 I FILE CABINETS BY G.C. SEE P2 06 COUNTER 60 I OFFICE ELEVATION r------- --_ - 40 6 8 , I 40 /40 4 -I 0 O F.R.P. BOARD VIDEO UNIT I i�I 401 �LN -I E`1 �cl�Tl1 20 0 SHELF 610 610 601 TAPE HOLDER 70 ;----------;, a 0 501 50 0 60 I I 0 20 v FUTURE I 18 I . n - 3 %ir ILr LZ 114 STANDARD ' 2 DRAWN BY CADD LL — 9 141 � a _ �� i 4 33 213 I 21Q i 18 DINING ROOM CHECKED BY N17- I i REFER TO SHEET AIO DATE — — — — — — — _ — I REVISIONS DESCRIPTION EMPLOYEE RM. ELEVATION 115 — 30l — FOR SEATING LAYOUT 0 1/4'=1'-0• 8 10 101 °- 9 O 13 /, EXISTING WINDOW 124 DRIVE—THRU 107 TO REMAIN ,� 131 ,'�� 119 C�/ 0 118 � J,` �� 10 s p ': 104 y L — 129 125 , �� 36 107 IOI 21 •' •' 122 127 ' ' 129 128 �.�,' ' 06 KITCHEN ELEVATIONS ; 0114 108 VARIATION 0 -"' ' �;' 701 ` ' 107 �\ / , DRAWN BY 123 <' , ' 19 / , 0 CHECKED BY 10 1° DATE s 126 05 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 122 , 101 14 131 06 WOMEN ❑� -- 713 SERVICE ' OF IC ° 07 p LOBBY 5EH ❑ 710 06 713 s 712 M E N 2 o � PASSAGECIF SHEET TITLE EQUIPMENT PLAN 712 MATRIX y GENERATION VARIATION • GGN 1 � 1U�t, DRAWING NUMBER EQUIPMENT PLAN SNEET NUMBER SCALE-1/4'=I'-0' 5 ;a s s t, ;s LLJLd Ld w co -c r a- o_ a m N EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CODE 100 QTY. THRU-P DESCRIPTION T (PACK TABLE - SERVING MFG. AND MODEL N0. COUNTER - DRIVE-THRU) ELECTRIC GAS WATER SEWER DIMENSIONS REMARKS FRN. INST. CODE 400 QTY. PREPARATION DESCRIPTION MFG. AND MODEL NO. ELECTRIC GAS WATER SEWER DIMENSIONS REMARKS FRN. INST. : 101 3 SODA SYSTEM UNITED BEVERAGE TGI-6-122 120V/9.BA/I.IKW %2' %4' INDIR. 15-W 22-D 161/2'H KFC GC/V 401 1 BISCUIT TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS 066-107 65-W 31!/2'D 60-H KFC GC o 102 402 1 MIXER TABLE FALCON FABIRCATORS #66-174 20'W 24'D 22'H KFC GC 103 1 403 1 FOOD ' CUTTER BRICKER PRODUCTS #B-12-45 115V/10/IHP 21'W 30'D 254H KFC GC a 104 9 CUP DISPENSER HETCO LG 61/4' DIA X-LC 7'DIA 23%s D (6)LG. (3)X-LG. KFC JGC 404 1 MIXER BLAKESLEE #6-20T 115V/60A/10/%2HP 155/$'W 18%mD 30'/2'H W/ P KNIFE, 2 BOWLS & WHIP KFC GC ti 105 2 COFFEE CUP DISPENSER (D.T. HETCO 61/4' DIA 13'D WALL MOUNT KFC GC 405 1 MIXER TIMER FAST MT. 200 12OV/1.2KW/ 1/3 51/4'W 101/4'H MOUNT 36' A.F.F. KFC GC 106 iMES SE 07E 8. CASH REGISTER (SLAVE) _ 120V/10 14'W 26%2'D 14'HISO GROUND EQUAL TO HUBBELL #IG-2310. SEE SHEET El FOR OCATION. KFC GC/V 406 1 MARINATOR QUALITY QMM-4 115V/4.6A/10 37%22W 26'D 36'H KFC GC W `f' >) 106A I CASH REGISTER (MASTER) jaG 120V/10 14-W 26'/2-D 14'H KFC GC/V 407 2 BREADER W/ SIFTER AYR-KING 115V/Ifd/ I/6 HP 30'W 481D 36'H KFC GC 107 108 IAREs SEE 1E8. 1 CASH DRAWER COUNTER TOP SALAD DISPLAY _ PROGRESSIVE #DC-303 120V/5.5A 191W 15'D 48H 30'W 27'D 28Y42H KFC KFC GC/V GC 408 410 1 1 ADD -A -SHELF WORK TABLE W/ BACKSPLASH BRICKER BAAS-14SS FALCON FABRICATORS #66-206 14'W 304D 60'W 301D 34'H ATTACHED TO #410 KFC KFC GC GC � 5 109 412 1 WORK TABLE W/O BACKSPLASH FALCON FABRICATORS #66-202 48'W 3O'D 34'H KFC GC Y o 110 x 0 112 WASHING AND CLEANING a 113A 0 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY UNIT KOLPAK SPECIAL #SCS-315 120V/6.8A/ 1/3 HP 48-W 31%'D 38'H 2' RISER GRAY LAMINATE BASE PANEL KFC jGC 500 (t HANDSINK SEE REMARKS '/28H & C 11/44 DIRECT 17'/2'W 141/2-D 12-H RECESS IN COUNTER KFC GC 114 2 HEATED DRAWER TOASTMASTER 3B84A 120V/8.5A 2913% 'W 20%22D 223/4'H KFC GC 501 1 3 COMPARTMENT SINK �Xi �r �. H & C 2' DIRECT 108'W 35'D 41%2'H WITH PRERINSE KFC GC 115 1 CONDIMENT HOLDER (D.T.) TRENDCO 12%2'W 13%'D 121/2-H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 502 3 TRASH CONTAINER CONTINENTAL MFG. TRENDCO 20'DIA 312H 32 GAL. CAPACITY, IN SMALLWARES KFC GC 116 117 STORAGE 118 2 COFFEE SERVER TRENDCO KFC GC 600 4 WALL SHELF 18 X 48 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 48'W IB'D MOUNT BOTT.OF SHELF o 6'-0'AFF KFC GC 119 3 LID HOLDERS W/STRAW TRENDCO 7y4'W 5Y,6'D 4YB'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 601 i2 SHELVING UNIT 18 X 60 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 60'W 18'D 84'H KFC GC .c:t 120 1 MENU BOARD AMERICAN SIGN 120V/2.5A/.23KW 120'/2-W 29%8H SEE NOTE 9. KFC GC 602 8 CHICKEN DOLLY LOU. MILL SUPPLY RKFCPE84065 141 4'W 221 4'D 81H KFC GC 121 1 60' PACK TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS #60 BU-HD-I 60'W 52'/2'D 36%2'H 604 4L MARINATED CHICKEN DOLLY W/ LUGS UNARCO #EAK 154 181 'W 261 'D 441H LUGS BY HUBER-4 REQUIRED KFC GC CaC 122 2 ACCESSORY EAR MUFF FALCON FABRICATORS #66-334 18-W 131/2-D 8%2'H 605 SALAD DOLLY S/S FALCON FAB.66-145 22'W 27'D 429H KFC GC L.A_ "C3 123 2 24' ADD -ON UNIT FALCON FABRICATORS 1124HC 120V/13.7A 24-W 52%2'D 36%2'H (L JB 18' A.F.F. KFC GC 607 1 MODULAR BAG -IN -BOX RACK 271 'W 141 'D 481H SUPPLIED &INSTALLED BY SODA SUPPLIER KFC GC/V � 124 1 AUX. MENU BOARD AMERICAN SIGN SEE NOTE 9. KFC GC 608 2 BUN STOR. DOLLY & TRAYS TRENDCO #184318 25 'W 211 'D 41 'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC -6;t C7 GL 125 1 5' HEATED DISPLAY UNIT HENNY PENNY #HCW-5 208V/4.5KW NOTE 4 3/4' INDIR. 604W 29%4'D 323/4'H TWO TIER KFC GC 609 1 DUNNAGE RACK/ SHORTENING NEW AGE #KFC 24'W 24'D 122H KFC GC 126 1 COFFEE BREWER BUNN-O-MATIC VPRN OR EQUAL 120V/15A/10 16'W 8'D 201H LEASE FROM LOCAL SUPPLIER V V 610 WALL SHELVING 18 X 36 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 36'W 184D BOT. OF SHELF o 6'-0' A.F.F. KFC GC 127 1 SPEAKER/CRADLE 3M 78-8016-9810-70SM 131/q'W 9y4'D 10%'H BEIGE COLOR, SWIVEL & TILT CRADLE KFC GC 612 3 SHELVING UNIT 12 X 42 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 42'W 12'D 848H KFC GC 128 1 SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL 3M 78-9020-1007-60SM RECESS JB IN BULKHEAD KFC 613 3 SHELVING UNIT 18 X 42 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 421W 18'D 84'H KFC GC 129 2 WARMING CABINET HENNY PENNY HC-900 / HETCO 115/2KW 24Y44W 31Y42D 711/4'H KFC GC 614 SHELVING UNIT 24 X 72 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 721W 24'D 84'H KFC GC 130 2 CONDIMENT HOLDER W/CLIPS TRENDCO 22'W 108D 61H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 616 0 SHELVING UNIT 12 X 42 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 42'W 12'D 84'H KFC GC sus I o ct 0 131 3 ICE TEA DISPENSER CECILWARE #S-3 TRENDCO 9'W 151/2-D 171/2-H 3 GAL. CAP., IN SMALL WARES KIT KFC GC 617 0 WALL SHELF 18 X 36 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 36'W 18'D MOUNT BOTT. OF SHELF O 6'-0'AFF KFC GC _ 132 1 PRODUCT HOLDING TIMER FASTRON MODEL 800 AXFD-KFC 120V/.5A 84W 4'D 5%2'H KFC GC 618 1 SHORTENING SHUTTLE WORCHESTER IND.PROD. #PE88024-FP 15%21W 9%'D 485/B'H WITH S/S SHROUD KFC GC 133 1 SANDWICH ASSEMBLY TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS 918 44%8'W 3i'D 592H KFC GC 621 0 WALL SHELF 18 X 60 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 60'W 185D MOUNT BOTT.OF SHELF 0 6'-0'AFF KFC GC 134 1 FRIES DISPLAY TABLE #17 FALCON FABRICATORS 017 201/2-W 40Y4'D 37'H -PANKFC GC 625 1 SHELVING UNIT 24 X 60 X 84 FALCON HODGES (EPDXY) 60'W 24'D 841H WITH SHROUD KFC GC 135 1 PATTIE WARMER HATCO #HS2-785 120V/8.OA 122W 22%2'D 172H KFC GC 626 0 SHELVING UNIT 36 X 60 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 601W 365D 841H KFC GC / 136 1 HEAT LAMP FOR FRIES DISPLAY HATCO HS2-837 115V/8A 20'/2'W 18'D 161/21H KFC GC 627 1 DUNNAGE RACK/SYRUP STORAGE INTERMETRO (PLATED) HP31C 24'W 18'D 141 'H KFC GIC 137 628 0 SHELVING UNIT 24 X 36 X 84 FALCON HODGES (PLATED) 361W 241D 84'H KFC GC 138 2 SANDWICH EARMUFF W/ CHUTES HATCO #HS2-782 120V/3.3A 17'W 18'D 122H KFC GC 139 1 MAYO DISPENSER PACKAGE TRENDCO 5Y45W III/4'D 4y4'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC MISCELLANEOUS 140 1 TEA CROCK LOUISVILLE STONEWARE 178W 15'D 211H UNSWEETENED KFC GC 700 1 SAFE (HI SECURITY) CINCY SAFE CO. #2820 120V/10 20'W 16'D 28'H KFC GC/V 141 1 MICROWAVE OVEN AMANA RFS8-SE 120V/175OW/14.6 21%`W 17 I6'D 14y4'H KFC GC 701 1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER ABC ANSUL 32871ABC 71/2-DIA 23-H KFC GC 142 701A I FIRE EXTINGUISHER BC ANSUL 32929 BC 7%24DIA 23'H KFC GC 143 2 24' MOUNTING BRACKET FALCON FABRICATORS #66-268 2411W 18'D 13'H KFC GC 702 144 703 1 FILE CABINET (2 DRAWER) HON OWA312CPT 18'W 26V24D 281H KFC GC na 145 704 1 FILE CABINET (2 DRAWER) HON #WA252PT 15'W 18'D 29'H KFC GC ; 146 2 BACKLIT COUNTER SIGN SILVER & ASSOCIATES 120V/10 18%'W 6'D 91/4-H MTD. TO FRONT COUNTER KFC GC 705 fL. STOOLS LOU. MILL SUPPLY #1702 18'H KFC GC " t47 148 706 707 2 1 OFFICE CHAIR VIDEO TRAINING UNIT LOU. MILL SUPPLY #5815 TRAINING 120V/1l0 /62 WA 15%'W 13%'D II%'H BR�LKETS S CURITY•SHEL & LTAPE KFC KFC GC GC 149 708 12 1 LOCKERS (2 SECT. o 6 Hi.) LOU MILL 5362-2 121W 18'D 72'H KFC GC 150 709 1 BULLETIN BOARD TRENDCO #38650 245W 361H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 151 710 t CALCULATOR TRENDCO IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 152 711 153 712 2 5 TIER HORIZ. TRAYS TRENDCO R96018 15'W 8%21D 12'H LEGAL SIZE,IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC STANDARD 154 713 2 4 TIER HORIZ. TRAYS TRENDCO 896017 150W 81/2'D 94H LEGAL SIZE,IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC DRAWN BY CADD 155 714 CHECKED BY 156 715 DATE MARCH 3, 1989 160 724 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 725 GC 1 COOKING 727 1 EXTERIOR TRASH RECEPTACLE WAUSAU TILE 147/8, 147/8' 29%'H 24 GALLON CAPACITY KFC GC 200 1 CORN COOKER A.J. ANTUNES MODEL CCC-20KFC 120V/14.6A/1.75KW 13'W 23'D 131H KFC GC 201 1 CONVECTION OVEN BLODGETT CTBR-1 208V/30/60HZ 301/4'W 251/8-D 25%f6'H GC TO MAKE ELEC CONNECTION KFC GC 202 1 OVEN COMPUTER FASTRON #821AJFQ-KFC 115V/.5A 81/4-W 41/2-D 8'H GC TO PROVIDE ELEC CONN 60' AFF KFC GC BUILDING ITEMS 203 800 1 DRIVE-THRU WINDOW QUIKSERV #FM -I 120V/3AIP 24-W 14-D 38%2'H CLEAR ANODIZED KFC GC 204 801 2 18' NEON LOGO LETTERS CUMMINGS/ZIMMERMAN 120V/12A 19'-01W 15%2'D 249H N/A FOR ILLUMINATED AWNING EXTERIOR KFC GC 205 802 1 D/T MENUBOARD & SPEAKER POST AMERICAM SIGN 120V/4.23A PEAKER poSf ,,' D39•H e'H SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATION KFC GC 206 1 2 BURNER RANGE U.S. RANGE #1836-7M-3 W/ STAND Y4' 170W 381/41D 26'H 60,000 BTU/HR KFC GC 803 6 LOGO PANEL CUMMINGS/ ZIMMERMAN 32'W %e'D 9'H SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SHT. AIO FOR SPECS. KFC GC 207 2 OPEN FRYER W/COMPUTER PITCO 18WKS & FAST COMPUTER 115V/5A/10 Y4' 205/32 'W 381ym 'D 48H 150000 BTU HR EACH GAS 2NPT INTEGRAL FASTRON C6MPUTER TIME KFC GC 804 1 CUPOLA TOWER CUMMINGS/ ZIMMERMAN 120V/8A 701/26W 70%2'D 111y4'H KFC GC 805 3 EXTERIOR ENTRY LIGHT RUEFF/ SPECIFIED LIGHTING 120V/10 SEE SHEET E2 FOR SPECIFICATIONS KFC GC 208 1 DUMP/FILTER TABLE FALCON FABRICATORS 1165-877 120V/7.2A EA/10 241/40W 35%26D 36'H RECPT 18'AFF ONE PR LEGS FOR EA KFC GC 806 0 UP/DOWN LIGHTING HUBBELL/NUART 120V/10 SHEET 1 I D SPECIFICATIONS 1 EXTERIORKFC SEE E2209 GC 1 DRAIN BAFFLE FALCON FABRICATORS _#66-219 148W 81/4'D 5y4'H KFC GC 210 1 1 EXHAUST HOOD EXISTING HOOD 12'-0'W KFC GC 807 1 YARD LIGHT HUBBELL/NUART 120V/10 SEE SITE PLAN FOR TYPE & QTY. KFC GC VARIATION 808 1 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE CUMMINGS/ZIMMERMAN 120V/10 SEE SITE PLAN FOR TYPE & QTY. KFC GC/V 211 1 EXHAUST HOOD VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS 12'-0'W KFC GC 212 809 1 D.T. SPEAKER SYSTEM 3M D-15 120V/10 KFC GC DRAWN BY RDW 810 811 0 0 TRANSOM PANEL PACKAGE TANKLESS WATER HEATER PALMER EEMAX SP4208K 208V/19.7A 1/2' C 5'/q'W 2%a'D 9 q'H SEE SHT. AIO FOR TYPE & QUANTITY KFC KFC GC GC CHECKED BY Q,B, 213 214 2 1 SPLIT VAT FRYER LOADING TABLE, MOBILE VULCAN HART CCFD-2-KFC & FAST AV0822 TRENDCO 115Y AC/60HZ/1.5A + FILTER/2' 15%21W 27%,D 46%2'H 19%2'W 28%2D 361H 85000 BTU/HR FRY. & COMP. TIMER IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC KFC GC GC DATE 04/30/90 215 216 1 SHORTENING FILTER WINSTON MODEL 8302AOIE21 120V/15A/10 20V2'W 331/4-D 207/g'H KFC GC 812 813 0 KITCHEN TILE PACKAGE INTERAMICS KFC GC REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 814 1 HVAC/LIGHT CONTROL PANEL TROPICOOL/ LDI 120V/10 158W 41D 341W/ 2' FLANGE SEE NOTE 5 KFC GC 217 218 1 COLLECTRAMATIC CART W/ STANC WINSTON PS1682 21:Y41W 261/44D 36'H KF-C GC 815 I ISMOKE ALARM PANEL TROPICOOL/ SIMPLEX 120V/10 161/48W 41/4'D 13%2'H E.C. TO INSTALL. SEE NOTE 6. KFC GC 219 816 1 WATER HEATER EXISTING Y4' Is EXISTING EXISTING 817 0 TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHILLER HARDWARE SEE SHEET A5. KFC GC 220 3 6 HEAD COLLECTRAMATIC WINSTON MODEL IIFCR62010ISJ 208V/30/29.2A/10.5K 202W 32Y41D 43y4'H EACH KFC GC 818 O SWITCH GEAR PACKAGE SOUTHLAND ELECTRIC 208V/30/600A SEE SPEC.DIV.1600 FOR SIZES MOUNT TO REAR EXTERIOR WALL KFC GC 819 0 HEAR SIGHT COMM. MODULE TRENDCO 21/2-W 21/2'H IN SMALLWARES KIT KFC GC 820 1 ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEM SILENT WATCHMAN 120V/10 KFC GC/V 821 VARIES PENDANT LIGHT RUEFF/SPECIFIED LIGHTING SEE SHT. El FOR TYPE & QUANTITY KFC GC 822 VARIES WALL LIGHT RUEFF/SPECIFIED LIGHTING SEE SHT. El FOR TYPE & QUANTITY KFC GC 823 1 SKYLIGHT (LENS & GRID ONLY RUEFF/SPECIFIED LIGHTING SEE SHT. El FOR SPECIFICATIONS KFC GC REFRIGERATION 300 1 ONE DOOR FREEZER (SPLIT DOOR) DELFIELD 06125S II5V/9.5A/60HZ/I/3HP 25%2'W 321/4-D 791/2-H DUTCH DOOR, W/ RACK STAND KFC GC 824 825 1 1 ILLUMINATED AWNING BACKGROUND MUSIC SYSTEM VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS 120V/16 FOR ILLUMINATED AWNING EXTERIOR ONLY LEASE OR PURCHASE OPTION KFC GC/V MINENT SCHEDULE & NOTE-S 301 1 ONE DOOR REFG. (SPLIT DOOR DELFIELD #6025-S 115V/6.5A/60HZ/1/4HP 25%2'W 321/4-D 791/2-H KFC GC 302 1 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR DELFIELD 406-CA 115V/4A/60HZ/1/4HP 27'W 271/4'D 330H WITH CASTERS KFC GC EQUIPMENT REFERENCE EQUIPMENT NOTES MATRIX 303 304 0 WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER INTERNATIONAL COLD STORAGE 208V/30/I%2 & 2HP 20'-0' X 8'-0' FOR COLOR SEE SCHEDULE ON A6 KFC GC/V ALL 1. ALL EQUIPMENT NOTED AS 'INSTALLED BY G.C.' SHALL HAVE ALL UTILITIES, CONNECTIONS, LEVELING ADJUSTMENTS, AND FINAL INSTALLATION EXECUTED BY G.C., INCLUDING INITIAL START-UP. COORDINATE INITIAL START-UP WITH KFC CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR. 305 305 1 ICE MACHINE ALTERNATE ICE MACHINE MANITOWOC AC. ICE CURER MODEL GY-0649N W/REMOTE CONDENSER MODEL AC.0895A. ICE BIN MODEL C-700S MANITOWOC MODEL GY-0605W SELF-CONTAINED WATER-COOLED ICE CURER W/ ICE BIN C-700S 208V/13.3A/10 208V/13.3A/10 NOTE 4 NOTE 4 %4' INDIR 3/4' INDIR 420W 31%22D 65%28H I I 42 W 31/2 D 65/2 H KFC KFC GC GC 101 304 2. PVC CONDUIT FOR SYRUP LINES TO BE SEALED AT EACH END WITH DAP 'BUTYL -FLEX' WHITE SEALANT OR EQUAL AFTER LINES ARE IN PLACE. 3. KFC TO PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF WALK-IN COOLER. THIS IS TO INCLUDE UNLOADING, SET-UP, ASSEMBLY & LEVELING. HOOK-UP OF ELECTRICAL IS ALL WORK NECESSARY - NO REFRIG. - NO WIRE UP. NO HVAC WORK IS NECESSARY. COOLER WILL BE WELDED TO SLAB ANCHORS BY THE G.C. GENERATION 380201 VARIATION ORLANDO 125,305 4. i/2' COLD WATER AT FLOOR. 1/4' FLARED COPPER 70 UNIT, DRAWING NUMBER - UTILITY SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS SCHEDULE WAS TAKEN FROM THE MANUFACTURERS DATA. SEE PLUMBING. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION. 814 5. KFC WILL FURNISH A HVAC/LIGHT CONTROL PANEL (INCLUDING THERMOSTATS AND LIGHT SENSOR). GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO MOUNT ALL DEVICES AND WIRE COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIAGRAMS ON SHEET E4. _ - CK5453EQ2.ORL SHEET NUMBER 0 2 815 6. SMOKE ALARM TO INCLUDE 2 SMOKE DETECTORS AND ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. 818 7. SWITCH GEAR PACKAGE TO INCLUDE ONE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD, 4 BRANCH PANEL BOARDS, 3 STARTERS FOR FANS, AND HVAC DISCONNECTS. 106 8. FOR THE NUMBER OF CASH REGISTERS REQUIRED, REFER TO RESTAURANT PROFILE & SIZING GUIDELINES.ip. 120 9. COLOR OF MENU BOARD PANELS: TEMPO, UPTOWN 'BLUE', UPTOWN 'TEAL', HORIZON I - ROSE; HORIZON II - GRAY 5 s s s in; PLUMBING LEGEND DESIGNATION ITEM DESIGNATION ITEM W W WASTE LINE C. WATER CLOSET _ - - - V- - - - V VENT LINE ABOVE SLAB U. URINAL C C.W. COLD WATER LINE ABOVE SLAB L. LAVATORY - - - C- - - - C•W• COLD WATER LINE UNDER SLAB M.S. MOP SINK H H.W. HOT WATER LINE ® F.D. FLOOR DRAIN G G GAS LINE > H.D. HUB DRAIN UP LINE UP (END OF RUN) M.S, MOP SINK DN. LINE DOWN (END OF RUN) 0 C.O. CLEANOUT (FLOOR) LINE UP (IN PIPE RUN) f C.O. CLEANOUT (WALL) - �— LINE DOWN (IN PIPE RUN) R. & C. ROUGH AND CONNECT GATE VALVE V.T.R. VENT THRU ROOF GAS VALVE C.I. CAST IRON - - - 0-- - - - CONDENSATE DRAIN ABOVE SLAB C.P.H.B. CHROME PLATED HOSE BIB PVC UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FOR SYRUP F.P,H.B. FROST PROOF HOSE BIB AND REGISTER CABLES W.H. WATER HEATER GENERAL NOTES 1. PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK ON THIS PROJECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION, INVERT, SIZE AND CONDITION OF EXISTING UTILITIES. SHOULD CONDITIONS EXIST OTHER THAN THOSE INDICATED AND WHICH COULD ALTER THE DESIGN INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY K.F.C. IMMEDIATELY FOR A DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT AGENCIES AND PAY ALL CHARGES FOR CONNECTIONS TO UTILITIES. 3. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL ROUGH -IN PLUMBING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLAN SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLAN AND SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION AND TYPE OF EQUIPMENT TO DETERMINE PIPE SIZES AND TYPES OF CONNECTIONS. 5. SEE PLOT AND/OR SITE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITIES AND SERVICE CONNECTIONS. 6. PITCH ALL WASTE AND DRAIN LINES A MINIMUM OF 1/8' PER FOOT, 7. PROVIDE A LEVER HANDLE GAS COCK IN BRANCH PIPING OF EACH GAS APPLIANCE. ALSO FOR EACH APPLIANCE, INSTALL QUICK DISCONNECT, FLEXIBLE PIPE AND RESTRAINING DEVICE FURNISHED BY K.F.C. FOR C&P I3 16 8. INSTALLATION OF COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL PLUMBING CODE. 9. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL AND EQUIPMENT SHEETS. CAP EACH END -OF P.V.C. CONDUIT WITH P.V.C. CAP, FIELD DRILL CAP OPENINGS FOR SYRUP LINES. CAULK FULLY AROUND SYRUP LINES. — - kllq_� OUARRY TILE FLOOR CONCRETE SLAB s Z r t-1 0 ALL JOINTS IN P.V.C. PIPE SHALL ' BE ASSEMBLED WITH HEAVY DUTY P.V.C. CEMENT MEETING ASTM-D2564 _ LONG SWEEP ELL ---4• P.V.C. PIPE SYRUP/REGISTER CONDUIT DETAIL I-el14112�22� � \ � �2�1 f,y2,l•�I�ZII II I 66 �h 3" Z'' -lllu� GoT U, 4 Gv i _ v 4 �4 r-�- -- r �- 1 2 Ih n 31�v E1 JT' 11 � 1 IJ G �� CJE I "Irt-1 G PIPE HANGER SCHEDULE NOMINAL SIZE SPACING %2 INCH 5 FEET Y4 INCH 6 FEET I INCH — 7 FEET 1112 INCH _ 9 FEET INCH AND ABOVE 10 FEET C�'[►t\1G, Uwe c g)a y ' r- �a f W D` 1 .r �0 �o STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY -)Go.. CHECKED BY B.B. DATE 04/30/90 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION SHEET TITLE PLUMBING PLAN LOWMLEVEL MATRIX GENERATION 3802.1 VARIATION SANFORD DRAWING NUMBER RK5451POI,SAN SHEET NUMBER 0 s a 50Inw 1��8u 85MR k 213 N 2 ngy 1` �'iil2U Rcap>`r y�„.cupr._ l CAS RIB DIA�a� uT7 �j Ito V-1x �T c-IAs - WATT -Vtt25,- I 14 a �-' / CAI` �, \ / '_ • 1�1 . \�O r\ 3'4 \ FI'I.t Hcp sluff WA%ig, xvP I'm Rai eX15MW4 VI Ili i5 WaZ v I 1114 Its G ^ JI r L I\� w �I11 �Ix Ic 0 �r • DUTPUT OSTER ,� fl 1 r STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY RDW CHECKED BY B.B. DATE O4/30/90 r. SHEET TITLE PLUMBING PLAN UPPER LEVEL MATRIX GENERATION 3802.1 VARIATION SANFORD DRAWING NUMBER RK5451PCLSAN SHEET NUMBER P2 OPERATOR DATE ° w ^ m m " w � ^ ` ~ OPERATOR DATE s ;s s s a s s A GRILLE REGISTER9 & DIFFUSER SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION A EXISTING 24'X24', 3-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS RE -USE IN PLACE OR RELOCATE AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN. B EXISTING 24'X24', 2-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS RE -USE WHERE SHOWN RELOCATED. B-I NEW (FOUR) 24'X24', 2-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS TO MATCH EXISTING. LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. C EXISTING 24'X24', 2-WAY CORNER CEILING DIFFUSER. REMOVE. DO NOT RE -USE. D EXISTING 12'X6' SIDEWALL DIFFUSERS. REUSE IN PLACE AS SHOWN. E EXISTING 24'X48' RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLE. REMOVE. DO NOT RE -USE. E-I EXISTING 24X24' RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLES. RE -USE TWO (2) WHERE SHOWN RELOCATED IN THE DINING ROOM. REMOVE THE OTHER AND DO NOT RE -USE. F EXISTING 10'X6' CEILING EXHAUST REGISTERS TO REMAIN. H EXISTING 24'X24', 4-WAY CEILING DIFFUSER. RE -USE IN PLACE AS SHOWN. J EXISTING 24'X24' 1-WAY CEILING DIFFUSER. RE -USE ONE (1) IN PASSAGE AS SHOWN. REMOVE TWO (2) OTHERS AND DO NOT RE -USE. M EXISTING 122X12', 3-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS. RE -USE ONE (1) IN STORAGE AS SHOWN. RELOCATE ONE (1) FROM DRIVE-THRU AND RE -USE IN MECHANICAL ROOM AS SHOWN. N EXISTING 24'X24' RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLE. REMOVE. DO NOT REUSE. P EXISTING 242X24', 2-WAY CORNER DIFFUSERS. REMOVE. DO NOT REUSE. 0 EXISTING 240X24, RETURN AIR CEILING GRILLE. RELOCATE AND RE -USE AS SHOWN. R NEW (SIX) 24'X24', 4-WAY CEILING DIFFUSERS TO MATCH EXISTING. LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. S NEW (TWO) 24'X48' RETURN AIR FILTER GRILLES. LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE ITEM SUPPLY RETURN OUTSIDE AIR EXHAUST AIR DIFFERENCE RTU-1 6800 4900 1900 --- +1900 RTU-2 2550 1750 800 ------------- --- +800 AHU-1 dd ABANDON AHU-2 1230 0 1230 --- +1230 AHU-3 800 800 0 --- 0 AHU-4 1890 0 1890 --- +1890 REF -I --- --- ! --- 2050 -2050 REF-2 ABANDON REF-3 --- --- --- 400 -400 REF-4 Ill APPLY ATTIC FAN - DOES NOT REF-5 --- --- --- 3150 -3150 TOTALS 13,270 7450 5820 5600 +220 HVAC FLOOR PLAN A 1. -�.� low A -r i I� A o STANDARD DRAWN BY CARD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE CHECKED BY B.B. DATE APRIL 27, 199.0 ' SHEET TITLE MATRIX MECHANICAL PLAN GENERATION VARIATION CONVERSION DRAWING NUMBER RK5451M02.SAN SHEET NUMBER m(9 ry/ PERATOR DATE s s a s ;s ;s EDU =. PMENT W Z F2 2 NG SCHEDtJL_E EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WIRING CONNECTIONS GiD SODA. SYSTEM FLUSH MOUNT DUPLEX IN REAR WALL OF CABINET 101 WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 106A CASH REGISTER MASTER FLUSH MOUNT SINGLE TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE IN WALL BELOW COUNTER TOP WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1- AFF. 106 CASH REGISTER SLAVE FLUSH TOINGLE TWIST LI�WAL�BELW COUNTER TOP WTH CENTEINE 2'-l' AFF. 108 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY LINOF CABINET WITS ER-DUPLEXLINE I1"REARABOWALL CMMO ED FLOOR. 114 HEATED DRAWER ANDICONNDE ECTSBOXRTOJUNITION IT USINGXFLEXIIB FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. 116 DRIVE-THRU WINDOW LIl/CONDUIT RECEPTACLE H� MULOON�CNECT TO OPERATOR ABOVE WINDOW. 123 30" ADD -ON UNIT BOLOW NIT I PRVIE TH CENTER-LINECIS" AFFX CTION ONNECT UNIT TO JUNCTION BOX WITH FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. 125 H ATED.DISPLAY UNIT EXTENDCONDUIT ANDDWICOING UPTOHRU 7ERMPEENING COMPARTMENT. 126 COFFEE BREWER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTERLINE 10" ABOVE COUNTER TOP. 129 WARMING CABINET PROVIDE FLUSH 4' SQUARE BOX WITH TWO HUBBELL 2620A TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLES AND ' TWO HANG PLATE WITH CENTER -LINE 78" AFF. 132 PRODUCT HOLDING TIMER SHARES DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH 135. 135 PATTIE WARMER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL AND EQUIP WITH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. t 136 HEAT LAMP FOR FRIES OW PROVIDE KITH DISPLAY CENTER -LINE 141 MICROWAVE OVEN FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. 200 CORN COOKER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL. 201 CONVECTION OVEN FLUSH JUNCTION BOX IN WALL WITH CENTER- 42- AFF AND CONNECT UNIT TO JUNCTION LINE BOX COVER PLATE USING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. 202 OVEN COMPUTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 72" AFF_ 2O7 OPEN FRYER W/COMPUTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER -LINE 208 DUMP/FILTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER -LINE 18" AFF. i 213 SPLIT VAT FRYER FLUSHDUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER -LINE 220 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC L8450 RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH FLUS�NE ER18 300 1-DOOR FREEZER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 18"AFF. 302 UNDER COUNTER REFRIG- FLUSH DUPLEXINTO WALL WITH XXNE ERATOR. 3RE AFF. 305 ICE MACHIE PROVIDE FLUSH OUTLET AT "' AFF. EQUIP ! WITH EXTENSION RING A BLANK COVER PLATE. CONNECT POWER WIRING TO UNIT USING FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. 403 FOOD CUTTER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 42" AFF. EQUIP WITH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. 1 404 MIXER PLUGS INTO TIMER 405. 405 MIXER TIMER FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE INTO WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 48" AFF. 406 MARINATOR FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER LINE 18" AFF. 407 HAND BREADER W/SIFTER IN WALL WITH EPFACLE CENTER 18RECEPT 700 SAFE FLUSH RECEPTACLE INTO WALL BELOW COUNTER TOP AND WITH CENTER -LINE 2'-1" AFF. 707 VIDEO TRAINING UNIT FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 36" AFF. BACKGROUND MUSIC FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND JUNCTION BOX 710 INTO WALL WITH CENTER -LINE 78" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 711 ELECTRONIC SECURITY CENTER -LINE PTACLE AND EPHONE OUTLET l F. SYSTEM INWALLEWITH KEYNOTE� S?!S� `-�"� 173 OJUNCTION BOX �Ot�ti!'f�-f.OU1L'T1�'Z"(��-�-lNt�C.��1 3 JUNCTION BOX IN WINDOW MULLION FOR FOOT SWITCH. EXTEND WIRING UP IN MULLION TO WINDOW OPERATOR. SQUARE SURFACE MOUNTED BOX WITH BLANK COVER FOR FOOT 4 4-11/16' SWITCH JACK. 5 STUB 2-l' CONDUITS FROM PANEL TO CEILING SPACE FOR FUTURE USE. FLUSH JUNCTION BOX WITH EXTENSION RING AND BLANK COVER. SURFACE 6 MOUNT CONDUIT BETWEEN EXTENSION RING AND DISCONN-ECT SWITCH. 7 EXTEND TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO LOCATION DIRECTED BY TELEPHONE COMPANY LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN .rr. NIL . -NNW w _ awaft W= STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE REVISIONS DESCRIPTION VARIATION DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE -- .--- SHEET TITLE LOWER LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN MATRIX GENERATION VARIATION �l s SCALE-1/4'=l'-0' OPERATOR DATE ;s s B A n FEE CU2PMENT WIRING SGt-iEDUL_E EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WIRING CONNECTIONS 120 MENU BOARD FLUSH OUTLET IN WALL OF BULKHEAD AND WITH CENTER —LINE 7'-6" AFF. WIRE THRU BUSHED COVER PLATE AND CONNECT COMPLETE. 138 HEATED EARMUFFS FLUSH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN BULKHEAD WITH CENTER —LINE 7'-6"AFF. 211 TIMERS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH IN CEILING. MOUNT TIMER ON FACE OF HOOD. 215 PORTABLE FILTER PROVIDE BELL COMPANY CAST BOX WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND SURFACE MOUNT ON FACE OF HOOD WITH CENTER —LINE 72"AFF. C815 SMOKE ALARM PANEL SIMPLEX 4001-9403. RECESS IN WALL WITH TOP 5'-6" AFF. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. K E Y N O T E S 1 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES TO REMAIN. 2 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE OVER OUTLET BOXES. OCONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L1-1 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING TYPE "D2" FIXTURES. O CONNECT NEW NEON SIGNS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L1-2 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING "D3" FIXTURE. O CONNECT NEW NEON SIGNS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L1-5 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING "D3" FIXTURE. Q CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT L2-6 PRESENTLY SUPPLYING "B" FIXTURES AT ENTRANCE. 7 CONNECT NEW CUPOLA LIGHTS TO SPARE CIRCUIT IN PANEL L1. 8 CONNECT LIGHTING IN WALK—IN BOXES TO PRESENT L2-2 CIRCUIT. 9 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER L2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING ABOVE LOAD CENTER AND TERMINATE EXISTING HOME RUNS IN JUNCTION BOX AND THEN EXTEND HOME RUNS TO NEW PANELBOARD LD. RENUMBER CIRCUITS AS SHOWN ON PANELBOARD SCHEDULE LD. 10 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER LH. 11 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER LK. 12 REMOVE EXISTING LOAD CENTER LF. 13 SMOKE DETECTORS; SIMPLEX 2098-9639; LOCATE ON SIDE OF SUPPLY DUCT WITH 12" SAMPLING TUBE INTO DUCT. EXTEND 2—CONDUCTORS TO FAN STARTER FOR FAN SHUT DOWN AND 2—CONDUCTORS TO THE SMOKE.ALARM PANEL. TU— PROVIDE 60/35A, 3P, WP DISCONNECT SWITCH ON SIDE OF ROOF TOP UNIT AND CONNECT TO LINE SIDE OF UNIT CONTROLLER. DH— PROVIDE 30A, 3P, NON —FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH ABOVE CEILING AT AHU-3 AND CONNECT TO HEATER TERMINALS. QHU—� PROVIDE COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCH IN WEATHER—PROOF HOUSING AT UNIT ON ROOF. WIRE THRU SUPPLY STARTER AND EXHAUST STARTER TO TERMINALS OF EACH MOTOR. EF— INCLUDED WITH AHU-4 ABOVE. PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BOX WITHE RAISED COVER FLUSH IN WALL AND CONNECT TO TANKLESS WATER HEATER FURNISHED BY KFC. . 0 N will I I wl I i W4 i ' I i L------------ I wl --------� L------------► REFLECTED CEILING' PLAN BI BI BI BI BI BI BI BI 8 FIXTU ES CIRCUIT N LD-5 Z U' �9,5 .. C? C:L C./ 7 STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE VARIATION DRAWN BY .J.DOWDLE CHECKED BY B.B. DATE APRIL 27, 1990 SHEET TITLE REFLECTED CLG. PLAN MATRIX GENERATION VARIATION CONVERSION DRAWING NUMBER RK5451E02.SAN ' SHEET NUMBER s v ;s x a w a z w _J L- w U z w w LL- w x a I - a w a z w J u- w U z w cc w Ll- w Ir X X x a a J J Q w a z w J LL- L- w w c� U LLI Z w J ~ � F- w LL- Q w ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PANELBOARDS- SURFACE AND FLUSH MOUNTED RESPECTIVELY. SEE RISER FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. A FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE APPROXIMATELY TO SCALE. UPPER CASE LETTER REFERS TO FIXTURE TYPE IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE. LO DISCONNECT SWITCH L COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH (� MOTOR OUTLET JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX EXPOSED JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING © JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX FLUSHED IN WALL OR CEILING WALL AND CEILING OUTLET, RESPECTIVELY. UPPER CASE LETTER REFERS TO TYPE �j �jI LISTED IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 50A, 4P, 30 RECEPTACLE 60A, 4P, 30, 5 WIRE RECEPTACLE (� SINGLE 20A,125 VOLT RECEPTACLE =� DUPLEX 20A, 125 -VOLT RECEPTACLE (18'AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) © LIGHT SENSOR -ON ROOF © REMOTE LIGHT FIXTURE BALLAST, MOUNT ON WALL ABOVE LIFT OUT CEILING. Q NUMBER IN SYMBOL REFERS TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE OF 1101. NUMBER INSIDE CIRCLE REFERS TO NOTE THAT APPLIES ONLY TO THE DRAWING O ON WHICH THE SYMBOL APPEARS. COMBINATION EXIT SIGN & EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT. t t2 $T SINGLE POLE, TWO POLE AND THERMAL SWITCHES, RESPECTIVELY. WP WEATHERPROOF A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NF NON -FUSED GFI DUPLEX GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE INDICATES CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING. CROSS -HATCH MARKS INDICATE WIRES (EXCEPT GROUND). LONG HATCH LINES INDICATE PHASE CONDUCTORS, SHORT LINES INDICATE NEUTRAL. GROUND WIRES ARE NOT SHOWN. WIRE SIZE IS NO. 12 AWG UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. CONDUIT CONCEALED IN FLOOR OR UNDERGROUND, OTHERWISE SAME AS ABOVE. ----a► INDICATES CONNECTION TO FIXTURE. INDICATES CONDUIT TURNED UP. INDICATES CONDUIT TURNED DOWN. WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET ® SMOKE DETECTOR 120V TO SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR PANEL LB IN MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MICRO SNAP I SWITCHES IN SUPPRESSION N0. SYSTEM RELEASE MANUAL RESET MECHANISM NC. RESET RELAY ENCLOSURE KI PILOT LIGHT PL KI a . R KI b FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM RELA KI RESET RELAY WITH PILOT LIGHT (2-POLE) FOR STARTERS AND MANUAL RESET FURNISHED 2-HOOD SYSTEMS BY ANSUL R RELAY ALLEN BRADLEY #700-N201AI FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC NO SCALE EXHAUST FAN STARTER 208V TO CIR 61 R N.C. START STOP OL-1 MICRO SNAP MI SWITCHES IN �IM FACE OF SUPPRESSION M) EF STARTER OL-2 SYSTEM RELEASE M MECHANISM ENCLOSURE R SUPPLY FAN STARTER SYSTEM I TO OA DAMPER RTI MIT LMI AUX. CONTACTS TO OA DAMPER RT2 M2T T M2 IN STARTERS SYSTEM 2 4-#1/0 - 2'C`� TO GROUND ROD 4# 500 MCM ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM 4-#4 AND 1-#8G - 11/4-C 4-#4/0 I-u4 2 %2' C 74' #2/0 TO C.W. LINE ESTIMATED LOADS I,UINIVtI, I ttU bqI AMrLKtS DEMAND 687 AMPERES LARGEST MOTOR 44RLA STUB ABOVE CEILING FOR ..0 VOLUME CONTROL, MONITOR LINE OF CEILING I I SPEAKER AT PACK TABLE AND WIRELESS SYSTEM ANTENNAS I I I I i i I 4%. ' SO. BOX RECESSED DUPLEX OUTLET FOR I I FOR WIRELESS r COMMUNICATION PLUG-IN TRANSFORMER I I SYSTEM DUPLEX OUTLET FOR 1 DIGITAL LOOP DETECTOR I I 6'-0' A.F.F. RECEPTACLE FOR I I OPTIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION I �I' CONDUIT DIGITAL LOOPETEI LINE OF COUNTER 70P ALLCTOR MOUNTED I I %2' BUSHING IN BACK OF BOX (1 . L I COUNTER TOP B �G.CJ PLUG I �-j- JB COVER TRANSFORMER 06 I o �/ o J` 0 I RECEPTACLE Q 12` A.F.F. I -BROWN -YELLOW PR I FOR CABONATOR & POST & I -RED -ORANGE PR 18' I 01 MIX LINE OF SLAB I - - - - - - - _�II' INTERCOM CORD }. - " I -j' ------ CON -- EXTEND TO OUTLET ABOVE FOR FOOT SWITCH'- a' DUIT COUNTER FOR 26 4%. @ SO. BOX SURFACE MOUNTED WITH BLANK t_ _ - COVER AND JACK FOR FOOTSWITCH Yq'C TO VEHICLE DETECTOR AND MENU (2) DUPLEX OUTLETS BOARD SPEAKER 20A/125V/3P FLUSH RECEPTACLES (CIRCUIT *10 ) RISER DIAGRAM AT DRIVE-THRU WINDOW SCALE: VERTICAL%2'=r-0' HORIZONTAL- NONE PANEL "PA" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) Mo MODIFY 8/120VAS SPED W CIR. NO. TRIP AMPS WIRE SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE SIZE TRIP AMPS CIR. NO. A 1186 B C 1 400/3 EXIST. PANEL LB CHANGE CB TO 11129 PANEL LC (EXIST.) EXIST. 225/3 2 3 1 1 1 SHUNT TRIP 171 127 4 5 1181 117 6 7 - - - - 256 RTUI (EXIST.) EXIST. EXIST. 8 9 - - - - 256 10 II - - - - 1256 12 13 150 /3 1/0 NEW PANEL LE 106 60 F LOAD CENTER LI (EXIST.) EXIST. EXIST. 14 15 < 115 16 17 103 60 18 19 EXIST. EXIST. COMPRESSOR RACK(EXIST,) 20 1 55 NEW PANEL LD 2 100/3 20 21 52 22 23 y 20 55 24 25 50/3 6 NEW HVAC-2 41 - - - 26 27 1 141 - - - - 28 29 41 - - - -- 30 PANEL "LB° SCHEDULE (EXIST.) L CHANGE BRAOBRANCHES THIS ) SCV 3PH 4W HEDULE CIR. NO. TRIP AMPS WIRE SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION A IBI C WIRE SIZE TRIP AMPS CIR. NO. 1 40/3 8 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 29.2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 8 40-3P 2 29.211129.2 29.2 29.2 7 40/3 8 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 29.2 29.2 6-HD. COLLECTRAMATIC 20 8 40-3P 8 29.2 29.2 29.2 1129.2 H- 13 30 /3 10 CONVECTION OVEN 01 24 114.6 MICROWAVE OVEN 41 12 20 14 15 12 g SPARE - 20 16 17 15 11 9 SPARE - 20 18 19 20 12 (2)SPLIT VAT FRYERS 13 10.5 j 4.6 MARINATOR 406 12 20 20 21 20 12 SHORTENING FILTER QI5 6.6 11 8.8 (2) BREADER 40 12 20 22 23 20 12 DUMP/FILTERCo])7.211 16 FOOD CUTTER 40 12 20 24 25 20 12 (2)OPEN FRYERS 0 I j 114.6-)CORN COOKER 00 12 20 26 27 20 12 PATTIE WARMER & TIMER 35 3 8 1119.8 MIXER & TIMER 40 40 12 20 28 29 20 12 HEATED DRAWER 14 8.5 9 HOOD LIGHTS & TIMERS 12 20 30 PANEL "LC" SCHEDULE (EXIST.) 225A MLO 208/120V 3PH 4W CIR. NO. TRIP AMPS WIRE SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C WIRE SIZE TRIP AMPS CIR. NO. I EXIST EXIST REF-3 2 7.7 AHU-2 & REF -I EXIST. EXIST. 2 3 15 /3 12 AHU-4 & REF-5 < 5.3 7.7 4 5 �73 5.3 117.7 6 7 1 19 •COND-3 10 30/2 8 9 EXIST EXIST DISC. SW. ADJ. WATER HTR. < 9 19 >I 10 11 20 - SPARE 1 911 g DISC. SW. ADJ. WALK-IN BOXES EXIST. EXIST. 12 13 20 - SPARE 91 9 14 15 20 - SPARE < 9 9 16 17 20 - SPARE I < 9 II HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 18 19 EXIST EXIST IRRIGATION CONTROL & RECEPTS. 5 II 20 21 EXIST EXIST REF-4 2 11 HAND DRYER EXIST. EXIST. 22 23 20 - SPARE 9 11 ll t t 1 24 25 20 - SPARE 9 11 19 RECEPT AT REAR ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 26 27 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS IN DINING < 2 g 28 29 20 - SPARE 9 9 30 31 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPT ON ROOF 5 AHU-3DUCT HEATER 8 35 /2 32 33 EXIST EXIST RECEPTS IN DINING RM 3 27 34 35 EXIST EXIST DUPLEX RECEPTS EXIST OFFICE 9 5 RECEPTS AT ENTRY EXIST. EXIST. 36 37 39 20 20 - - SPARE 9 6 SECURITY LIGHT, CLOCKS SPARE 9 9 SPARE EXIST. EXIST. 20 38 40 41 20 1 - ISPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 42 PANEL "LD" SCHEDULE IOOA MLO 208/120V 3PH 4W CIR. NO. TRIP AMPS WIRE SIZE 1 LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C WIRE SIZE TRIP AMPS CIR. NO. 1 20 12 12A4 9.6 1112.8 16(/2A3) KIT.,SERV.,DT & OFFICE LGT 12 20 2 3 20 12 13J + IB3 + 3M CIO.8 11111.2 14(I 2A3) KIT.,SERV.,DT & OFFICE LGT 12 20 4 5 20 12 8 BI RAISED IN DR 12.8 114.8 ) 30/2 A3) + IA + IB 12 20 6 7 20 12 3A + 2AI TOILETS & PASSAGE 6.4 1 8 40/2 A3) + 5A4 + 2A2 12 20 8 9 20 12 3 WI + I W4 AWNING LIGHTS 8.2114 50/2 A3) 12 20 10 11 20 12 SPARE 9 11 10 WALK IN BOXES LIGHTING 12 20 12 13 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE 20 14 15 20 12 SPARE 9 9 SPARE - 20 16 17 20 12 SPARE 9 11 9 SPARE - 1 20 1 1$ CIR. NO. TRIP AMPS WIRE SIZE LOAD DESCRIPTION 1 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 3 20 12 ONE DOOR FREEZER 5 20 12 ONE DOOR REFRIGERATOR 7 20 12 SODA SYSTEM C 9 20 12 DRIVE THRU WINDOW 11 20 12 COFFEE SERVER 13 30 10 WARMING CABINET 15 30 10 WARMING CABINET C 17 20 12 COFFEE MAKER C 19 20 12 CALC. & CONV. OUTLET C 21 20 12 ELECT. SECURITY SYSTEM 23 20 - SPARE 25 20 /3 12 HEATED DISPLAY 25 27 12 29 12 31 20 - SPARE 33 20 - SPARE 35 20 - 1 SPARE e s -o Z� o� 0 a� a s v .u{ U Z U X+ W. LL D Y•? U.O z Y.O N .. w 1 w AD STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY DATE REVISIONSI DESCRIPTION 1 PANEL II u LE SCHEDULE 225A MLO 208V 3PH 4W LOAD IN AMPS/PHASE LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE TRIP CIR. A B C SIZE AMPS NO. 9.8 SODA SYSTEM 7U7 12 20 2 VARIATION 9.5 11 9.8 > SODA SYSTEM QQI 12 20 4 II I 1 6.5 5.5)COUNTER TOP SALAD CASE OS 12 20 6 DRAWN BY J.DOWDLE i 9.8 1 1.5 (2)BACKLIT COUNTER SIGNS 46 12 20 8 CHECKED BY B.B. 3 01.5 > SAFE Qg 12 20 10 DATE h.7 3114 UC REF. & OVEN COMP. 0 0 12 20 12 REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 113.7 24-ADD ON 23 12 20 14 16.7 13.7 24' ADD ON Q23 12 20 16 14 18.0 HEATED DRAWER 14 12 20 18 i(--3-1 8 HEAT LAMP -FRIES DISPLAY 36 12 20 20 0 8 9 SPARE - 20 22 9 9 (4)CASH REGISTERS 06 06 12 20 24 IMF 3 MENU BOARDS 20 12 20 26 12.51113.3 ICE MACHINE 0 12 20/2 28 12.5 13.3 12 20/2 30 9 9 SPARE - 20 32 9 9 SPARE - 20 34 9 9 SPARE - 20 36 9 SHEET TITLE MATRIX ELECT.SCHEDULE GENERATION VARIATION DRAWING - NUMBER RK5451EO3.SAN SHEET NUMBER ®I 1 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR HOOD SUPPLY & EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS (TYP.FOR TWO SYSTEMS) REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01501 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 02221 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 1.0 GENERAL SECTION 02721 - SITE DRAINAGE - � INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 Excavate for buildings, structures and adjacent areas to grades and levels as 1.0 Storm Sewers: Where a storm water drainage system is required q d the Contractor 8 1.1 Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to erect and indicated or required for foundation on plans. shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the system as 1. Bidders shall carefully examine the documents and the construction site to obtain maintain temporary facilities and perform temporary work required in the required by )coal code, or as shown on the drawings. n first hand knowledge of existing conditions. Contractors will not be given extra P 1.1 I lude miscellaneous excavation as indicated on drawin s or in s ecifica ions 9 1 9 9 erformance of the Contract and as described below: g p N payments for conditions which can be determined by examining the site and fo footings, steps, ramps, retaining walls, light poles, post holes, drywells, 1.1 Surfaces Drainage: Contractor shall finish surfaces to slopes indicated on the116, documents. 2.0 SANITARY FACILITIES area drains, etc. excavation for pile caps if same is required due to oil site plan to obtain positive drainage of the surface water. N condi 'ons. - Q o 2.1 The Contractor shall furnish i 2. Bidders shall carefully examine the drawings and specifications for compliance install and maintain ample, 1.2 Silt and Erosion: Contractor shall be responsible for preventing u'' P p temporary sanitary 1.2 MaPee teria to be excavated are assumed to be earth or other materi s that can be site beingcarried b surface r n P 9 silt from the 66 with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations. Non-compliance must be � facilities for the workmen. Permanent toilets installed on the Project shall not removed b Doer shovel or h Y SI off and deposited on adjacent r Y P other normal excavating equipment ment b not re uirin draina a courses. Settlin properties ut and 5 Z reported immediately in writing to KFC. Contractors will not be given extra be used during construction of project. Clean fresh drinking water shall be 9 q P , q g g 9 ponds and/or hay bales arranged ie filter out silt C payments -for -deviations not so reported prior to contract award. furnished. by the Contractor. All such facilities and services shall be furnished the use of xplosives or drills. If other is encountered within the limits of shall be constructed as required by local codes and authorities having � W the excavate n, notify KFC immediately. ing Q in strict accordance with existing governing health regulations. jurisdiction. Barricades are to be constructed prior to any construction, U. H 3. If the Owner of the building is other than KFC Corporation, all references in the maintained during construction, and not to be removed until 1.3 Maintain tempor� ry barricades, fences and bridges around a cavated areas, with landscaping are completed. after paving and Y Contract Documents to KFC, KFC National Management Company, or KFC Corporation 3.0 HEAT ? o warning signs an or lights as required by code, to prot ct public and workmen shall be interpreted as 'The. Owner. Abbreviations on M, P, and E Drawings that from injury Burin work carried out under this contract Y o indicate by E.C., M.C., P.C., denote trade responsibilities. 3.1 Contractor shall provide all temporary heat required during the period of the SECTION 02801 - SITE UTILITIES N construction. All costs of heat shall be borne by Contractor until Owner x 1.4 Suitable bearing fo foundations - All wall footings and column footings shall 1.0 Gas, water, sewer, telephone and electric service shall be connected 4. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond receives beneficial occupancy of the building, then the Owner will share heat rest on soil having a inimum soil bearing ca acit of 1600 lb to existing o cost on a pro-rata basis for areas occupied until Final Acceptance. 9 P s. per vi ed utilities by Contractor as required by utility companies. 9 a Bonds - Performance bonds, labor and material payment bonds shall be supplied to Soils with less than 1 \ea ring capacity shpp Id be carefully reviewed for the Owner by the General Contractor prior to start of work, each in the amount of 4.0 ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND LIGHTING other problems of excesements, etc. 56fer to soils report for specific DIVISION 3--.,., CONCRETE a recommendations. Provii/on. g subgrade soil and new fill in 100 percent of the Contract Price, in the form of AIA Document A305, latest �' compliance with AASHTO oWn as ASTM D6edition. Premium for bonds -shall be included in Contractor's Bid. 4.1 Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary electric service and li htin as 98, Method D. Fill SEC ION 03301- CAST -IN -PLACE CONCR T9 9 material shall be at optor compaction.required for construction and any equipment or fixture installation during 1.0 GENERALBidders shall carefully examine the drawings and specifications for any conflict construction by the Owner and his separate contractors, necessar for substantial error or omission and report such immediately in writing to KFC prior to contract completion of the work. Contractor shall pay cost of temporary electrical 1.4.1 Cohesive Subgrade: 95%naward. Failing such notice the Contractor shall be liable for all expenses, service provided. 1.1 All concrete work shall conform to all re uirements1.4.2 Cohesion less SubgradesInstitute ACI 301. q of American Concrete resu ting from such conflict, error or omission. � 1.4.3 If suitable bearing is not encountepth indicated on drawings for 2.0 ATERIALS 6. t is not the intent of these specifications to restrict unduly the selection of 5.0 TRAILER STORAGE ® materials and equipment, foundations, the Contractor shall mme iately notify KFC. Do not proceed further --•a' but to provide a standard of workmanship and until instructions are given by uthori d representative of KFC. 2.1 •X-) performance. Where a particular system, product or material is specified by 5.1 The Contractor shall provide a separate 25' long enclosed and secured trailer to A 1 concrete shall be in transit mixed concrete, air -entrained 4% < 1% d shall name, it shall be considered as best suited because of its quality,appearance or the job site f r receipt and securing various drop -ship shi items supplied b KFC and 1.5 Fill under paved areas and sl s on grade all be com acted attain a minimum compressive strength of 3000 z C PP 3 P P 9 P- P PP Y 9 p.s.i. in twenty-eight (2 ) days. ,mot o function in the work. Other products considered equivalent to the specified other vendors. P to 95% standard a item, b proctor. Deposit fill matey al in horizon layers not exceeding 4' in depth 2.2 All concrete shall comply to applicable sections of AS c y the Contractor may be used providing the Contractor shall get in writing and compact each layer wit a mechanical tam r. TM C-94 (latest ed. for the consent of the Owner, KFC National Management Co., to make such _ 6.0 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE P Rea Mixed Concrete. ) o � substitutions. If not approved, the Contractor shall furnish the specified type: 1.6 Fill for unpaved areas all be clean earth fr of all objectionable foreign 2.3 All c ncrete shall contain not less than five bags of cement per cu ic yard. 6.1 The Contractor shall provide a temporary telephone on the site for construction objects. 7. Change -in Work - The Owner, without invalidating the contract, may order changes use. in the work within the general scope of the contract consisting of additions, 2.4 - Slump: Maximum allowable slump will be five (5) inches. deletions or other revisions, the contract sum and contract time being adjusted 7.0 _REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.7 The Contractor shal be responsible for notifying K immediately of any special soil or water con �tions that are present on a partic lar site. Do not r 2.5 Portlan accordingly. All changes in the scope of work must be discussed with and agreed � w�tk� further wor until so authorized. proceed Cement: Grey Portland Cement, ASTM C-150 (latest ed. T e 1. P T, y the KFC Construction Manager prior to the Contractor proceeding. with those 7.1 The Contractor shall remove temporary facilities upon completion of the project 2.6 A re at ASTM - modifications. All KFC work Authorization Forms will be provided to the at no additional expense to the Owner. 99 9 C 33 (latest ed.) Maximum size 3/4 . d P 1.8 Contractor sh 1 provide Owner with soil tests by Independ nt laboratory approved Contractor and serve astheofficial document authorizing the change in the - by KFC on a compacted fill as follows: -One Standard 2.7 Admixture: Air -en work. The subsequent KFC Change Order Form G-701- will be submitted by the 8.0 CLEANING UP d Pro or on fill material. training type to meet ASTM C-260 {latest ed.). Contractor, with all appropriate substantiating documentation,* so that the Six densit tests on compacted fill at locations directed by ner. s Contract Sum might be modified. 2.8 Curing Compqqund: 'Horncure' No. 30D � X, as manufactured by C. Horn Company. �C 8.1 Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste 1.9 All sit preparation data found in the drawings and/or specific tions is intended TH S PRO UC11 SNOT T S ON THE NT R OR FLOOR SLAB WIT -IN THE U � materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the work, -he to be inimum acceptable site standards, except situations as ou fined below. N Q. shall remove all. his waste materials and rubbish from and about the job as well 2.9 Moisture Barr er: (Optional) 6 mil polyethylene. Tape all joints. BIDDING FORM AND INSTRUCTIONS _ as his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. The soils re ort is bas P ed upon the subsurface conditions at the act 1 budding 2.10 Grout under st el plates shall be 'Embecco' (Non -shrink 6r ut . s e. If the soils report lists an allowable soil bearing capacity the site ) = Bid form and specific tlidding instruction may be obtained from KFC National 9.0 PROJECT SIGNS oil that is less than the required capacity ofparagraph 1.4 Management Company. notified immediately. If the soils report outlies mre rii KFC shi 1 be 2.11 Sand: Hard, du ble, clean shay natu 9.1 No signs may be erected on the job site unless approved b KFC. gorous met d of p, natural,sand free fr m clay, loam, dust or CONTRACT FORM' PP Y subsurface preparation, than is herein outlined, the requirements of the oils organic matter. CONTRAC- report shall govern. DIVISION 2 SITE WOR�1�_�- 2.12 Water: Clean, poi;�ble, free from oil, acids, alkali, rganic matter and other T SECTION 02281 - SOIL -POISONING deleterious substa ces. _SECTION 02051 - DEMOLITION .g 1. The Contract shall be the 'Construction Contract' as issued by KFC.. 1.0 Contractor shall provide a concentra2.13 Reinforcing s _ te-mixtur�fE pproved toxic chemical g Steel. hall conform to ASTM A165 (late ed.) Grade 60.` 1.0 Demolish existing structures necessary for the completion of the work, except as mixture to 5'-0' outside bu'lding-lTmits 2. Contractor shall secure certification of inspections and occupancy from noted to remain. Notify all utility companies and arrange for cut off of all �`_ - 2.14 Steel Fabric authorities haven c Reinforc•ng: Conform to ASTM A185 (la est ed.) g jurisdiction, and deliver.them to the Owner upon completion of facilities and protect all remaining facilities. Remove all demolished material 1.1 Contractoo hal provide a one year warranty of termite treatment by an the work. Contractor and subcontractors shall pay all required fees, obtain and from site unlbss otherwise stated in the contract. a pl-icator approved by KFC. 2.15 Metal Accessories: In accordance with pay for all permits required in connection with the execution of their work. p t ACI 315 or s shown on drawings. All accessories shall have lastic coated legs. SPECIFLCATIONS 1.1 All structures shall be removed to 1'-6' below existing or proposed grade or to a SCCTION 02501 - PAVING �'� "�?Ec.�tJl� - depth which will provide proper soil bearing for footings, whichever is greatest. 3.0 INSTALLATION y 1.0 GENERAL DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.2 All existing underground utilities shown are approximate and are to be verified M 3.1 Slabs: Compact and scree uniformly to grade. Push aggregate below surfaces STANDARD SECTION 01001 --SUMMARY OF WORK by Contractor. KFC does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy of the 1.1 Refer to soils report to determine most stringent requirement. with a screen tamper and screed. Follow scree�ding with a bull float. Mood float DRAWN BY CADD location of existing utilities indicated on the Drawings. Verify location of and steel trowel to a unifo finish free from trowel marks, pinholes or existing utilities and exercise every precaution when working on or near these 1.2 Pave as specified, paint striping arrows, etc. as shown on site plan. blemishes. The surface plan e tolerance for floor slab shall not exceed 1/8' in cNEcxEDar 1.0 The work in the contract consists of the construction -and completion of a damage to those existing facilities. Utility lines may be 10 feet when tested with sty i areas to avoid excavation d ght edge. NVINTERIOR FLOOR SLAB SHALL RECEIVE A DATE MARCH 3,1989 s restaurant building, including all its appurtenances, site work, landscaping and encountered in excavation that were not. known or shown to exist, so caution 2.0 MATERIALSCURING OMPOUND N R ANY RCUMSTAN any off site improvement required or necessary, shown on the drawings; all in should be taken in all excavations. Active or Inactive utilities encountered by REVISIONSDESCRPTIDN accordance with these specifications and the accompanying drawings, excepting the Contractor shall be handled in accordance with the requirements of the 2.1 Subgrade shall be free of extraneous materials, roofroll soil subgrade 3.2 Walks: Sidewalks • / 03/15/90 only those items specifically shown, noted or specified as not in contract. y companies. ks shall be la over crushed stone subgrade or sand cushion REVISION utility P bgrade with fill. Walks shall be 4' thick reinforced by 6 x 6 W1.4/W1.4 W.F. and shall be _ P heavy, pneumatic -tired equipment immediately prior to placing,stone base. Any soft or unstable zones detected thereby should be undercut to firm soil and broom finished. Walks shall have sawed or tooled joints 5'-0' maximum with SECTION 01011 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 02111 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING backfilled with engineered earth fill compacted as specified in Section 02 tooled radius edges. Install ` 221. 9 3/8 expansion joints at intervals of not over 1.0 Work by Others: 1.0 CLEARING The subgrade for all pavements shall be uniformly stable before any stone base is 25'-0' and similar joints at wall° curbs, etc. Clean and seal joints with installed. No base material shall be placed if the subgrade indicates pumping. sealant. - - (a) Freestanding Sign:. Refer to Site .Plan. Responsibility for furnishing 2.2 Base shall consist of 6' thickness of wat er bonded lime stone, crushed rack or 3.3 Curbs: Install 3/8 expansion join s, with non -extruding type bituminous erection ,of the freestanding sign shown on the drawings will be with the 1.1 Remove all trash, rubbish, shrubs, trees and stumps from entire lot unless noted 0�• premolded filler strips filled with ealant. ' sign company, as will be engineering requirements relative to sign and plot plan. 20 o.c. (max.) otherwise on p l footing. Sign company will be responsible for construction of footing and 2.3 2' thickness bituminous concrete hot plant mix binder course. and 1-1/2' thickness- 3.4 All above grade concrete surfaces n s electrical connection of the sign on the property. Contractor to provide 1.2 Protect against damage any lawns, shrubs, trees, roads, walks, and other work - asphalt topping a slabs shall be cured with curing compound P pp g plant mix shall be applied over base. Minimum temperature at sprayed on in strict compliance w th � nufacturer's directions. conduit and wiring to sign location. � that is to remain in place. time of placement shall be 225 F. 3.5 Concrete Reinforcement (b) Building Si�ans• Shall be supplied and installed by the sign company paid by - 1.3 Topsoil to be removed to its entire depth from areas to be occupied by buildings, 2.3.1 Coarse aggregate (retained on the No. 8 sieve): ASTM C-131 latest ed. N KFC. roads, parking areas and walks and legally disposed of, except that which is to than 40% wear. ( ) o more 3.5.1 Reinfo rcement shall be uncoate and free from excessive rust, mill scale, oil, VARIATION be placed in landscaped areas. grease and other deleterious otter. (c) Site Signs: See Site Plan. Where drive-thru window signs are required, 2.3.2 Slag: Air cooled, blast furnace slab, with compacted weight of not less than DRAW„ eTJ� Contractor shall provide conduit and wiring. The base shall be provided by 2.0 GRUBBING pounds, ASTM C-29 (latest ed.) TO 3.5.2 Reinforcement shall be occur tel csac£D BY sign company. Sign company will furnish and install signs. y positioned and secured. Supported by concrete, 2.3.3 Fine Aggregate: ASTM D-424 (latest ed.) with a plasticity index of not more than metal chairs, plicescers or by metal hanger Reinforcing bars shall lap 40 DATE 2.1 Remove stumps, roots, larger than 1' diameter, boulders, and existingdiameters at s (d) ui men : Refer to Equipment Plan (Sheet EQf) construction not suitable for bearing to the following levels. 6. R£VISXM5 DESCRPT10N 3.6 Weather Requirements: (1) All equipment noted as furnished by KFC will be purchased and shipped 2.2 In areas to be occupied by improvements to not less than 18' below subgrade, 2.3.4 Filler: ASTM D-242 (latest ed.) by KFC. This equipment shall be unloaded, assembled and set in place stumps shall be entirely removed. s by the Contractor. 2.3.5 Bituminous Material. 3.6.1 Hot Weather Placing: Wen hot weather conditio s exist that 9 t would seriously 2.3 In other areas, not less than 6" below finish grade. impair quality an/res tight of concrete, place ncrete in compliance with ACI (2) All equipment noted as furnished by KFC 'and installed by Contractor Type and Grade Specifications Mixing Temoerature 305 and as hereinfied. ' shall have all utility connections, leveling, adjustments, and_ final SECTION 02211 - SITE GRADING Asphalt Cement AASHTO M 20 or 275 - 325 installation executed by Contractor unless noted otherwise. 85-100 pen. ASTM D-946 (latest ed.) 3.6.1.1 No concrete shallaced when the air temperat a is greater than 90 F unless 1.0 BENCH MARKS the following sperocedures have been include in the Contract and reviewed (3) Receipt of Equipment - During the course of the construction, some . 2.4 Paint for pavement marking shall be white non -reflective paint conforming to the, by the Architect.erature of the concrete when placed shall not be greater deliveries of equipment and miscellaneous items will be made to the jobs- 1.1 Contractor shall establish two bench marks off site prior to excavation. requirements of Federal Specification TT-P115c, 'Paint, Traffic, Highway, than 90 F. Procefor cooling, retarding and p ptecting in -place concrete site by common carrier. If during the receipt of those items by the Elevation of bench marks shall be coordinated with bench mark established by White. Paint shall be applied in accordance with the material manufacturer'sduring hot weathel be in accordance with ACI 35. provide special Contractor's representative any missing or damaged items are observed, licensed surveyor paid by KFC and shown on site plan. recommendations. Width of lines shall be four (4) inches unless otherwise procedures requir d to control concrete temperature a d to protect surfaces from the receiving person shall, indicated. drying out. 2.0 GRADING - a. Make a notation of the discrepancy on the delivery ticket. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.6.1.2 Cool ingredien s before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of SHEET TTTL£ s - 2.1 Rough grade entire areas of property to reasonably true and even surfaces. Slope placement bel 90 F (32 C). Mixing water may be chille , or chopped ice may be SPECIFICATIONS b. Call the delivery carrier and advise him of the problem. ground away from building walls to facilitate drainage. 3.1 Surface preparation, spreading and laying, compacting and rolling operations used to /th 1 temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to shall conform with Asphalt Institute recommended specifications. total amf mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to ool concrete is c. Coil KFC Co -Op (502) 896-5900 and -advise them of the problem. 2.2 Rough grade areas outside building to the following levels. Contractption. ►uTwx 3.2 Inspect area Lu oe paveo ano insure that all subgrade conditions are sufficiently ALL (4) Walk in Cooler is to be furnished by KFC and installed by the 2.2.1 To underside of paving, walks and other surfaced areas. carried out to insure a good paving job. A finished surface shall not varyt`more 3.6.2 Cold dealacing: Do not mix or place when atmospheric temperature will Contractor. The Contractor shall install all equipment related to than 1/8' in 10 feet when tested with a straight edge applied parallel with, or fall belF, or when conditions indicate temperature wi 1 fall below 40 F cooler as designated on the drawings. 2.2.2 Plantin areas to 8' below finish rade. at right an les, within 7s. Concrete deposited shall have temperature of less than `' T10N 9 g 9 to centerline of asphalt surface, humps or depressions which 60 F. 3 8 0 2.1 e w exceed specified tolerances or which retain water shall be immediate) corrected Reinfor ment, forms, and ground which concrete will contact hall be completely ( ) Contact KFC representative regarding 2.2.3 Lawn areas to 4 below finish r by removing the defective work and replacing it with new material, atthefree of frost. Keep concrete and form work at a temperature t less than 50 Fy vAwATpN g g questions about installation of grade. Contractor's expense. for no less than 12 hour STANDARD equipment. Various equipment by others will be installed, provided and/or s after pouring. Comply with Require ent of ACI 306 furnished to complete the Project. It is the responsibility of the 2.3 Finish grading - Spread stockpiled and/or new topsoil evenly over lawn and (late ed.) for cold weather protection. DRAWaaG►L&A3ER Contractor to fully acquaint himself with the exact extent of all work planting areas. Bring to finish grades allowing for settlement. Lot core samples shall be taken at locations determined by the KFC representative SPIOIR1.382 s and/or equipment which will be included within the.completed Project. to determine compliance with these specifications. 3.7 Conc ete Tests shall be authorized by the owner on an as needed asis. SWET NCR (f) Interior Signage. Furnished by KFC and -shall be installed by the Contractor. - SPI s 1 iu s DIVISION 4 - MASONRY. SECTION 04201 - UNIT MASONRY (,BRICK STUD W/ILLUM. AWNING) 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Concrete Unit Masonry 2.1.1 Concrete masonry units shall be composed of a mixture of cement and a lightweight expanded shale aggregate, and shall conform to ASTM Specification C-90, (latest ed.) Type 1, shall be Grade N. 2.1.2 Furnish all masonry units in the sizes and shapes as shownon the drawings or as required to complete the work. 2.2 Brick Masonry 2.2.1 Brick Masonry units shall be ASTM C 216, GRADE SW, TYPE FBS (7 5/8' modular size). Include an allowance per 1,000 .units. Brick shall be 110-933 wire cut 'LIGHT GRAY' as manufactured by Merry Brothers Brick, P.O. Box 1957, Augusta, GA 30903, (404) 722-6831. Use of alternate brick requires approval by owner. k 2.2.2 Masonry veneer anchors shall be corrugated metal ties not less than 22 GA. and not less than 7/8" wide and 7' long with one end crimped for attachment to substrate. Anchors shall meet ASTM 153, Class B2. Anchors shall be sized to extend to within 3/4' of face of brick. Use one masonry anchor for each 1.77 sq. ft. of wall with horiz. and vert. spacing not to exceed 16 inches. 2.3 Mortar 2.3.1 Mortar shall conform to ASTM Designation C-270 (latest ed:) Type S. 2.3.2 Mortar color shall be 'G-407' Glen-Gery Colored Mortar Blend as manufactured by Glen-Gery Brick Corporation, 3218 Nestlewood Drive, Herndon, VA 22071, phone (703) 620-4213. 2.3.3 Mortar shall be parged in horizontal lifts as indicated on drawings at awning anchorage elevations. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Lay masonry in running bond, with full head and bed joints. (See drawings for special coursing and details for brickwork.) Lay out so that not less than 1/3 of a unit is exposed at corners, offsets, bucks and windows. All joints shall be of uniform width and thickness and shall be lightly tooled with a round iron after moderate setting where exposed to view. 3.2 C1ean'all work thoroughly from the top downward using fiber brushes. Remove mortar stains with cleaning compound, rinsing thoroughly with water. All finished surfaces shall be left unmarred. DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05991 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS 1.0 QENERAL J 1.1 All miscellaneous metal shall conform to the following codes and standards: a. AISC 'Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.' b. AWS 'Code to Welding in Building Construction.' 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 Rolled steel shapes, plates and bars shall conform to ASTM Designation A36 (latest ed.) (36,000 p.s.i.) 2.2 Standard bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A 307, (latest ed.) Grade A - hexagonal head. 2.3 Anchor bolts for securing wood plates to masonry bond beams shall be galvanized steel 'J' bolt similar to Heckman Building Products. Sizes and spaces as detailed on drawings. Provide hexagonal head nut and 2' diameter plate washer. 2.4 Anchor bolts for securing wood plates to masonry walls shall be 1/2' diameter plate bolts similar to Heckman Building Products No. 169 sized and spaced as shown on drawings. Provide hexagonal head nut and 2' diameter plate washer. 2.5 Corner guard shall be Inryco-Milcor Type. Material shall be 16 gauge stainless steel, No.-4 satin finish. 2.6 Galvanizing 2.6.1 Galvanize ferrous metal exposed to exterior and as noted on the drawings specified. All units galvanized shall be fabricated into the largest practicable' section before galvanizing. 2.6.2 Structural steel shapes, plates, bars and other minor,assemblies shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, (latest ed.) 2.6.3 Small structural steel, sheet articles and rough hardware such as bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386 (latest ed.) for assembled steel products. 2.7 Shop Priming 2.7.1 Shop coat ferrous metal with primer. 2.7.2 Overall application of brush or spray coat of red lead primer shall be per Federal Specification TT-P-86. 2.7.3 Apply one field coat of primer on all abraded parts of built -,in ferrous metals after installation. s � f DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY 4,0 FABRICATION SECTION 06101 - ROUGH CARPENTRY - 4.1 11 wood trusses shall be fabricated under strict rules of an independent ti 1.0 GEEpqon agency and the manufacturing plant must have an in-house quality Opt in place with all of the quality control records readily av ilable for inspection by the Owner. Each truss to bear the quality stam with 1.1 Lumber shall conform to the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS20-70 and the nam of the manufacturing plant clearly visible. National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber. 4.2 nhou a ualit control ro ram shall conform with requirements as set f th in 1.2 Preservative treatments where specified shall be treated in accordance with the " the fo lowing publications: QUALITY STANDARDS for METAL CONNECTED W00 American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) and dried to the original moisture TRUSSE ", (QST '86), published by Truss Plate Institute• and 'IN PLANT UALITY content specified for rough lumber. CONTROL PROCEDURES for METAL CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES' 1.3 Lumber shall be seasoned to a moisture content (mc) not exceeding nineteen Council f America, or their latest revision. Published by Woo Truss percent (19%). Mark lumber 'S-DRY'. Refer to drawings for wood members kiln 4.3 All truss embers shall be accurately cut to length, angle and be t ue to line to dried (KD) 15% M.C. requirements. assure tigt joints for finished truss. 1.4 Plywood shall bear the grade, trademark -and panel identification system of the 4.4 All truss members and connector ector plates shall be properly placed i special jigs American Plywood Association and shall conform to the requirements of Product and the members tightly clamped in place, remaining in that position until the Standard PSI for Construction and Industrial Plywood. Plywood which has any edge connector plat s have been pressed into the lumber simultaneous y on both sides or surface permanently exposed to the weather shall be exterior grade, regardless of the joints. of appearance grade specified. - 4.5 amber shall be uilt into the trusses, by properly posi/yare g the members in 1.5 Lumber in contact with masonry, concrete, tile setting beds, grouts, etc., shall the fabricating 'g. receive a non -leaching wood preservative treatment meeting the requirements of the American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) for Classification CCA Type,B. 5.0 HANDLING AND R CT ON When cut on the job, ed9es shall receive two coats of preservative, brushed on. 5.1 Fabricated trusses s all be handled with care so that th not subject to 2.0 MATERIALS damage. If the truss s are to be stockpiled or stored pto erection,, they shall be set in vertical positions, resting upon tempo>/'ary bearing supports and 2.1 Rough Framing Lumber braces so that they will be subjected to no unusual bending or tipping over. Any trusses damaged during handling or erection shall be `emoved from the job site Where general framing lumber is shown from two (2) to four (4) inches thick and and new replacement trusses shall be fabricated. from two (2) to six (6) inches wide, the lumber shall be one of the species and grades specified on Sheet A2. 5.2 Proper erection bracing (se BWT 76, or latest revw on) shall be installed to hold the trusses true and p umb and in safe condi ion until permanent truss 2.2 Plywood bracing and bridging can be olidly nailed in pl ce to form a structurally sound roof framing system. All Motion and permanen bracing shall be installed and 2.2.1 Plywood for flat roof decks and tower platforms shall.be A.P.A Rated Structural all components permanently fa tened before the pplication of any loads. No. 2 Sheathing, span rated 40/20, Exposure 1, 5/8' thick. Use 2 (two) W clips between main trusses as shown on Sheet A2. 5.3 Warning - Do Not Cut Trusses o Not m 2.2.2 Plywood for mansard roof sheathing, parapet sheathing, and wall sheathing, shall ` 5.4 During Installation trusses re u be 1/2' or 15/32 in. A.P.A. span rated 32/16 plywood, Exposure 1. Mansard roof q e proper handling and adequate bracing before sheathing on spans greater than 2'-0" shall have ply clips installed (Simpson any loads are applied. Retain a giVee./professional architect or engineer PSC). for repair instructions if trusses aror damaged and for advice on proper bracing of the trusses and the roo sSubmit his report to the Owner. Any 2.3 Fasteners thetengineeringwho cuts odesigngandaforuss the;coresuiredble for re air the safe performance, q p of said truss. 2.3.1 General use framing nails shall be hot -dipped galvanized medium diamond point, Guidelines for lateral, temporary, ananent bracing are contained in Bracing flat head common nails. Wood Trusses (BWT 76) or latest edit on commentary and recommendations published 2.3.2 Framing anchors shall be of the type specified herein or shown on plans, of zinc by W•T.C.A. (Wood Truss Council of eri,a). coated steel by Simpson Strong Tie, KANT-SAG, TECO or Heckman Building Products. permanent bracing tags and bearing�locatio tags must be attached to trusses to Special fasteners required noted on plans. facilitate field erection. 2.3.3 Fasteners for wood grounds, blocking, furring, etc. shall be metal hardened steel 6.0 ENGINEERING AND SHOP -DRAWINGS nails, expansion screws, toggle bolts, etc. Wood plugs -are not acceptable. 3.0 INSTALLATION 6.1 All truss designs shall bear a name, seal, r gistration number and state of registry of a licensed Profe sional Engineer, s gnifying that he has personally 3.1 Provide blocking or furring for anchoring light fixtures, outlets, equipment accepted said truss designs s being suitable a pertinent to this project. supports, mechanical openings, etc. 6.2 w shall contain the f llowing data for each truss 3.2 Install plywood roof deck and mansard sheathing with face grain across supports, type' using panels, continuous over 2 or more spans, unless shown otherwise on the 6.3 Design and Fabrication drawings. Allow 1/16' space at panel ends and 1/8' space at panel edges, in accordance with APA specifications. Use 'H' clip spacers as indicated on Metal Connectors Nominal sizes and locations o connectors at all joints. drawings. Set nail heads flush with panel surface. Lumber Specific tions: Pitch, span, spacing of usses. SECTION 06171 - WOOD TRUSSES Species and st ess grades of lumber to be used asVnembers. Design loadin of trusses and allowable stress increase. 1.0 GENERAL Force analys s or bar forces in each member. Truss beari g supports: Sizes and location. 1.1 Th s Section includes the furnishing of all material, equipment a/Ia Camber.nec ssary for the prefabrication, delivery and permanent settin ood Permanent racing andl t bridging: as required to pr vent compression g buckling f individual truss members only. trus s in the building. Include all the miscellaneous parts, inHandlin and erection instructions. (HET 80, or latest revision). bridg g, temporary and permanent bracing, and all related items are, metal h ngers, anchors and special metal shapes deemed by the Arcr the 6.4 Submit seve (7) coRies of the truss designs and shop drawing to the Owner for Truss De ign Engineer to be necessary for the proper prefabricat n, erection, approval to the fabrication of any components. assembly, upporting and anchoring of the wood trusses. 6.5 Tconfigurationif shown on the drawings describe spans, slopes and 1.2 Prefabricate wood trusses shall be factory fabricated to th dimensions and general conditions only and do not relieve the fabricator of the` esponsibility configuration shown on the drawings, shall be designed to upport the design of pro iding proper engineering and members of appropriate size t resist all loads specifie and shall use lumber species and grades w ich meet or exceed impos d loads and stresses. those specified n Sheet A2. , The extent of the trusses are basically shown in the Drawings. It i� the 1.3 All wood trusses s 11 be designed to carry all dead 1 ds plus live loads as re possibility of the truss manufacturer to detail adequate truss configurations noted on plans. Tr ses shall be as designed and man factured by an experienced a d design load requirements into said design. Submit shop drawings a stated in manufacturer approve y the Owner prior to bidding he above. 2.0 DESIGN LOAD SECTION 06201 - FINISHED CARPENTRY 2.1 Dead load shall include bu not be limited to a weight of the wood joist, roof .1.0 GENERAL deck, roofing system, ceiii system, lightin system and mechanical distribution system. 1.1 The work required by this section consists of but is not limited to the 2.2 Concentrate¢ load shall include but not be invited to all roof mounted or following: suspended equipment indicated on rawings Verify equipment loads with supplier of same. a, Interior Wood Trim b. Front Counter 2.3 Live load shall be a minimal live to in accordance to the prevailing codes and c. Manager's desk ordinances. d. Condiment Stand 2.4 Maximum deflection shall be L/480 r le of the span under total design load. 1.2 Cabinetry work shall conform to the Custom Grade Standards of the American Woodworking Institute. 2.5 The truss manufacturer shall de ign all tr s accessories, including permanent 1.3 Submit cabinetry shop drawings to KFC for approval. bridging and bracing. Contra or shall pro de and install all temporary bracing during erection and install 1 permanent br ging required, and as shown on drawings. 1.4 Field verify all dimensions before fabrication. 2.6 Each truss shall be anch ed to supporting struc res as shown on the drawings. 2.0 MATERIALS Metal anchors shall be Simpson Strong Tie, TEC� Heckman Building Products, or approved equal, shall supplied by Truss Manufactul-er. 2.1 Interior wood trim shall be species indicated on drawings 10'-0' or longer length. Grade: Stock to be square edged - Clear one side, two edges (C1S2E), 2.1 h rbss manufa r r shall submit, for review and approval, all truss design surfaced four sides (S4S) to 3/4' x 3- ' or dimensions required. data, calculations nd fabrication drawings prior to fa rication of the trusses. - The data shall-sp cify the lumber species, grade and siz for each truss member 2.2 Counter and cabinets surfaces to be covered with plastic laminate shall be 3/4' and design loadi g. thick Dlvwood with waterproof glue. 2.3 Plastic laminate for general use shall be H-5 General Purpose Grade in color and 3.0 MATERIALS - pattern as shown on drawings. Plastic laminate for interior of cabinets shall be V-3 vertical grade, in beige color. 3.1 The design nd fabrication criteria of all wood trusses shall with 'National Design Spe ifications for Stress -Grade Lumber and Fastenings' b National Forest DIVISION 7---. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Products/Association (latest revision); 'Timber Construction' (latest revision); and Des gn Specification for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses' by Truss SECTION 07211 - BUILDING INSULATION Plate nstitute (TPI 85) (latest revision), the same as if those specifications and 1 their references were set out in full herein. 2.0 MATERIALS 3.2 All lumber used for truss members shall conform to the reference publications 2.1 Perimeter insulation shall be Styrofoam SM brand. R=4.0 per inch or equal 1�'sted in the American Institute of Timber Construction Standard 101-72. The extruded polystyrene board. moisture content of all lumber shall be within the proper limits, as stated in the referenced specifications, but shall not, in any case, exceed 19% nor be less 2.2 Exterior wall batt insulation shall be 6' kraft faced fiberglass insulation, than 7% at the time of fabrication. R-19. 2.3 Other areas way require 3 kraft faced fiberglass insulation as noted on drawings. SECTION 07500 - ILLUMINATED AWNINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Illuminated awnings are prefabricated component assemblies as shown on the drawings. 1.2 Field measurements shall be supplied.by the G.C. to the awning vendor/KFC construction engineer -for fabrication of these items. 2.0 hAILRIA 2.1 Illuminated Awnings shall be furnished by an approved vendor/manufacturer/ fabricator. This is a KFC supplied item. 2.2 These fabricated items contain a structural frame, all mounting hardware to install with erection instructions for a complete job. 2.3 Units shall include fluorescent light fixtures, pre -wired to be field connected to roughed -in circuit by the E.C. 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Installation may be by G.C. or vendor. Refer to specific project criteria noted on exterior elevation view of building. 3.2 If installation is by G.C. follow all awning supplier erection sequences and recommended practices for a neat, workmanlike installation. 3.3 Tolerances are noted on elevation views to allow for minor adjustments. If field conditions exceed, then contact KFC construction engineer or architect at once. 3.4 Coordinate the erection sequence with other trades including, but not limited to: mason, plasterer, sheet metal, painting and electrical trades. .. .,. ... avow OWN 1 STANDARD DRAWN BY CADD CHECKED BY -'qri W- DATE MARCH 3,1989 REVISIONS DESCRWTM .A03/15/90 GENERAL ERAL REVISION VARIATION DRAWN BY JtV CHECKED BY DATE SHEET TITLE SPECIFICATIONS MA TRIX Z13, Z23 1• UNUUTIOM 3802.1 VARUTKM STANDARD DRAWM N AJ9ER SP203RI.382 SHEET NUMBER SP2 n SECTION 08401 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCE FRAMING STOREFRONT, WINDOWS, AND DOORS jSTUCCO� SECTION 08801 -.GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 07501 - ROOFING AND INSULATION (BUILT-UP) �,t�.' tit[ � 2.4 WARRANTY PROGRAM • 1.0 GENERAL 2.0 MATERIALS 1.0 GENERAL 2.4.1 The contractor shall warrant the roof application with respect to workmanship and 1.1 Roofing system shall be installed according to manufacturer's specification for a proper application for two (2) years from the date of acceptance--by2.1 Aluminum Window and Entrance Framing " the 9 1.1 All glass and glazing shall be in accordance with the Glass Manual or the. Plate. N 10 year warranted roof for deck type shown. Provide written warranty of Owner/KFC. Should any leaks occur during this period, corrective action will be Glass Marketing Association, latest edition. All glass shall meet Federal y completed by installing contractor to meet Duro-Last Roofing Inc. current 2.1.1 Framing shall be 'Kawneer' Series 451 Tri Fab System for storefront application. Specifications DD-G-451d and ANSI 297.1-1972. materials from roofing manufacturer. Roofing contractor shall be certified by specifications. All corrective work will be done at no expense to the Owner/KFC, The framing system shall provide fora flush glazing appearance with no manufacturer to install roof system. projecting stops. Vertical and horizontal framing members shall have a nominal 2.0 MATERIALSg 2.4.2 KFC requires that the roof have the Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. standard written 15 dimension of 2' x 4 '. Note: Door sidelight framing shall be same with double ft 2.0 MATERIALS member 5 year limited warranty at no additional charge to the building Owner/KFC, (2) 2 x 4 at sill, capped by single cover plate. Reinforce all framing 2.1 For glass in aluminum frames, provide preformed setting blocks with shore " W 2.1 Built -Up Roofing Warranty shall be issued by Duro-Last after completion of a successful inspection as required for doors and hardware as shown on plans and schedule. Aluminum hardness of 70 - 90, Neoprene, 4 inch minimum length, set at quarter points of " by an authorized Duro-Last inspector and after the authorized Duro-Last Extrusions shall be given a caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment to bottom edge. I1_ Dealer/Contractor has received full payment for the installation. obtain an Architectural -Class II clear anodic coating conforming to Alum. Assoc. i 2.1.1 Built-up roofing system shall be Owens -corning fiberglass 331C or equivalent Sta. AA-M12C22A31 #17 Clear For information, contact Kawneer Nat'l Accounts, system by Celotex or Manville Corp: and shall comply with UL Classification Class g P ( ) y ( ) ( ) 2,2 aluminum sealant shall be one part acrylic base sealant which is compatible with C or better. 2.4.3 Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. shall provide a six 6 million dollar liability P.O. Box 609, Franklin, Indiana 46131 317 738-2600. um finish. Z o insurance policy to building owner/KFC in addition to product warranty.,' Z 2.1.2 Aluminum windows and doors shall meet the followingstructural performance. 2.3 Insulating glass for windows and door sidelite(s) shall be two sheets 1/4" clear x - 3.0 INSTALLATION Structur`l1 performance shall be based on: Maximum deflection of 1.175 of the float glass or tempered where required by code sandwiching 1/2' x 5/8' aluminum n a. Steep Asphalt ASTM D312 Type 111 (latest ed.) span, and Allowable stress with a safety factor of 1.65. The system shall muntins (as detailed) white color. Unit shall be factory fabricated with the b. Asphalt Bitumen - ASTM D312 Type 11 (latest ed.) 3.1 Install roofing insulation and Duro-Last roofing system in strict accordance with perform to these criteria under a windload of 16 PSF (90 mph Pa.), captive air dehydrated. C. Felts - Glass Felt, ASTM D2118 Type IV manufacturer's current specifications and instructions for 15 Year Warranty. d. Surfacing - Perma Cap - white 2.2 Aluminum Doors 2.4 Transom panels at door and window locations shall be 1' thick fiberg lass faced, act - - 3.2 All bidding contractors shall receive and verify from Duro-Last the approved KFC insulated panels and color keyed to building exterior. Units are furnished by roofing details prior to submitting a bid proposal. 2.2.1 All door and frame sections shall be extruded aluminum AA-6063-T5 alloy. KFC and installed in framing me 2.2 Roof Insulation Fasteners shall be aluminum, stainless steel or plated steel. Perimeter anchors mbers by General Contractor, 3.3 The contractor assumes all responsibility for coordinating all�chan es required shall be aluminum or steel (properly isolated Glazing p y g g q ) g gaskets shall be IIVISION 9- FINISHES 2.2.1 Roof Insulation Type 1 shall be rigid 1l in. thick isocyanurate foam core for the inclusion of this alternate roofing and insulation syster. elastomeric extrusions. Door stiles shall be .125' thick and glazing molding integrally laminated between skins of glass fiber facersandfactory manufactured .OS" thick. Aluminum extrusions shall be given a caustic etch followed by an and labeled in accordance with TIMA 281-1. Insulation shall be an approved SECTION 49261 - GYPSUM BOARD anodic oxide treatment to obtain an architectural class II clear anodic coating � L . ` -actcomponent for Factory Mutual Class 1 construction. SECTION 07601 - SHEET METAL (ILLUMINATED AWNING BLDG J conforming to Aluminum Assoc. Std. AA-M12-C22A31 (#17 clear). 2.0 R �°' MATE IALS a 2.2.2 Roof insulation Type 2 shall be 1k in. thick Perlite (Expanded Volcanic Glass), 1.0 GENERAL 2.3 Construction Design C==% .__.J ._.. or glass fiber insulation board, water absorption - max. 1.5% at 2 hours total 2.1 Wallboard tLA immersion, flame spread 25 or less - Factory Mutual - Class 1 acceptance. 1.1 The fabrication and installation of sheet metal work shall be in accordance with 2.3.1 The door stile and rail face dimensions of the Kawneer 190 entrance door c= c= the details on the drawings and the 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published shall be 1 15/16" vertical stile, 2 1/2" top rail and 3 15/16' bottom mall 2.1.1 Wallboard shall be 1/2' thick, Gypsum wallboard with tapered edge. and shall have provision for logo panel as indicated on drawings. Two by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. " 2.2.3 Total aged R value of both layers of insulation shall be a minimum of 14.57. 5/16 H intermediate muntin for retaining logo panel shall be same 2.1.2 Fire resistant wallboard shall be 1/2' thick (Type X) where called for on o s 2.0 MATERIALS - 1 thickness as door. Door weatherstripping shall be Kawneer Sealair drawing, 2.3 Base Flashings thermoplastic elastomer weatherstripping in a tubular shape with semi -rigid 2.1 Sheet metal flashings, downspouts, scupper and trim shall be fabricated from 26 backing, 2.1.3 Moisture resistant gypsum board, 1/2' thick of maximum permissable lengths, ends 2.3.1 Base flashings shall be one layer of Parma -flash and one layer of Parma -cap or gauge paint grip zinc coated steel, excluding copper valley flashing to be square cut, square edges, where shown on the drawings. equivalent for use with parapet wall heights as shown. furnished as outlined in Section 07320 Clay Roofing Tile. 2.3.2 Push/pull bars shall have formed, comfortable grip; pulls with a contrasting ----- stripe to signal operational end of doors and push bars with a contrasting 2.2 Nails 2.4 Cants 2.2 Downspouts shall be fabricated in accordance with Plate 34, horizontal stripe as found in Kawneer Style F-2. Push/Pull bar shall have P Figure D of (Ssteel, concealed fasteners on the strike side with thru-bolts anchored through the 2.2.1 Nails for securing wallboard shall be 1 3/8' annular ring. 2.4.1 Cants shall be preformed of asphalt impregnated fiberboard insulation with Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. Hangers shall be an ( x 1 galvanized steel, door frame. Finish shall match door finish (#17 clear). installed at not over 6'-0" centers and not less than (3) three per downspout. 2.3 Corner Beads - minimum face of 5-5/8'. Fasten hangers to wall with non -corrosive fasteners. Lap downspout joints 1-1/2' 2,3.3 All vertical and horizontal door glazingstops shall be installed minimum in direction of water flow. P so as to 2.5 Curbs receive infill thicknesses as indicated in the glass and glazing sections of 2.3.1 Corner Beads shall be Standard Wallboard Corner Beads with 1' x 1' galvanized 7 �2.3 Fleshings shall be installed to conform with shapes and sizes as shown on the specifications. Beveled aluminum horizontal, snap -in glass stops and steel, perforated flanges. 2.5.1 Curbs for mechanical units shall be reviewed by roofing contractor to confirm beveled, aluminum vortical snap -in glass stops, with a lock -in vinyl system, drawings. Lap ends minimum of 4 inches and seal contact surfaces with plastic shall be provided to accommodate specified infill thicknesses. 2.4 Metal trim - USG No. 200-A galvanized metal trim. their compatibility with the roofing systems. All conduit and pipe penetrations �, p p shall be within the curb area under the units. Notify KFC representative of any cement. Seal at ends by turning back 1 and set in plastic cement. Separate all discrepancies. - ,OMN dissimilar materials surfaces with mastic, or asphaltic paint. 2.4 Glazing 2.5 Joint Reinforcement 2.4 All flashings, shall be painted le specified in Division 9 and in strict 2.4.1 Glazing shall be l/4' safety glass (1/4' tempered as an alternate) installed 2.5.1 Joint reinforcement shall be U.S. Gypsum perforated tape. 3.0 INSTALLATION � accordance with the color schedule. by local glazing contractor for doors only. - - 3.1 Install roofing system and insulation in strict accordance with manufacturer's \ 2.6 Joint Cement 2.5 Parapet and bottom trim caps shall be pre -finished baked enamel coated coil 2.4.2 Logo Panel at Exterior, Type A Doors specifications and instructions for 10 year guarantee type application for type stock, .040 in. aluminum in sizes and profiles as detailed within the drawings. of deck shown. - _ 2.6.1 Joint treatment cements shall be U.S. Gypsum Joint and topping compounds. - 3.0 INSTALLATION 2.4.2.1 Exterior logo panel shall be red acrylic plastic with 'Colonel's Mug" and 3 3.2 Install first layer of Type 1 insulation secured to the deck with square- or 'Kentucky Fried Chicken' embossed into panel on both sides. Colonel's Mug 2.7 Adhesive a round head 1' cap, annular threaded fasteners or nails. shall be next to " P Five (5) fasteners per 3.1 Conceal all fasteners in sheet metal trim where possible. Exposed fasteners must pull bar with 'KFC' being in three levels adjacent to mug. s _ 2' x 4' insulation board shall be used of sufficient length to penetrate deck at be colored to match the color and finish of surrounding material. Lettering to be white and mug to be white and black. Interior panel to be 2.1.1 Adhesive shall be U.S. Gypsum drywall adhesive. least 3/4'. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's. brown acrylic plastic 'Thank You, Call Again". Panels as manufactured by instructions and shall comply with Factory Mutual 1-90 uplift rating. 3.2 Sheet metal splices, laps and folds shall be made to conform to S.M.A.C.N.A. Cummings Sign Co., furnished by KFC, and installed by the Contractor. 3.0 APPLICATION guidelines and allow for expansion and contraction using 'slip fit" joints and 3.3 Install second layer of Type 2 insulation in a full mopping of steep asphalt, 20 slotted holes at fasteners where required. Work shall be done so as to ensure 2.5 Finishes 3.1 The Contractor shall check the alignment of framing members and make necessary to 25 lbs per square, in which, while hot, the insulation shall be embedded. The water tight construction. Provide backer plates at all joints as illustrated on adjustments before proceeding with application of the wallboard. units shall be laid in parallel courses with joints in adjoining courses drawings. DO NOT ATTEMPT to deform and LAP SHEET METAL JOINTS -UNLESS 2.5.1 All exposed surfaces shall -be smooth and free of distracting scratches and staggered. Each unit shall be tightly butted to adjoining units. Insulation specifically called for in contract documents. blemishes. Color shall conform to Aluminum Association Standards of 3.2 Wallboard shall be applied with the reverse side against the studs 'and with the STANDARD shall terminate approximately one-fourth (1/4) inch from vertical surfaces. - Architectural Class II clear anodic coating and shall be designated #17 separate boards in moderate contacts. In no case shall the boards be forced into 3.4 Starting at low point of roof embed three plies of Parma Ply-R in shingle fashion SECTION clear. 079I1 - SEALANTS - place. End joints shall be staggered. oRJ,.N BY CADD�� ar � � (starter sheets required), lapping 24 2/3' into uniform solid moppings of hot 2.6 Hardware asphalt, using a nominal 25 lb/100 sq. ft. per ply. 1,0 GENERAL 3.3 Wallboard shall be applied with long dimension perpendicular to studs. Wallboard DATE MARCH 3,1989 DRpT 2.6.1 Doors #1 and #2 only shall have Adams Rite MS1850A maximum security deadbolt shall then be fastened with nails or screws 7' o.c. along the studs: 03i15i90 s 3.5 Embed 12-ft. lengths of Perma Cap sheet into a uniform solid mopping of hot .steep 1.1 The work required under this section includes caulking of all joints around lock (with thumbturn and cylinder by G.C.). All aluminum doors shall have 3.4 Corner Beads \GENEwu_ REVMM asphalt, using a nominal 25 lb/100 sq. ft.. Perma Cap endlaps shall be staggered window, doors, storefront, expansion joints between dissimilar materials as surface mounted closers, thresholds, and 1-1/2' pair butts - BB 1191 Hager - 3 ft. Install in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. indicated on drawings and as otherwise required for a complete watertight 4-1/2' x 4 x RC x NRP x US10B as supplied by the door manufacturer. All 3.4.1 All external corners shall be provided with corner beads as specified. installation. push and pull hardware shall be of size and type furnished by door 3.6 Apply base flashing system to parapet wall in accordance with manufacturer's manufacturer. Closers shall fit properly on doors and frames without 3.5 Compounds _ - written specification and instruction. Strip all side laps of Perma Flash with 2.0 MATERIALS overlap or overhang, and shall allow door to open with 8.5 lb. maxima' flashing cement reinforced with glass fiber. force. Bottom rail weatherstrip shall be surface applied with flexible 3.5.1 . Joint compound and topping compound shall be mixed in accordance with printed , 1 2.1 Exterior caulking shall be a one -part Thiokol base Polysulfide or G.E. silicone blade gasket. instructions contained on the package. Use three steps and sand after each step. SECTION 07531 - ALTERNATE SINGLE PLY ROOFING SYSTEM AND INSULATION (DURO-LAST)(IF rD� sealant, color to be compatible with adjoining surfaces. r 1.0 GENERAL 2.2 Interior caulking shall be painters caulk, Dap Acrylic. 3.0 Installation 3.6 Workmanship. - 3.1 All aluminum framing shall be set in correct locations as shown in the details 3.6.1 -Drywall shall be aligned and finished so as to present a smooth uniform surface L 1.1 Only factory authorized contractor shall be permitted to furnish and install the 3.0 INSTALLATION and shall be level, square, plumb, and in alignment with other work in accordance a Duro-Last Roofing membrane system, which is fabricated of a low shrink polyester with manufacturer's installation instructions. All joints between framing and for painting or decoration. Nail and screw heads shall be slightly depressed, fabric with a white thermoplastic coating manufactured by: Duro-Last Roofing, 3.1 Clean all joints before caulking; apply primer where and in quantities as building structure shall be sealed in order to secure a watertight installation. but should not crush or penetrate paper surface of drywall. Inc. 525 Morley Drive, Saginaw, Michigan 48601, (800) 248-0280, Fax recommended by manufacturer. Apply under pressure, tool slightly concave and Contractor, or his agent, shall verify opening dimensions in field prior to 517-753-4472. trim afterwards. Clean all adjacent surfaces after caulking. fabricating aluminum storefront assembly. VARIATION 2.0 MATERIALS - APPLICATION 3.2 Provide closed cell backer rods when required by joint depth. 4.0 Protection & Cleaning Dw►Ww er ,,,,E�p CHEaLED BY -2.1 Duro-Last Roofing membrane shall allow installation through the use of continuous DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS 4.1 After installation, the General Contractor shall adequately protect exposed, DATE 3 1/4' security tabs, factory dielectrically welded every 4'-9' on center. coated portions of aluminum surfaces from damage by grinding and polishing REV_a_*NSDESCRPTM Mechanical fasteners and distribution plates used 12' on center through the 3 SECTION 08111 -.STEEL DOORS FRAMES compounds, plaster, lime, acid, cement and other contaminants. The General 1/4.' securing to Duro-Last will dielectrically weld material into sheets up to Contractor shall be responsible for final cleaning. All cleaning shall conform 2500 sq..ft. 2.0 MATERIAL to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.1.1 All accessory materials shall be prefabricated by Duro-Last Roofing. Factory 2.1 Hollow metal frames shall be 16 gauge one piece cold rolled steel, mitered, SECTION 08701 - FINISH HARDWARE s _ fabricated accessories are produced to specified sizes for scuppers, pipe fitted and continuously welded on the backside of the frame with all welds ground penetrations, A/C units, exhaust fans, parapet wall and corner flashing areas. smooth. Furnish three anchors per Jamb. Reinforce frames for all hardware as 1.0 GENERAL 2.2 ROOF INSULATION scheduled. Shop prime with rust inhibitive paint. Frames at exterior openings to be hot dipped galvanized. 1.1 The work required under this section includes the furnishing of all materials required to complete the finish hardware as shown on drawings, specified herein, ' 2.2.1 Roof Insulation shall be double laminated rigid isocyanurate insulation board 2.2 Hollow metal doors (flush) shall be 1-3/4' thick, 16 gauge steel face sheet, or as required for a complete installation. with fiberglass facings. Insulation oust be Factory Mutual Class_1 approved and seamless wrap around type, on grid or honeycomb core. Reinforce all doors for - Underwriters 1.2 The hardware supplier shall furnish a finish hardware schedule listing Laboratories Class A in accordance with TIMA 281-1. hardware as scheduled. Shop prime with rust -inhibitive paint. material g all 2.2.2 Total aged R value of insulation shall be (2' - R 14.29) SECTION 08201 - WOOD DOORS s by sets. 1.3 The hardware supplier shall furnish hardware templates to the door and frame S�TTrrIX 2.3 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES - TECHNICAL DATA 2.0MATERIALS manufacturer. SPECtPICATIOHS" 2.3.1 Duro-Last crane can be installed at any time of the year and shall provide: 2.1 Wood doors shall be solid lumber core with Type 1 Waterproof Adhesive in core' 1.4 When the hardware is delivered to the job, the Contractor shall receive it, check d lstore it in a safe place under lock and MATM d h d h the e hardware schedule, an resistance to ultra -violet rays, superb tear and puncture strength, impervious to Stiles, and rails of the size and type shown on plans. Doors shall conform to it against most caustic chemicals and acids, and show no ill effect from heat or cold. AWI SLC-5. key. After installation, protect all items against damage until final Z13, Z23 inspection. 2.3.2 Thickness, Tear and Breaking Strength, Elongation % - ASTM D-751 Fire & Wind Lift z,.2 Face veneer for wood doors including both faces and exposed edges, shall be 1.5 Locks shall be of the removable core type, furnished GEHERATKM Test - Factory Mutual System - ASTM 108 and 1-90, Approved Class 1 Roof Premium Grade Rotary cut Oak, finished to match decor trim. YP ,by Falcon or Best. KFC 3802.1 Fire Tests - Underwriters Laboratories UL 790 - Class A Roof Construction Engineer shall contact hardware supplier to arrange for the return of construction cores in.exhange for permanent cores keyed per the owner's VARiATWM requirements. There shall be two keys per lock tagged with door numbers. STANDARD 2.0 MATERIALS SP303RI.382 SHEET N-S BER 2.1 See Drawing Sheet No A9 for schedule of hardware by sets and list of s manufacturers. - , s s s SECTION 09311 - CERAMIC WALL TILE/ACCENT TILE 11F iz�tCe�� 3.10.1 Steel Doors an Frames • SECTION 0951 - ACOUSTICAL CEILING d 1 h(Refer to Sheet A6 and Al2 for door and frame colors) 1.0 GENERAL - i - 1.0 GENERAL Interior 1.1 Ceramic tile shall be domestic manufacture, standard grade, containers sealed in 1 First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Kem Kromik Metal Primer. N accordance with 'Simplified Practice Recommendation R-61-61 and Federal 1.1 Furnish and install all acoustical ceiling indicated or specified. Specification SS-T-308b'. Second 2.0 TERIA Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Alkyd Eg-She1 Enamel. o 2.0 MATERIALS 2.1 2' x 4' ' ' ' Lay -in Tile shall be 24x 48x 1 2thick washable white vinyl coated _ Y / Y Exterior � 2.1 Standard wall tile shall be 4-1/4' x 4-1/4' x 5/16', cushioned edge, polished glass fiber reinforced gypsum panels; 'Vinylrock' manufactured by Capaul First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Kem Kromik Metal Primer with glazed finish. Accent tile varies by decor. Refer to Color Finish Schedule Corporation, Plainfield, Illinois. o for colors, etc. Second and i 2.2 2' x 4' Suspension System shall be as manufactured by Eastern Products, Third Coats: Sherwin-Williams' Metalastic II Enamel N 2.2 Trim shapes shall be same material, color and texture as the wall tile/accent Baltimore, Maryland or equal, in white baked enamel finish. The system shall tile, snap together, with main runners at 4'-0' and cross tees at 2'-0' to form the 2' 3.10.2 Interior Wood Trim and Wood Doors - Yarnished x 4' module desired. p 2.3 Setting material shall be Latex -Portland Cement Mortar in accordance with ANSI First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Polyurethane Satin Varnish on new wood, reduce 1 X A118.1, thin set bond coat, cementious mortar for walls. Tile to be applied to 2.3 2' x 2' Lay -In Tile shall be 24' x 24' mineral fiber panels, flame spread rating gallon of varnish with 1 pint mineral spirits. plywood/millwork may be installed in an organic adhesive setting material. of 0-25, Class 25 as noted on Room Finish Schedule. o 2.4 2' x 2' Lay -In Suspension System shall be as manufactured by Eastern Products or Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Polyurethane Satin Varnish 3.0 INSTALLATION equal; double web construction. Finish shall be baked enamel. The system shall be installed with main runners at 4'-0' o.c., 4' cross tees at 2'-0' o.c. and 2' 3.10.3 Interior Wood Trim - Painted 3.1 Install ceramic wall tiles in accordance with ANSI A108.5, to walls. Use organic cross tees at 2'-0' o.c. to form the 2' x 2' module desired. adhesive for thin setting on plywood millwork, if indicated on plans in First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Enamel Undercoater accordance with ANSI A108.4• 3.0 INSTALLATION Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Latex Eg-shel Enamel 3.2 Surface on which installed shall be clean, sound and free of coating, oil, wax, etc. _ 3.1 Installation is to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. See 3.10.4 Exterior Downspouts, and wall collector/scupper plans and schedule for location and note electrical plan for layout. L , 3.3 Cut and fit tight to protrusions and perpendicular interruptions. � C.� First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Industrial Water -Based Acrylic Paint B42W110 ® a ..� SECTION 0954FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER (FRP) Y BOARD 3.4 Form internal angles square -and external angles bullnosed. 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 Furnish and install Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex � � 3.5 Allow the to set for minimum 48 hours prior'to grout. all FRP Board indicated or specified. Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex SECTION 09331 - QUARRY TILE 3 2.0 MATERIAL .10.5 Interior Masonry Block c� N 1.0 GENERAL 2.1 FRP Board panels shall be 4' x 8' x 3/32', opaque and almond in color with First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Heavy Duty Block Filler 1.1 Install all quarry tile and base indicated. Floor tile, base, setting bed and matching PVC moldings. Flame spread shall be Class C and smoke developed under , 450. Manufacturer shall be Filon Marlite, Kal-Lice or Kemlite. Panels shall be Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy. _ Joint filler to be supplied by KFC. stored indoors at ambient temp. for 24 hrs. on end or edge on a flat level •� ��� Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Water -Based Catalyzed Epoxy l- 2.0 �1ATER.IAL surface and protected from moisture. - 2.1 Tile floor and cove base shall be of the size, color, design and manufactured by 2.2 Adhesive shall be solvent base waterproof and meet or exceed ASTM C-557-73. 3.10.6 Interior Drywall (To receive vinyl wall covering) the Company as shown on the drawings. Filon A0016 General Purpose Adhesive Marlite C-375 by Masonite Corp., Panel Locl First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer No. 22 by Miracle Adhesives Corp., or i417 F.R.P Adhesive by W. W. Henry Co. are 2.2 Floor joint filler and setting bed shall be custom color as described in the approved adhesives for use. drawings and shall be a Latex -Portland Cement System for all work except the base Second Coat: Wall covering Primer (Vinyl Prep) in the Cooler/Freezer. Setting bed for tile and base shall conform to Tile 3.0 INSTALLATION Council of America (T.C.A.) F113-88 for Latex -Portland Cement Mortar equal to 3.10.7 Interior Drywall (Painted) ANSI 118.4 for any acrylic additive. Grout joint filler shall be equal to ANSI 3.1 Walls must be dry, flat, and free of dirt, dust, and grease. Remove high spots ---�-- and fill low spots. Concrete block walls must be flat and smooth see concrete First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer 118.6 for any acrylic additive.. masonry specification). Panels tend to assume the contour of the surface to Cooler freezer base shall be set in FULL STRENGTH EPDXY using care to "back which they are attached. Second and butter' all tile base for full adhesion to the metal wall surfaces. Joint filler Third Coats:. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss for base in Cooler/Freezer shall be Latex -Portland Cement additive used 3.2 Cutting should be done with reinforced carborundum or carbide tipped blade. throughout remainder of job. _ NOTE: Protect eyes with goggles and cover nose and mouth with mask when cutting 3.10.8 Exterior Ferrous Metal Handrail, Steel Window Lintels and D.T. Bollard,. sign and in -accord with the FIBERGLASS REINF. PANEL COUNCIL. light pasts. 2.3 EPDXY SETTING PRODUCT to be Hydroment 'U/PDXY/AAR-11', MAPEI 'Kerapoxy' or L&M First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Kem Kromik Metal Primer. 'Epoxy Mortar and Grout AAR-11'. NQ H.B.*Fuller Product Meets Specification 3.3 Panels shall be installed vertically on walls using adhesive applied by a Requirements. specially -notched trowel to assure uniform coverage and according to the adhesive Y manufacturers specification. No exposed fasteners shall be used. -Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams Metalastic II Enamel LATEX ACRYLIC ADDITIVE to be Hydroment 'Multi -Purpose Acrylic Latex Mortar 3.10.9 Exterior Walls (Stucco) Admixture and Grout Additive' or MAPEI 'Keraply' or L&M 'Multi -Add'. H. B. 3.4 Moldings, as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be used at all panel edges. Fuller 'Fullbond' (TA-867) for setting bed and 'JOINT FIILER ADDITIVE 868' (TA Leave min. 1/4' gap at inside corner moldings and 1/8' gap between edge of panel First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Masonry Conditioner 868) for joint filler. Follow all mfgr. recommendations carefully. Use one and all other moldings. Use clear silicone sealant, as specified elsewhere in manufacturer's product line throughout for a complete, compatible system. these specifications, injected into molding channels, between all moldings and Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex panel edges or other adjacent construction (i.e., quarry tile base, metal ceiling _ Approved product manufacturers include: Bostik-Emhart Const. Products 1-800-221 grid, etc.). Locations of panel edges shall be coordinated with electrical boxes Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex STANDARD 8726, Mapei Corp., Elk Grove Village, IL, 1-800-42-MAPEI, and L&M Mfg. Inc., to avoid interference. South River N.J. 1-201-254-4830, H.B. Fuller Co., Palatine, IL, 1-800-323-7407. 3.10.10 Exterior Dumpster Walls (Block) DRAWNBT CADD 3.0 INSTALLATION ECTION 09901 - PAINTING _ CHEMD BY JV First Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Heavy Duty B1 ock Fill er 2.0 M1ATERIALS _ DATE MARCH 3, t989 3.1 Minimum joints of 1/8' with no joint over 1/4' permitted. Second Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex REM_03 5SCR_ TCH 3.2 Upon completion, all the surfaces shall be thoroughly coated with neutral 2.1 All materials used under painting contract shall be by specified manufacturer, OV_NERAL REVISION and shall be delivered to the job site in the original sealed containers. Third Coat: Sherwin-Williams' Super Paint Exterior Flat Latex cleaner such as American Olean General Purpose cleaner or Millyard Super Shine Approval of equivalent or comparable products of another manufacturer will be All. considered if requests are submitted in writing and verified with KFC prior to SECTION 09961 - VINYL WALL COVERING 3.3 Factory assembled cooler/freezer shall have Q.T. cove base and floor, using same beginning any painting. tile as kitchen in cooler and freezer and provide positive slope to door for ease 3.0 APPLICATION 1•0 GENERAL_ of cleaning using sloped mortar sub base. Thinset Q.T. floor in Latex -Portland 1 1 Furnish and install all vinyl wall covering cement bed, set cove base -in a full strength epoxy setting lied, and use y g indicated or specified and clear Latex -Portland Cement joint filler on base. Floor to be Latex -Portland Cement 3.1 No exterior paint shall be applied in temperature below 50 F., and all surfaces corner guards as indicated on plans. setting bed and joint filler. shall be thoroughly dry prior to application. 2.0 MATERIALS SECTION 09341 DINING FLOOR PAVER TILE 3.2 Paint one coat on the top and bottom edges of all doors, both metal and wood after doors have been fitted. 2.1 Vinyl wall covering shall be B.F. Goodrich Koroseal in colors and patterns indicated. 1.0 GENERAL3.3 All metal surface-s shall be solvent cleaned to remove grease and oil and shall 1.1 Install all floor tile and base indicated. have all loose rust and scale removed before painting. New galvanized iron 2.2 Adhesive shall be B.F. Goodrich Koroseal No. A-848-B containing a milder VARIATION surfaces shall be further cleaned with a strong detergent such as Trisodium inhibitor. Pre -mixed vinyl adhesive shall be compatible with the wall surfaces J, 1.2 Furnish all setting bed and joint filler for a complete installation. Phosphate. and the vinyl wall covering. vuwmar Ec , 2.0 MATERIAL CHECKED BY 3.4 Items shall be given the number of coats hereinafter specified in addition to any 3.0 INSTALLATION H shop coats specified elsewhere. DATE 3.1 Gypsum board wall surfaces shall be primed and prepared with a release coating F2EVr4J0NS DESCRPTION 2.1 The fl oor tile and cove base shall be of the size, color and design indicated on 3.5 Varnishes and enamels shall be lightly 9 g sanded and then dusted before succeeding to enhance strippability before vinyl wall covering is installed. Refer to the drawings. coat is applied. Section 9901, PAINTING for requirements.. 2.2 The floor tile and ' . 3.6 No interior painting or finishing shall be permitted until the Owner so 3.2 Vinyl wall covering and adhesive shall' be installed following manufacturer's authorizes. Follow manufacturer's printed recommendations for drying time before recommendations and written instructions. succeeding coats may be applied. DIVISION 10 --SPECIALTIES 2.3 _ 3.7 After interior prime coats have been applied, all remaining necessary puttying or spackling .of nail holes, cracks and blemishes shall be done. SECTION 10811 - TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 3.8 Before any work is done, the Contractor will prepare color and texture samples on 2.0 MATERIALS 3.0 INSTALLATION- the job for the Owner's. approval . 2.1 Toilet Room Accessories shall be as scheduled on the drawings. 3.1 Minimum joints of 1/8' with no joint over 1/4' permitted. 3.9 Inspection: Notify the Owner so that each coat of material is inspected and _ approved by the Owner before the application of each succeeding specified coat, 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.2 Follow tile layout direction and pattern as indicated on drawings. otherwise no credit for the coat applied will be given, and the contractor SHEET ME automatically assumes responsibility to recoat the work in question. 3.1 Provide wood blocking within wall as required to support grab bar, and other SPECIFtCATK)NS 3.10 BASIS OF QUALITY surface wall mounted items. , MATRU This specification lists Sherwin-Williams Paint products to establish a basis of DIVISION 11 - EOUIPMENT ALL quality. Equal products by Glidden Paints and Pittsburg Paint Co. are acceptable SECTION 11401 - FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT substitutes. f (EIERAT" 3802.1 Specific Color requirements are listed within this specification, on the building 1.0 GENERAL . 1 VARiArXM elevations, door and hardware, details and decor finish. requirements. 1.1 Food Service Equipment, Exhaust Hoods - See Division 1 General Requirements. STANDARD DRAWM DIVISION 12 - NOT INCLUDED �R SP4CHR1.382 MMMA DIVISION 13 - NOT INCLUDED s HEV DIVISION 14 - NOT INCLUDED u s u u u a DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL' AND PLUMBING SECTION 15501 - AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND VENTILATING 1.0 GENERAL: 1.1 Work included under this Division consists of.providing labor, materials, appliances, equipment, tools, transportation, superintendence and services required to construct and install complete* -and proper operating mechanical systems as specified, indicated, and elsewhere required. 2.0 EXAMINATION OF SITE 2.1 Bidder is advised to visit the site and acquaint himself with working conditions. Contractor shall -accept conditions as they exist on bid date. 3.0 MATERIALS 3.1 Materials, equipment and appliances shall be new and of.best quality unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 Determine that proposed equipment can be installed in space available. Install equipment so parts are readily accessible for inspection and maintenance. Extra compensation will not be allowed for dismantling equipment to obtain entrance into building. 3.3 Materials shall bear Underwriter's Label where such standards have been established and listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 3.4 Materials, equipment and appliances shall conform to latest standards of: Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc- Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning Contractor National�Association, Inc. American National Standards Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Testing Materials National Electrical Manufacturer's Association Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 3.5 Use extreme care in selection and installation of equipment to insure that noise and vibration are held to absolute minimum. Correct objectional noise and vibration. Provide vibration eliminators required for proper results. 4.0 PERMITS, FEES AND CODES 4.1 Cost for all fees, permits, tests and inspections shall be paid for by this Contractor. 4.2 . Installation shall be in accordance with applicable codes and regulations including: City and/or County Building Inspector National and Local Electrical Codes National Fire Protection Association State, County, and City Department of Health State Plumbing Code Air Pollution Board State Building Code O.S.H.A. Code 5.0 COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES 5.1 Make known arrangement of work and check arrangement and location of other trades to avoid conflicts. Examine drawings of other trades to determine exact equipment locations for rough in. 6.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 Mechanical Contractor shall provide to Owner operation and maintenance manuals. Contractor shall instruct Owner or Owner's representative in operation of all equipment. 7.0 INSPECTION 7.1 Notify Owner twenty-four hours in advance when piping or equipment is to be tested, before piping is insulated or concealed, and before trenches are backfilled. 7.2 Failing to comply with above, Contractor shall uncover and retest lines, repairing damage to other Contractor's work, as well as his own- 7.3 Before -requesting final payment, inspect installation to assure that work is complete and requirements of contract have been fulfilled. 8.0 CUTTING AND PATCHING 8.1 Unless otherwise indicated, do cutting and patching required for installation of work. 8.2 Do no more cutting than necessary. Cutting of structural members or exposed surface of concrete block will not be permitted. 9.0 INSULATION 9.1 Provide labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete insulation of mechanical systems and equipment. Insulation shall be applied by Contractor or. manufacturer's representative regularly engaged in the application of insulation. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by Owner. 9.2 Johns -Manville, Owens-Corning or equal. 9.3 Except for the materials listed hereinafter, all insulation materials, coatings and other accessories shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread, 50 for fuel contribution and 75 for smoke developed; except smoke developed rating shall not exceed 50 for duct coverings and linings; materials shall not produce flaming droplets when subjected to fire. 9.4 Accessories, such as adhesive, mastics, cement, tapes, glass fabric and covers for fittings shall have the same component ratings as.listed above. 9.5 All products, or their shipping cartons or packages, shall bear a label indicating that fl ame and smoke ratings do not exceed above requirements. Duct liner shall -be stenciled with 'Meets 90A Requirements' 9.6 Refrigerant Lines - All refrigerant lines shall be insulated with one-half inch aerotube. 9.7 Duct Lining - Shall be Johns-Mansville or equal, applied with sound lining adhesive and metal pins. Sound lining shall be 1' thick. Install in supply air ducts, return air ducts and outside air ducts. 9.8 Round Ducts shall be externally insulated with 1' thick flexible blanket with integral vapor barrier. 1.0.0 HEETM TA 10.1 Low Pressure Duct Work: Ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated"of not less than the following gauges: Rectanqular: N. S. Std. Guaqe Maximum Size 24 0-30 22 31-54 Round: 26 0-12 10.2 Exhaust duct work for the kitchen exhaust hood shall be constructed of black iron sheets with all welded joints. Install ductwork so pockets are not formed. Pitch duct back towards hood. After welding is complete, joints shall be wire brushed and painted with two coats of zinc -rich rust -inhibitive paint. Ducts shall be constructed of not less than 16 gauge. Entire installation shall comply with requirements of NFPA 96. 10.3 Type of joint connections, bracing, construction, etc., shall be i*n accordance with the latest edition of the ASHRAE Guide published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Condition Engineers, Inc. Ducts shall be substantially air tight. 10.4 Provide flexible fireproof canvas joints in duct connections to fans and units and where indicated on drawings. 11.0 TURNING VANES 11.1 Where indicated. 12.0 FIRE DAMPERS 12.1 Shall meet or exceed NFPA, Bulletin 90A specifications. Install in fresh air intake where required by local code. 13.0 BACK DRAFT DAMPERS 13.1 Install in exhaust air duct at fans noted. 14.0 GRILLES, REgISTERS AND DIFFUSERS 14.1 All grilles, registers and diffusers shall be manufactured of extruded aluminum and shall be furnished in colors noted in schedule. Units shall be as manufactured by Metalaire or Carnes. Other approved manufacturers are Barber -Colman and Conner. Units shall be ceiling, lay -in units unless noted otherwise. 14.2 Square ceiling diffusers (4 way pattern) shall be of the fully adjustable type to allow complete adjusting of air pattern from horizontal to vertical throw.. Units shall be equipped with opposed blade volume damper when indicated on plans. 14.3 Ceiling diffusers requiring one, two or three-way air patterns shall be of the fixed pattern type with opposed blade volume damper. 14.4 All exhaust registers shall be furnished with Integral opposed blade volume damper, constructed of aluminum. Surface or lay -in as noted. 14.5 See schedule on plans for sizes, capacities, model numbers and colors. Colors shall be as required by Owner. 14.6 Paint flat black all visible sheet metal behind grilles, registers and diffusers. 14.7 Dining return to be multiple registers with opposed blade volume damper. Kitchen return to be multiple grilles with washable or throwaway filters. 15.0 FLASHINGS 15.1 Ducts and pipes through walls or roof shall be properly flashed and counterflashed. 16.0 SPIN FITTINGS 16.1 Where flexible duct is connected to rectangular, provide a round transition collar with a flat band clamp. 17.0 FLEXIBLE DUCT 17.1 Insulated low pressure flexible duct shall be a factory fabricated assembly consisting of a zinc -coated spring steel helix, non -perforated inner liner, wrapped with a fiberglass insulation. The assembly shall be sheathed in a vapor barrier jacket factory sealed at both ends of each section, thus assuring the vapor resistance of each section as well as the completed installation. The composite assembly, including insulation and vapor barrier shall meet the Class 1 requirements of NFPA Bulletin No. 90A, and be labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., with a flaw spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. The 'R' valve measured @ 75'F shall be 5.5 or greater per ASTM C177-71. 17.2 Flexible ducts shall be installed in a fully extended condition free of sags and kinks, using only the minimum length required to make the connection. Where horizontal support is required, flexible duct shall be suspended on 36' centers with a minimum 3/4' wide flat banding materials. All joints and connections shall be made with 1/2' wide positive locking steel straps. 17.3 Insulated low pressure flexible duct shall be Certainteed, 'Certaflex' 25, as manufactured by the Certainteed Corp., P.O. Box 860, Valley Forge, PA, 19482 or ATCO 70 Series as manufactured by ATCO Rubber Products, Inc., 4920 Mark IV Parkway, Ft. Worth, Texas, 76106. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS RTU-1 Existing controls shall remain as originally installed. Contracts shall service the system and re -calibrate to achieve the sequense of operation specified in the original documents and duplicated below: SEQUENCE OF Op RATION I. ROOFTOP UNIT #1 - (RTU-1) A. FUNCTION -- RTU-1 PROVIDES HEAT, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING FOR THE DINING AREA, IN ADDITION, 100% OF THE MAKE-UP�AIR REQUIRED BY THE COOKING VENTILATION SYSTEM, AND 100 CFM OF MAKE-UP AIR FOR REF-2 B. FAN CYCLE -- UNIT RUNS CONTINUOUSLY, DAY CYCLE ONLY. UNIT RUNS INTERMITTENTLY, NIGHT CYCLE ONLY, C. MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR I. OUTSIDE AIR WILL BE PROVIDED DURING OPERATION OF RTU-1. 2. THE MANUAL DAMPER FURNISHED STANDARD WITH RTU-1 WILL BE POSITIONED BY THE AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 913 CFM OF OUTSIDE AIR. D. PROTECTION SYSTEM - HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT I. HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT (T3) IS LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT. 2. IF THE TEMPERATURE AT T3 EXCEEDS 125'F, THE POWER SUPPLY FOR THE CONTROL PANEL WILL BE INTERRUPTED, SHUTTING DOWN RTU-1 OPERATION. 3. T3 MUST BE MANUALLY RESET. E. OCCUPIED CYCLE -- THE START TIME OF THE OCCUPIED CYCLE FOR EACH DAY OF THE WEEK IS SET BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1). j F. HEATING CYCLE -- OCCUPIED 1. THE OCCUPIED SPACE HEATING TEMPERATURE (70-F) IS SET BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1) LOCATED IN THE MANAGER'S OFFICE. 2. THE SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-1) LOCATED IN THE DINING AREA WILL CALL FOR HEAT WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 70-F. 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-1 WILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL HEATING AND ONE STEP OF ELECTRIC HEATING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN 70'F. f G. COOLING -- OCCUPIED -I. THE SPACE COOLING TEMPERATURE (76-F) IS SET BY PROGRAMMING TP-1. 2. THE SPACE SENSOR (T-1) WILL CALL FOR MECHANICAL COOLING WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 76-F. 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-1 WILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL COOLING TO MAINTAIN 76'F. H. UNOCCUPIED CYCLE -- THE START TIME OF THE UNOCCUPIED CYCLE FOR EACH DAY OF THE WEEK IS SET BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1). I. HEATING CYCLE -- UNOCCUPIED I. THE UNOCCUPIED SPACE HEATING TEMPERATURE (60-F) IS SET . BY PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1). 2. THE SPACE SENSOR (T-1) WILL CALL FOR HEAT WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 60-F. 3. THE LOGIC PANEL (W-1) LOCATED IN RTU-1 WILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL HEATING AND ONE STEP OF ELECTRIC HEATING TO MAINTAIN 60-F. J. COOLING CYCLE -- UNOCCUPIED .1. THE UNOCCUPIED SPACE HEATING TEMPERATURE (82'F) IS SET BY PROGRAMMING TP-1. 2. THE SPACE SENSOR (T-1) WILL CALL FOR MECHANICAL 3. THELLOGICHPANELE(WP1)SACELOCATED INRRTUSIAWILL STAGE TWO STEPS OF MECHANICAL COOLING TO MAINTAIN 82-F. K. HEATING CYCLE -- DEFROST I. DEFROST CYCLE IS ACTIVATED EVERY 90 MINUTES IF REQUIRED BY RTU-1. 2. DEFROST CYCLE AUTOMATICALLY DEACTIVATES WHEN COIL IS CLEAR OR AFTER A MAXIMUM OF TEN MINUTES. 3. TWIN DEFROST CIRCUITS SHALL BE INTERLOCKED SO THAT THEY CANNOT DEFROST AT THE SAME TIME. THIS PERMITS ONE CIRCUIT TO PROVIDE INDOOR HEAT DURING DEFROST PERIODS. L. PROGRAMMING THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1) I. THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION MUST BE PROGRAMMED INTO THE THERMOSTAT (TP-1) AT INITIAL START UP AND WHEN THE BACK-UP BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED OR DISCHARGED. A. TIME OF DAY B. DAY OF WEEK C. OCCUPIED TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS FOR HEATING AND COOLING D. STARTING TIMES FOR OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED PERIODS FOR EACH DAY OF EWEEK 2. THERMOSTAT PROGRAMMINGATINITIAL START-UP WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE FIELD ENGINEER. 3. THERMOSTAT PROGRAMMING AT INITIAL START-UP, REQUIRED BY A TTEY, MAY BE PERFORMED OBYETHE DFIELD OR IENGINEER. SCRGED S SEER RHVACC OPERATIONS MANUAL FOR PROPER PROCEDURES. II. EXHAUST SYSTEMS A. GRILL EXHAUST SYSTEM I. EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS HAVE A STARTER WITH A START -STOP STATION LOCATED IN THE KITCHEN CORE. THE FAN IS STARTED BY PUSHING THE APPROPRIATE START BUTTON. 2. UPON STARTING THE GRILL EXHAUST SYSTEM THE THERMOSTATS SERVING AHU-1 (T-10 & T-5) WILL BE ENERGIZED. B. TOILET EXHAUST 1. THE TOILET ROOMS ARE EXHAUSTED BY REF-3. THE FAN IS INTERLOCKED WITH THE TOILET ROOM LIGHTING CIRCUIT. C. DISHWASHER EXHAUST SYSTEM 1. EXHAUST FAN HAS A STARTER WITH A START -STOP STATION LOCATED IN THE SERVICE AREA. THE FAN IS STARTED BY PUSHING THE APPROPRIATE START BUTTON. D. ATTIC EXHAUST I. REF-4 SHALL ENGAGE WHEN ON-LINE T-STAT IN ROOF SPACE SENSES TEMPERATURE ABOVE 100-F. RTU-1 New thermostat shall be Honeywell T7300 programmable day -night device with Q7300 subbase for manual selection of heat or cool operation. Set thermostat: 70'F heat 76-F cool Motorized minimum outside air damper shall open when thermostat is in 'day' operation. AHU-3 Existing thermostat is to be abandoned. Provide new Honeywell T7300 with Q7300 subbase. Set thermostat: 70-F heat 76-F cool No outside air damper control is required. W R NG The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for temperature control wiring. ct.0 KITCHEN H000 EXHAUST FANS 22.1 Supply Air Fans 22.1.1 Furnish and install a packaged make-up air roof supply unit for kitchen exhaust hood. Unit shall consist of make-up supply air fan, fan motor and drive, factory wiring including main disconnect and motor starter, outdoor air filters and bird screen, all assembled and housed in steel enclosure with factory applied weatherproof finish. Housing shall include access door or removable panels for access to filters, equipment, wiring and controls- Unit shall be as manufactured by Greenheck, Cook, Jenn-air, Burndage or ACME. 22.1.2 Supply fan shall be belt driven, double inlet, centrifugal blower type. Belt drive shall be rated for not less than 150% of driven horsepower and be provided with adjustable motor sheave. Fan shall be mounted on vibration insulators. Mount unit on prefabricated. 22.2 Exhaust Fans 22.2.1 Fans shall be of the belt driven, backward inclined, centrifugal type with vertical discharge designed to handle grease laden air. Motor and drive shall be isolated from the exhaust air stream. Provide adjustable motor sheave. Fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan shall be AMCA rated and U.L. listed. Drive assembly shall be provided with vibration isolators. Fan housing shall be heavy gauge aluminum and shall include built-in grease drain and bird screen. 22.2.2 Fans shall be as manufactured by Greenheck or Carnes. Other approved manufacturers are Cook, Acme and Jenn-Air. 22.2.3 Provide factory installed disconnect switch located inside the fan housing. 22.2.4 Mount fan on prefabricated curb. 23.0 HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 23.1 Exhaust hood or hoods (item 96, furnished by KFC) will be delivered to the project with fire suppression piping, nozzles and fusible links pre -piped within the hood. Piping and nozzles will be suitable for use with Ansul R-102 Restaurant Fire Suppression System. Extinguishing agent shall be potassium carbonate, potassium acetate -based formulation designed for flame knockdown and securement of grease -related fires. Total system shall be U.L. listed for the specific hazard and shall be installed in accordance_ with NFPA 96. r ` c Fire suppression sub -contractor shall furnish 'field items external to the hood in quantities shown on the plans. Refer to plumbing plan sheets for system description and piping requirements. 23.3 Fire suppression sub -contractor shall be responsible for the complete installation and certification of the wet agent suppression system. 24.0 CALIBRATION TEST AND BALANCING 24.1 A completely installed, operating and balanced system.is the responsibility of the contractor. Listed below are items to be completed by the contractor's work force, followed by items to be completed by either the HVAC Equipment Package Supplier (Trane or Carrier) or a certified independent air balance agency. 24.1.1 Contractor to do the following: - Set HVAC units to RPM and amp draws listed on setup sheet. - Check and set HVAC evap fans for proper rotation. - Connect and set motor operted outside air controllers and dampers to the settings listed on setup sheet. - Connect HVAC transformers to proper voltage taps. - Wire and checkout night setback system for proper operation. - Install thermostats and check for proper operation. - Install and check all diffusers for proper locations and throw pattern. - Verify that the exhaust hood fans are properly interlocked with the correct make-up air fans and appliances. - Verify that the HVAC outside air damper controllers are properly interlocked with the exhaust system and night setback system. - Set exhaust and make-up air fans to RPM values listed on setup sheet., Adjust exhaust and make-up air fans for proper rotation. - Verify that all fans are in the proper location. - Verify that hood exhaust filters are installed properly. - Verify that the non -heated make-up air ducts have dampers to each hood opening. , - Verify that each supply run has its dampers open and locked. - Verify that each fan has the proper voltage present at the motor. - Verify proper motor tap on restroom fan. - Mechanical contractor must be present during the balance to make adjustments on dampers, pulleys, and controls as required. o N a N on da v >. W Y � U = W 4 9 Y � CI J rLa x 10 i(0 Electrical contractor must be present as required for electrical controls and power changes. STANDARD 24.1.2 HVAC Equipment Package Supplier or certified air balance agency to do the DRAWN BY CADD following: "4 CFECxED BY - - Inspect for proper fan installation, ' DATE MARCH 3.1989 - Check for proper exhaust fan operation including interlock. REVDESC Q03�//�90 - Check for air flow from each diffuser. RvisiaN - Check thermostat for proper functional operation. - Check rooftop unit for proper thermostat connections, voltage taps, and outside air interconnect. - Check night setback operation of thermostats. - Check outside damper operators for proper operation. - Check and adjust economizer controls for proper setting. - Measure amperage and RPM of each HVAC unit. (Direct the mechanical contractor to adjust pulleys to proper values to obtain desired results.) VARIATION - Check the speed tap for -the bathroom exhaust fan and direct the DRAWN BY ECKJ� mechanical contractor to adjust as required. � CHECKED BY -Measure the restrooe exhaust and supply diffusers and adjust the DATE volumes near the values listed on the drawings. '"n70 LiEscRPT+ - Measure the return air values of the HVAC units and adjust to near the required values listed on the drawings. - Measure the pain exhaust hood fan volumes and direct the mechanical contractor in the adjustment of the fans to obtain values near those listed on the drawings. - Submit a one page summary of the building balance values and equipment settings. - Complete installation inspection. - Measure supply air volumes from each HVAC unit with a flow hood, adjusting values to desired values. = Smoke hoods for capture ability. SHEET i, SPECiF{CATtpNS • \ WA TM c.ENERAnow 3802.1 VAMTM STANDARD DRAW19C NUM" SP50IRL382 � 10 i(0 Electrical contractor must be present as required for electrical controls and power changes. STANDARD 24.1.2 HVAC Equipment Package Supplier or certified air balance agency to do the DRAWN BY CADD following: "4 CFECxED BY - - Inspect for proper fan installation, ' DATE MARCH 3.1989 - Check for proper exhaust fan operation including interlock. REVDESC Q03�//�90 - Check for air flow from each diffuser. RvisiaN - Check thermostat for proper functional operation. - Check rooftop unit for proper thermostat connections, voltage taps, and outside air interconnect. - Check night setback operation of thermostats. - Check outside damper operators for proper operation. - Check and adjust economizer controls for proper setting. - Measure amperage and RPM of each HVAC unit. (Direct the mechanical contractor to adjust pulleys to proper values to obtain desired results.) VARIATION - Check the speed tap for -the bathroom exhaust fan and direct the DRAWN BY ECKJ� mechanical contractor to adjust as required. � CHECKED BY -Measure the restrooe exhaust and supply diffusers and adjust the DATE volumes near the values listed on the drawings. '"n70 LiEscRPT+ - Measure the return air values of the HVAC units and adjust to near the required values listed on the drawings. - Measure the pain exhaust hood fan volumes and direct the mechanical contractor in the adjustment of the fans to obtain values near those listed on the drawings. - Submit a one page summary of the building balance values and equipment settings. - Complete installation inspection. - Measure supply air volumes from each HVAC unit with a flow hood, adjusting values to desired values. = Smoke hoods for capture ability. SHEET i, SPECiF{CATtpNS • \ WA TM c.ENERAnow 3802.1 VAMTM STANDARD DRAW19C NUM" SP50IRL382 � s t, s J SECTION 15401 - PLUMBING 2.9 Excavation Wall Switches shall be gray for stainless steel plates, and shall be as follows SECTION 16401 - SERVICE ANDDISTRIBUTION2.6 1.0 GENERAL 2.9.1 Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for piping inside and outside. or approved equal. building. Backfill shall be placed in layers not over six inches in depth, and 2.6.1 f 20A, SP, 125/277 Y. 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 This section includes all labor and materials required to complete properly solidly tamped and compacted to a density of not less than that of adjacent - A & N #1991GRY, Bryant #4901GRY, or Hubbell #1221GRY 1.1 Scope: Section 16011 applies to all work hereunder and shall include service, _ operating system. � undisturbed earth. - 2.6.2 20A, 3W, 125/277V - A & H 11993GRY, Bryant 4903GRY, or Hubbell #1223GRY. metering and distribution. - 1.2 Work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and 2.9.2 Lines under floor slab shall be installed, tested and approved before slabs are poured. 2.6.3 20A, 4W, 125/277V - A & H #1994GRY, Bryant 4904GRY, or Hubbell #1224GRY. 1.2 Service: Contractor shall verify service voltage and type of termination with shall present appearance typical of best trade practice. Work not installed in - local Utility Company and shall provide necessary revisions and modifications this manner shall be repaired or replaced, 2.10 Pipe Insulation x 2.6.4 20A, SP, 125/277V with pilot light - Arrow -hart #1991-PL, Bryant #4901-PL or required. Service terminations may either be underground or overhead depending 1.3 Cost for all fees, permits, tests and inspections shall be paid by this _ Hubbell #1221-PL. on the Utility Company's requirement and approval by Owner. Contractor. Furnish (3) copies of inspection certificate before requesting � 2.10.1 All hot and cold water piping in walls, above ceilings and exposed shall be insulated with 1/2' thick closed cell plastic type insulation similar to 2.6.5 20A, SP, 125/211V, weatherproof - Arrow -Hart #2991/2881-C or Hubbell #1281/1795. 1.3 Metering: Contractor shall provide necessary metering facilities including final payment. Johns -Manville 'Aerotube' Longitudinal seams shall be sealed. Lateral seams meter socket, current -transformer cabinet, conduit and other work for metering 1.4 Test system under normal operating conditions .and demonstrate that parts are (butt joints) shall be sealed on cold water pipes only. 2.7 Receptacles shall be gray for stainless steel plates, and shall be as follows or required by the local Utility Company. functioning properly. Test piping before - it is insulated or concealed. Piping 2.10.2 Insulate fittings continuous but do not insulate valve bodies nor fixture approved equal. Provide other receptacles as indicated on the drawings. 1.4 Grounding: All exposed non -current carrying metallic parts of electrical shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the authority having Jurisdiction. supplies. 2.7.1 20A, 125V, duplex - A & H #5362GRY (1), Bryant #5362GRY(1), or Hubbell #5362GRY equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways, and (1). neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground connection 1.5 Exterior utilities shall have a minimum earth cover of thirty-six inches unless 2.10.3 Pipe hangers may be installed under insulation on hot water piping. Hangers, i shall be made at the main service equipment and shall extend to the point of indicated otherwise. Pitch soil, waste and drain lines on a one percent grade. with appropriate saddles, shall be installed outside the pipe covering on cold 2.7.2 20A, 125V, twistlock - Hubbell 2310. ) entrance of the metallic water service. Connection to the water pipe shall be water piping. made with a suitable ground clamp. Metallic water service shall be grounded as 1.6 All equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' 2.7.3 30A, 25OV, 3W-G - A & H #5700, Bryant 9630FR or Hubbell 19430. described by NFPA 70. Where there are no metallic water services to the recommendations. 2.11 Condensate Drain Piping building, ground connections shall be made to driven ground rods on the exterior 2.7.4 50A, 250V, 3P, 4W-G - A & H, P & S or Hubbell 8450 with 8452 plug & 4/C #8 SO of the building. 1.7 Contractor shall furnish and install any auxiliary lines, or accessories 2.11.1 Drain piping and fitting above roof may be galvanized steel pipe, DWV copper Cord. necessary fpr the proper functioning of the equipment and systems, whether or drain pipe or PVC plastic pipe. Drain piping above suspended ceilings to floor 1.4.1 Ground Rods shall be of zinc -coated copper -clad steel not less than 3/4 inch in not specified or indicated on the plans. drain shall be PVC plastic pipe. PVC plastic pipe shall be solvent cement 2.7.5 Ground Fault - A & H #53GF62, Bryant #53GF62 or Hubbell #GF 5362. Provide diameter, 8 feet long, driven full length -into the earth. The maximum socket type fittings and pipe conforming to ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, and D2466 spring loaded weatherproof covers where required by code. resistance of a driven ground rod shall not exceed 25 ohms under normally dry 1.8 Contractor shall provide in walls behind fixtures adequate wood blocking for or D2665. Maximum distance between pipe supports for PVC piping shall be 4 conditions. If this resistance cannot be obtained with a single rod, additional fixture hanger plates. Plates shall be secured to blocking as per feet. 2.7.6 Clock & Sign Hanger - A & H #5708, Bryant #2828-GS or Hubbell 15235. rods may be coupled and driven with the first rod. manufacturers' instructions. " DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 2.8 Plates - Provide face plates for all devices including wall switches, 2.0 MATERIALS 2.0 MATERIALS receptacles, telephone outlets and all wall outlets. Face plates shall be satin SECTION 16011 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS finished stainless steel in all -food preparation, Lobby and Dining areas. 2 1 The main distribution panelboard shall be furnished by KFC to the Contractor for 2.1 Soil, Waste and Vent Pipe installation by the Electrical Contractor. The panelboard furnished shall 1.0 2.9 Lighting Fixtures shall be furnished by Contractor as scheduled on drawings comply with Federal Specs WP115a, type 1, class 1 and shall be unassembled with 2.1.1 Soil, waste and vent piping larger than two inches, and piping in earth inside except for those indicated to be furnished by Owner. Contractor shall install current limiting circuit breakers rated at 100,000 Ms symmetrical amperes building shall be ABS plastic pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM-D2661; 1.1 Contractor shall provide all necessary materials, labor, tools, transportation, all lighting fixtures, provide necessary mounting hardware. All recessed and housed in a NEMA 3R raintight enclosure having a minimum width of 42 inches and ASTM-F628, PVC plastic pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM-D2665, ASTM-D2949 or superintendence and related items to install a complete and fully operative lighting fixtures shall be thermally -protected as required by code. a minimum depth of 9 1/2 inches. Bussing shall be braced for 65,000 rms service weight cast iron pipe with service weight cast iron hub and spigot interior and exterior electrical system as specified herein, shown on the - asymmetrical amperes. The panel shall bear a label indicating its approval for fittings. Joints in cast iron pipe shall be packed with oakum and caulked with drawings and elsewhere required. 2.10 Lamps use as service entrance equipment. Feeder circuits shall be identified with poured lead or be neoprene gasket type. 1.2 lamacoid engraved plastic plates having 1/2' high letters on black background. = All outlets, fixtures and equipment shall be fully connected to proper sources 2.10.1 Contractor sha11 furnish and install one complete set of lamps for all lighting Main distribution panelboard shall be square D I -Line or approved equal. 2.1.2 Waste and vent piping two inch and smaller shall be ABS plastic, PVC steel pipe of power supply and left ready for use. fixtures supplied by the contractor. Fixtures supplied by the owner or others and fittings or DWV copper pipe with cast brass solder joint, drainage fittings. shall be furnished with lamps by each respective fixture supplier. Provide 2.2 Branch Panelboards shall be furnished by KFC to the Contractor for installation 1.3 Provide all excavation and tamp-backfill as required to complete work. Correct label in each fixture indicating size and type of lamp corresponding with by the Electrical Contractor. They shall be factory unassembled bolt -on circuit 2.1.3 Provide cleanouts as indicated and required by codes. Cleanouts inside building any settling during guarantee period to Owner's satisfaction. schedule on drawing. breaker type, minimum of 20 inches wide and 5 3/4 inches deep, recessed or shall be Zurn ZN-1420. Cleanout outside building shall be Zurn ZN-1460. surface mounted as indicated. Trim shall have hinged door with lock and key, 1.4 Provide all necessary cutting and patching as required to complete work. 2.10.2 Fluorescent lamps shall be color shown in schedule, energy efficient, and typewritten circuit directory on inside door protected with clear plastic 2.1.4 Subject soil, waste and vent piping to hydrostatic test of not less than ten Patching shall be done by mechanics skilled at their work. All openings shall manufactured by General Electric Watt Miser II. shield in a card holder. Circuit breakers shall be thermal -magnetic full size, foot head or air test of not less thak five pounds per square inch using mercury be filled and matched to conform with fire regulations. common trip on 2 and 3 pole with trip free handles, rated not less than 10,000 column gauge. After fixtures have been installed subject entire system, 2.10.3 Incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted with 2500 hour lamp life rated 130 RMS amperes. Branch panelboards shall be Square 0 NQOD or approved equal. exclusive of house sewer to air.test equal to one inch water column and prove 1.5 Cooperate with other trades: Make known to other trades arrangement of volts. tight. electrical work and examine work of other trades to avoid conflicts. Examine 2.3 HVAC Disconnect Switches shall be furnished by KFC. All disconnect switches drawings of other trades to determine exact equipment locations. Examine 2.11 Fluorescent Ballasts shall be energy efficient, manufactured by General shall be normal duty type NEMA ND, unfused unless noted otherwise, and with 2.2 Hot and Cold Water Piping manufacturers shop drawings to determine roughing -in requirements. Electric, Maxi -Miser II. operator interlocked with the door so door can be opened only in the 'on' 2.2.1 Cold water piping outside building shall be Type 'K' copper. t - .6 Permits - Fees - Codes: Pay all casts for permits, fees and inspections 2.12 Starters: Three-phase units shall be Allen-Bradley, Bul 509-TAD with 120 volt position. Switches shall be manufactured by General Electric, Square D Westinghouse ' required by authorized agencies having jurisdiction over electrical work. coil, H.O. auxiliary contact, and with red pilot (in cover). 2.2.2 Hot and cold water piping above ground shall be Type 'L' copper with approved Electrical system shall conform to requirements of National, State and Local Electric Codes, Local authorities and Utility Company. 2.4 Execution: Panelboards shall be installed at height, indicated on riser cast brass or wrought copper solder joint fittings. 3.0 EXECUTION drawing. Disconnect switches shall be installed 4'-0' above finished floor - 2.2.3 Subject hot .and cold water piping to hydrostatic test of one hundred fifty � 1.7 � Equipment manufacturers', other than those listed, will be acceptable upon p p 3.1 Raceway System where possible. All cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned before pulling wire. p 9 y pounds for twenty-four hours. Hot and cold water piping shall be thoroughly written approval of Owner. All electrical materials shall be listed and labeled ` flushed with water and then filled with chlorine solution of 50 PPM and let by UL and shall conform to NEMA and other industry standards. 3.1.1 All wire shall be installed in a conduit and shall be concealed where possible. stand for eight hours. Chlorine solution shall be drained and flushed with clean water prior to operation. piping 1.8 Provide typewritten directories in branch panelboards with clear plastic Where necessary to expose the wiring the raceway shall be installed as inconspicuously as possible and in straight lines, parallel with the building shields. Provide engraved plastic name plates on all disconnect switches, motor lines. Cut raceway square, ream smooth and make-up tight. Plug ends of , 2.3 Gas Piping starters, control devices; and switches in service entrance equipment. raceways during construction and swab -clean before pulling wire or cable. 2.3.1 • The Contractor shall arrange with the Local Gas Company to make connection to 1.9 Tests: Entire electrical system shall be fully tested and corrected of any Support raceways from building structural members only with approved fasteners designed for the purpose. - the gas main in the street indicated on the drawings, to extend the service pipe short circuits, open grounds, faulty wiring and incorrect connections. to the meter, and provide meter, valves, etc. as required by local gas company. Contractor shall obtain and for 1.10 Guarantee: Complete electrical system including all materials, equipment and 3.1.2 Raceway system shall be installed to maintain the maximum headroom with required supports for the load. All anchors, straps an clips shall be the type designed pay service and meter. Gas service shall be of sufficient size to provide the flow of gas per hour as indicated on drawings. labor shall be guaranteed for a period of one year beginning with date of for the purpose installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. acceptance of building by Owner. Common supports may be used for mechanical and electrical equipment by 2.3.2 Gas pip piping inside building shall be standard weight Schedule 40 black steel SECTION 1¢051 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS coordinating the work with all trades. • threaded pipe. Provide one -hundred fifty pound ASA rated malleable iron fittings. Make all threaded joints using joint compound on male threads only. 1.0 GENERAL 3.1.3 All electrical boxes shall be supported from building structural members 2.3.3 Gas piping outside building shall be same as above except shall be coated with independently of the conduit raceways, mechanical systems or suspended ceiling supports. Recessed boxes shall be flush with surrounding surfaces. All boxes Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company's Scotch Kote mill -wrapped pipe. 1.1 Section 16011 applies all work hereunder and shall include conduit, boxes, and cabinets shall be protected during construction and shall be cleaned before Fittings and joints for mi-l4-wrapped pipe shall be Scotchwrap No. 50. Laps li wire, airing devices, lghting fixtures and related materials. _ pulling wire and installing devices. shall be one-half`the width,of tape used, making double thickness application. � Laps shall extend approximately 6' each side of joint or fittings. Underground 2.A MATERIALS � 3.2 Wire: Useonly approved type wire -pulling lubricants for wire #4 AWG or Y pP YP P 9 � piping may be plastic as approved by local codes and serving gas company. 2.1 Conduit larger. Splice wire only in accessible boxes. Make wire joints mechanically 2.3.4 Provide a gas cock, dirt,leg, and union at point of connection to each piece of strong before applying the connector, and where tape is used, wrap each joint to the thickness of the original insulation. Clean and polish metallic surfaces -� - gas equipment. 2.1.1 Connections to equipment shall be made with three feet flexible liquidtight conduit with liquidtight connectors. before installing conductors. Apply pressure type lugs on standard conductors 2.3.5 Subject gas piping to test not less than ten pounds per square inch twenty connected to screw or bolt type connections. re inches of mercury. Apply pressure with force pump and maintain for sixty sixty 2.1.2 Connections to recessed lighting fixtures shall be made with -six feet of 3.3 WiringDevices: Unless noted otherwise, receptacles shall be installed 12' minutes without leakage. After connections of all equipment, system shall be • flexible conduit from a box within two feet of the fixture. abovethefinished floor, switches shall be 48' and clock hangers 8'-01. retested for leakage. Receptacles noted above work counters and cabinets (AC) shall be mounted above 2.1.3 Rigid galvanized threaded thickwall conduit with threaded fittings shall be the splash back. Weatherproof receptacles shall be installed so that the cover 2.4 Fixtures provided in slabs on grade. Conduits below slabs on grade or in earth outside protects the device in the open position. Receptacles shall be bonded to of buildings shall be Schedule 46PYC with separate grounding conductor per NEC metallic boxes or to separate ground conductor per NEC. 2.4.1 Furnish and install fixtures as indicated on equipment schedule. Article 347-4, 1987 Edition, where acceptable by Local Codes. Where the use of PVC conflicts with Local Codes substitute rigid galvanized threaded thickwall - 3.4 Equipment Connections: Provide all necessary motor starters, disconnect 2.4.2 All exposed fittings, supplies, strap, etc., shall be chrome plated. conduit painted with two coats of Asphaltum and with the two coats applied at switches, controls, conduit, boxes, wire, etc. and connect complete to each Joints after installation. piece of equipment requiring connections indicated on the drawings. Where 2.4.3 The connection of fixture traps from lavatories to waste pipe shall be made with equipment ratings differ from that indicated, consult Owner. Whereequipment is ABS plastic, PVC plastic or DWV type copper. 2.1.4 All other conduit shall be electric metallic tubing with compression type noted as future, terminate circuit in junction box and tape ends of the fittings. - conductors. 2.5 _ Valves 2.2 Boxes 3.5 Lighting Fixtures: Provide all necessary mounting hardware and related items to - 2.5.1 Water valves shall be Jenkins 370 or 1240. Valves on 3 compartment sink shall properly install the lighting fixtures. Fixtures supported in exposed grid be Cooper. 2.2.1 Concealed boxes shall be 4 inch square galvanized steel with galvanized ceilings shall be provided with clips. Fixtures mounted in or on tile ceilings extension rings, total depth of not less than 2 1/2 inches. shall be aligned with tiles. Lighting fixtures shall be supported from the 2.5.2 Gas valves shall be Walworth 554 or 1797E. building structural members except for exposed grid ceilings where a ceiling 2.2.2 Surface mounted boxes shall be cast weatherproof aluminum. supporting wire shall be provided at each fixture corner. 2.6 Hangers - 2.3 Wire. All wire shall be installed in conduit. Conductors shall be 98% 3.6 Cleaning: All equipment including panelboards, switches, wiring devices, 2.6.1 Hangers shall be split ring type secured building construction with rods. Conductivity Copper of 012 AWG minimum size. Insulation shall be color coded, lighting fixtures, wall plates, etc. shall be free of corrosion, dirt, paint Install hangers on outside of insulation w with th sheet metal saddle between hanger and rated for 600 volts minimum. Type THHN or THWN shall be used where conduit spatter or damage of any sort at final acceptance of the work. Contractor shall and insulation. sizes are limited. At other locations, type TW may be used in sizes #10 and #12 clean, repair or replace same as instructed by the Owner before final payment. AWG and type THW for larger sizes. 2.7 Plates 3.7 Workmanship: All work shall be performed by workmen skilled at their trades and 2.4 Wire Connectors for Aizes 010 AWG and less shall be Buchanan 'Press -Shure', shall be typical of the best trade practices. 2.7.1, Provide chrome plated plates around all exposed bare and insulated piping Ideal 'Wrap -Cap', 174 B 'Stakons' or 3M 'Scotchlok'. Connectors for wire size passing through floors, wall and ceiling. 98 and larger shall be T & B or Burndy methods using hydraulic presses. , 2.8 Flashing j 2.5 - Electric Tape shall be Johns -Manville 'Dutch -Brand', 3M 'Scotch Brand' or - Plymouth 'Slipknot Brand). 2.8.1 Flash vents through roof with four pound sheet lead extending twelve inches( - around pipe. Extend flashing to top of pipe and turn down inside at least one '- f inch,- , 41. alum - .. STANDARD DRARN BY CADD CHECXED BY DATE MARCH 3,1989 REVC,*NS DESCRPTM 03/15/90 GENERAL REVIS#ON IL VARIATION DRAWN BY J'ap CHECKED BY DATE SHEET TFTU PECFiCAT06 eu TRa CENERATMUI 3802.1 V AM TM]1 STANDARD DRAN*C N(ME" SP601RI.382 T NtACa 's